Home

Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Control Products

1. Box 2 Box 3 Length Code Element media Glass fibre Length 1 2 media 5 media 10 media 20 media Length 2 Microglass element 02Q 05Q High collapse element 02QH 05QH 10QH 20QH Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile No indicator port N 3 5 bar 2 5 bar K Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Electrical indicator mE No bypass 5 0 bar M Box 8 code 2 Plugged with steel plug R No bypass No indicator X Box 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4 LED PNP N C pes Electronic 4 LED NPN N C FA Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code 18P Thread G s G12 Standard Thread SAE 12 No bypass 2 Thread M27 ISO 6149 M27 SAE flange 3 4 6000 M H12 SAE flange 2 4 6000 28 Thread G 1 Thread SAE 16 S16 Thread M33 ISO 6149 M33 SAE flange 1 6000 M H16 SAE flange 1 6000 F16 Thread G 1 G24 Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q Thread SAE 20 S20 18P 1 35 60 80 100 Thread SAE 24 S24 18P 2 70 110 130 150 Thread M42 ISO 6149 M42 28P 1 80 100 120 150 Thread M48 ISO 6149 M48 28P 2 140 200 250 300 SAE flange 1 7 4 6000 M H20 ec 140 220 340 A20 SAE flange 1 7 4 6000 20 38P 2 320 440 560 700
2. BGT1210QLBP1ER323 BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 10 TB15M 500 BGT500 Length 12 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type 937859Q TXWL8L 10 BGT1220QLBP1ER323 BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 20 TB15M 500 BGT500 Length 12 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type 937868Q TXWL8L 20 BGT1510QLBP1ER483 BGTS1000 S3 TXWL12 10 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type 937862Q TXWL12 10 BGT1520QLBP1ER483 BGTS1000 S3 TXWL12 20 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type 937865Q TXWL1 2 20 BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 10 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXW14 10B BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 20 T B15 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator examples filter including LEIF element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 35 51 E Configurator examples filter including conventional element Box 1 Box 2 BOX d Box 4 Box 5 Box 6
3. MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 micron PS 12PS10BTV1R2B Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicators 1 a abs MXA MXA8511424 Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 12PS10CTV1R2B Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicators 10 70 10 micron 12PS10CTE2R2B Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator nom 12PS10CTPR2B Assembly with bypass amp no indicator MXA 8 amp 12PS Suction Line Filters MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 12PS10CTV1S4B Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicator 20 10 micron cU MXA Assembly without bypass with dual visual indicators 10 nom PS 12PS10CTV1SX4B Assembly without bypass with gauge type visual indicator MXA 9 amp 22PS Return Line Filters MXA LN Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 30 mos G11 4 Ko 3 Micron abs filtration for Off Line and Bypass System Clean Up Maxiflow micron elements are ideal for off line or bypass clean up applications These can be specified for the 9 and 7 series return line filters MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10BTV1R2D Assembly with bypass amp
4. View B B with diffuser Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 Dimensions in mm Filter tank BGT 4 without diffuser T load 49 Nr torque load 30 Nm Flange SAE 3 View A A View B B without diffuser Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 Dimensions in mm Low pressure filters 25 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG Series Specification cont BGT F11 4 manifold type with diffuser 31 8 Cover house Filter tank torque load 30 Nm torque load 45 Nm _1 2 SAE 6000PSI__ Indicator 11 4 SAE 6000PSI 3x Dimensions in mm with diffuser Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 BGT F11 4 manifold type without diffuser Cover house Filter tank torque load 30 Nm torque load 45 Nm _1 5 View 0 5 0240 5 0 Indicator 1 1 4 SAE 6000PSI without diffuser Note dimensions of BGT 2400 identical to BGT 2000 Dimensions in mm 26 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Indicator Options Indicator PS pressure switch Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch Protective cap Protective cover with dual cable duct for 1 7 2 8mm diameter cable Normally open contacts
5. T E gt ET UE ER eT TT RE LE 92 119 132 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 1 40 20 3 1 4 EZ 20 E 121214474 i8 40 j amp 7 lt 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 E 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 70 3 Elements with Ecoglass III 70 4 Elements with Ecoglass 111 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 1 4 20 33 i8 49 ja 4 lt 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 128 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ordering Information Standard products table 70L110QEBPKG161 FF7005 Q010 BS35 GL16 Nitrile Plugged Gilg FF7005 Q020 BS35 GL16 Ze 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar en FF7006 Q010 BS35 GL20 280 70L 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar ens FF7006 Q020 BS35 GL20 CUN ON 20 Nitrilel Plugged 3 5 bar ED FF7007 Q010 BS35 GL24 400 70L 10 Nitrile Plugged 2 5 bar ET FF7007 Q020 BS35 GL24 430 7OL 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar enn FF7008 Q010 BS35 GL24 430 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar CHA FF7008 Q020 BS35 GL24 450 7OL 20 Plugged 3 5 bar ODE FC7005 Q010 BK FC7005 Q020 BK FC7006 Q010 BK FC7006 Q020 BK FC700
6. Box 8 Box 9 Box 10 Box 11 Description Code Model Description Code Description Code Description Code 80CN 2 None 185 12 KW 3 phase 12 Air cooled AC Pneumatic wheels PW IL8 39 Ecoglass upgrade E 600 12 KW 12 Liquid cooled LC Auto condensate drain ACD 24 KW 24 Note IL8 option is available on 600 models 1200 24 KW 24 Dirty filter light DEE and is standard on 1200 models and larger 4800 36 KW 36 Resetable hour meter RHM 2700 48 KW 48 Sight flow indicator SFI Inlet control valve ICV CE marked CSA marked CSA Explosion proof EP Class I Division Il Zone I and 1 Note 1 Contact parker for part number profile availability 160 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Par Gel iinet RACES EUYSSERA re 11 eee a 1 c T TTLIII i 1 I TPITTTLITTITSTITE THN x EXTITISSE ILLE wv LII BAe es THTT EEE TNT D S cL EI TELLE LL nn EE LLL rr TET T1 Or a er bre m Be bL he eme omoara RS RUES ben bd Rm E 3 11 ir ee ee ae RUSSE ie Som m 05 EEE PTE TT mobs be TNI mamar b LI LITTLE nEd Rd r LL ka ENN i EA m Mieten artet TFT bl LLL ELE EE ee eee TEET B o o uc gt 4 16
7. Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Model Code Element media Glass fibre High pressure filter with L port Length 1 2 media 5 media 10p media 20 media High pressure filter with T port Length 2 Microglass III element 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q High pressure filter with side manifold mounting 70B Length 3 Ecoglass Ill element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Length 4 High collapse element 02QH 05QH 10QH 20QH Note When using Ecoglass Ill elements reusable Eco adaptor is required Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug 3 5 bar 2 5 Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator M3 No bypass 7 0 bar N Box 8 code 2 Electrical indicator T1 No bypass No indicator P X Box 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O Fi When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N O 2 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4 LED PNP N C F3 Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Options Thread G 1 S S x x Standard Thread G 11 S S S S No bypass 2 Thread G 1 1 2 X S S S 7OT side indicator ports 6 SAE flange 1 3000 M R20 x x x x options 2 6 8 SAE flange 1 2 3000 M H24 X x x x Options 6 and 8 in 70T
8. Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable High collapse 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass element N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QH Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q O5QH will ensure a standard product selection N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10C 10QH Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will 6 11 17 18 20 22 20QH require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 136 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 17 Guardian MAX 15 I min 2 bar Portable filtration systems Portable Hydraulic Filtration Systems Guardian Features amp Benefits Portable and robust design Guardian is designed to be used anywhere Take it to the system or transfer new oil from the drum Quick disconnect hose connections Storage is simple Guardian s compact design means it is easily stowed Visual indicator Operational condition is constantly monitored 110VAC or 220 240VAC options Guardian s power flexibility means it can be used anywhere A range of clean up elements A user can specify the media that will best achieve his clean up filtering requirements Water removal element option Water removal from the system is an important requirement for fluid efficiency Note 15 l min Fluid t
9. e 2 e 4 Amp 6 3x8 4 A I 8 i terminals Normally closed contacts A Switch NK 1 COM NC 04 A F e 3l 27 NF SENO 142 Li i M10xd G s BSP 0305 2 Mid 08 Elec rating 42N 4A Elec rating 42N 2A Visual indicator 1 2 bat Thread connection M10x1 Thread connection Gt 8 M10x1 M10 code FMUG1EBPM10L Elec connection AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 G1 8 code FMUG2EBPGO2L Protection IP65 with cap terminals IPOO Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Code FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Switch type NO or NC Visual indicator 1 2 bar Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch M10 code FMUS1EBMM10L FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch G1 s code FMUS4EBMGO2L Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density Empty Housing BGT 3 Series 2 SAE Flange BGT390 Filter Element Length 11 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Pee PJ kn MN lt 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 145 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 0 58 17 4 145 0 29 2 o al Lt Le MET j 2 0 DE SE t 150 200 250 30
10. Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable High collapse 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III element N A N A N A N A N A AS 02Q 02QH N A N A 4 5 5 6 050 05QH N A 6 B5 9 10 12 10QH 6 18 20 22 20QH Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 122 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 0 0 Eco Series MAX 450 l min 420 bar High pressure filters 123 High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Features amp Benefits Fatigue tested to full pressure rating Strong and robust housing for heavy duty Reliable and continuous operation both applications in mobile and industrial applications Several head options and Easy mounting Reduced space and piping connection sizes Right filter for each application several bowl lengths Optimised sizing Efficient filtration Microglass III replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and Great performance value efficiency Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps
11. 8 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap30 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt ETF45 Filter Element Length 1 ETF60 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Ap PSID o 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 90 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Flow l min ETF90 Filter Element Length 3 ETF120 Filter Element Length 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM p CE US T T T T T T T T i PT TT a T T T T a T T T T T T TT 100 13 1945 14 5 B epe e EI NE 1345 e et LOL I ICE PEE ME T oe 0 o MER i SEA H 738 Pr 0 4 5 8 a pe A E E 0 3 E 15 0 1 LT ode 7 3 as 0 00 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Z 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Flow l min ETF140 Filter Element Length 4A Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID 0 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 Flow l min Note All pressure drop curves above show total pressure drop i e they are combined housing and element curves Low pressur
12. 4 1 90 CTRS 4 3 54 75 2 95 minimum 10 bore minimum 0 39 1 Baffle recommended 4 off holes 7 motor fleet tap M6 for installation __ 12 0 47 Element condition indicator Green area bypass closed Entering red area bypass cracked SE75111110 Extreme of red area bypass Suction element fully open 250 minimum 9 84 Ordering Information Standard products table 10 filtration pump complete with phase electric motor 5 92 Kg 380 420 50 Hz H E F C class F visual indicator 13 02 lbs 10u filtration pump without electric motor supplied with 1550 9 4 x nuts bolts and washers visual indicator 3 3 Ibs 10 filtration pump complete with single phase electric 6 20 Kg 2088 motor 220 50 Hz T E F C class F visual indicator 13 64 Ibs 10 filtration pump complete with single phase electric 6 20 Kg erea motor 110 50 Hz class visual indicator 13 64 Ibs Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for Availability Portable filtration systems The A ch ice IS perfectly clear 1OMF series 38 l min Portable filtration systems Portable Filtration Trolley 1OMF Series Features amp Benefits The 10MF Portable
13. Sene Indicator Options Indicator PS pressure switch Protective cap with dual cable duct for 1 7 2 8mm diameter cable F a f 2 p amp 4 LH terminals i 7 1 COM col a jam 1 27 AF M10x1 030 5 Elec rating ADV AA Thread connection 10 1 Elec connection Protection Code AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap IP65 with cap terminals IPOO FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Ordering Information Standard products table Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch Protective cover 74 24 AF L O 3 i BSP M10x1 42V 2 G a M10x1 AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 Elec rating Thread connection Elec connection Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch Visual indicator 1 2 bar M10 code FMUG1EBPM10L G s code FMUG2EBPGO2L Normally open contacts TTF310QLBP2EG121 TTF90 G TXWL3 10 B15 MM 90 TTF90 Length3 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Gy None 937878Q TXWL3 10 TTF320QLBP2EG121 TTF90 G TXWL3 20 B15 MM 90 TTF90 Length3 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G None 937877Q TXWL3 20 TTF510QLBP2EG161 TTF125 G1 TXWL3E 10 B15 MM 125 TTF125 Length 5 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 None 937852Q T
14. hy E L A 33 In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Features amp Benefits Filter integrated in tank Compact low cost solution Filter protected by reservoir Suitable for extreme heavy duty applications or hazardous environments No tank top parts contributes to improved esthetical design LEIF elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Agricultural machines e Articulated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubrication systems
15. 2 J pi 0 8 11 6 0 4 0 7 10 2 Ap bar D OR BN J CTI A N LI Londra un bun bonu dud Ap PSID Ap bar o EREI RE ERE eee Flow l min Flow l min Curves are based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density Pressure Drop Curves Type SR2 Curves are based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density SR2 Empty Filter Housing SRL2 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM o lt 50 100 150 200 250 Flow l min Flow l min 58 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 5 5 ILL he 0 3 4 4 a 0 2 BE E Bm EE NE TT 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 0 10 20 E 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ordering Information Standard products table SRA12Q10NP1B10 110 SRA1 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Psi G1 G3 4 None SRR12Q10N SRA12Q20NP1B10 130 SRA1 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Psi G1 G3 4 None SRR12Q20N SRL2210QLBP1GG201 SRL22Q10NP1B10 250 SRL2 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Psi G1 4 2xG1 4 None 937946Q SRE22Q10 SRL2220QLBP1GG201 SRL22Q2ONP1B10 250 SRL2 Length2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 7 Bar 25 Psi G1 4 2xG1 4 None 937947Q SRE22Q20 Note Filter assembl
16. Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 29 Reservoir Equipment OLS46 Capacitive Level Switch Features amp Benefits Features Include e Rugged construction e Simple to install e Delay circuitry prevents false alarms e Purely electronic no moving components e Integrated test feature The CLS46 Liquid Level Switch is an active device which is The CLS46 Capacitive Level Switch is designed to detect designed to give an alarm signal if fluid falls below a preset level the loss of fluid below its position in the tank It will only give an output signal after a few seconds of low level to eliminate false alarms due to turbulence The fact that the CLS46 Series has no moving parts and incorporates a built in delay means that it is ideal in applications where mechanically operated switches mis trigger due to vibration and fluid turbulence The CLS46 Series compliments the existing range of level measurement instrumentation supplied by Parker Hannifin The CLS46 Series has no moving parts and it is therefore suitable for all applications particularly where space and access inside a vessel is at a minimum Technical Specification Installation Details Dimensions See drawing Electrical rating Supply voltage 7 40 Vdc Supply current Max load current 1 0A Alarm delay time 10 0 seconds Connections V Positive power supply GND Negative power supply or GND Output Transistor switched t
17. Reduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Coreless Ecoglass replacement No metal content in element Environmentally friendly disposal by elements Reduced overall weight of 50 incineration Easy compaction of used elements Lower element replacement costs Eco adaptors available Lower disposal costs Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Visual electrical and electronic Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Forestry equipment e Industrial power units e Pulp and paper e Port handling equipment e Mining and quarrying equipment The Parker Filtration 70 70 Eco Series High Pressure Filters High quality 420 bar in line pressure filters designed to offer high levels of protection at flows up to 450 l min Dirt sensitive systems can be protected with confidence using the 70 Series high pressure filters The 70 Series also available with environmentally friendly Ecoglass elements 124 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 420 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses O 414 bar Connections Threads G1 G11 4 G11 2 ISO 228 1 or flanges 11 4 SAE 3000 M 11 2 SAE 3000 M 11 4 SAE 6000 M
18. G s G 2 and G3 4 SAB 5101 SAB 7101 AB686101 SAB 6101 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 10u G s Un pressurised 10 6 Un pressurised 10 G 2 Un pressurised G 2 The mini series breather Screw on option Push fit option 22 Spotface g 16 29 16 00 S680003 Gearbox air breather Reservoir equipment 191 Reservoir Equipment Filler Breatner Filters Metal Metal Airbreather Filler breather Specification Locking lug option 5561 For added security certain Parker Filtration Metal Filler Breather Filters can be specified with a locking lug option 159 5 Ordering Information Standard products table Threaded airbreather unpressurised SAB 1562 10 N A N A 430 N A 10 0 45 SAB 1563 10 N A N A 195 N A 10 0 15 G 4 0 06kg Filler breather filter flange type unpressurised AB 1163 10 CAP 116310 CAP 1163 10 430 N A 10 0 45 N A 0 24kg AB 1380 10 CAP 138010 CAP 1380 10 165 N A 10 Gils N A 0 08kg N A N A N A 430 N A 10 0 45 N A 0 24kg Filler breather filter flange type pressurised PAB 1730 1005 CAP 1730105 CAP 1730 10 5 430 0 85 bar 10 0 45 N A 0 27kg E PAB 1730 10 10 CAP 17301010 CAP 1730 10 10 430 0 70 bar 10 0 45 N A 0 27kg
19. Low pressure filters Notes 174 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK AlZ series MAX 300 l min 15 Suction Filters ATZ Series Features amp Benefits Cast aluminium construction Compact and robust durable construction Suitable for heavy duty industrial applications Integrated check valve Filter element can be changed when the filter Improved protection of sophisticated housing is submerged under the oil in the tank pumps Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass Improved fluid cleanliness levels conditions Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the No recontamination of system during element change of elements Wide range of vacuum Continuous filter condition monitoring Contributes to just in time service measurement devices Improved protection of pump when pressure measurement device connected with pump drive management Typical Applications e Wool untangling machine e Hydraulic winch e Power packs with sophisticated pumps e Drilling blocks The Parker Filtration ATZ Series Submersible Suction Filters AIZ Filters are located below the tanks oil level offering maximum protection for the hydraulic system pump When removing the element the check valve closes automatically eliminating any chance of oil leakage Pre filtration takes place by means of a magnet column Than
20. 10 micron Abs air breather that is integrated into the filter housing a magnet column for pre filtration In to Out filtration a full flow bypass with low hysteresis and the high performance Q filter element materials are all proven success factors in efficient return line filtration for flow rates up to 650 l min Several pressure gauges and switches can be applied combined or not with a dipstick The all in one easy to mount cost saving TPR solution allows for a more compact tank design e Gully sucker e Power packs e Dredging ships TPR III e Mobile cranes 46 e Refuse vehicles O Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Specification Operation pressure Max 10 bar Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Threaded BSP or SAE ports Second return port available for Tanktopper Il and Tanktopper III Filter housing Aluminium head and co polymer cover Seal material Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Operation temperature range 40 to 80 C Bypass setting Opening pressure 0 8 1 5 or 2 5 bar for Tanktopper Opening pressure 1 5 bar for Tanktopper Il and Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is Supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved Tanktopper Free element clearance 27 F 77 3 03 e O1 Lo T
21. Double Clamp Split Bushes Split bushes are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of bushes 10 bushes of one size Pipe size Series 10 will accept pipe or hose diameters from 6mm up to 20mm maximum Series 16 from 6mm up to 28mm and Series 32 from 10mm up to 50mm Across the 3 Series there are 26 different high quality split rubber bushes to select from to cope with any combination and number of different pipe and hose diameters in the same run Weld Plate Mounting adaptors are not ordered in sets i e 1 off mounting adaptors 1 single piece Weld plates are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of weld plates 10 weld plates Pipe Clamp System Multiclamo Ordering Information Series 10 Product configurator MC 10 1 Single clamp 10 2501 65 381 55011900 380 9 0 0 60 Kg MC 10 2 Double clamp 10 pas 250 525 99 9 930190 380 9 0 1 00 Kg MC 10 16 16 bay clamp pair 34013861 250150 381 601251 190 380 90 0 80 Kg MC N 10 Stacking nut 50 1101830 M8 x 1 25 0 80 Kg MC S 10 Stacking stud 50 20102101 26 M8 x 1 25 0 50 Kg MC WP 10 Weld plate 10 18 3 250 1100 6 1250 85 0 35 Kg MC SB 10 Standard bolt 50 M8 x 1 25 0 55 Kg MCB10MO MC B 10 MO Mounting adaptor 1 26001250 8 7 0 02 Kg MC G 10 5 Split bush 10 25 9 27 0
22. Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level Significant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Waste management trucks e Mobile cranes e Power packs e Wheeled loaders e Drilling equipment The Parker Filtration TTF Series Return Line Filters TTF tank too mounted return line filters feature pre filtration by means of a magnet column and a full flow bypass with low hysteresis Thanks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system TTF filters are available in versions capable of handling flow rates up to 500 l min They can operate up to a maximum working pressure of 10 bar Optional filling port in filter cover second return port and customised diffusers can be specified Manifold type filter head TSR Series with four return ports is also available 12 Parker Hannifin Filte
23. Portable Purification Systems PVS 600 Specification Flow rate Viscosity max 38 lpm 8 3 gpm 108 cSt 500sus disposable Height 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1638 3mm 64 5 tower Width Outlet pressure max 1117 6mm 44 4 1 bar 60 psi Length Ports 1549 4mm 61 1 JIC male inlet 1 JIC male outlet Weight 408 2 kg 900 lbs FLA full load amps Seal material d Depending options Fluorocarbon EPR opt ee P Condensate tank 155 8 4 gals Dispersal elements 2 Minimum operating capacity 227 Itrs 5 0 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg Vacuum 2Q 2microy 93266500 UT Im 5 Q 5 m ic ro n 9 3 2 6 6 6 Q P ms 7 Water Cooled OM Option 10Q 10 micron 932667Q m SGM High Level Switch A 5 7 LPM 20Q 20 micron 9299270 m Moo Disprsal High Level Condensate BA Y Seal Water Inlet Disposable 933180 er 155 ue J Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump ser coalescing NA uS L Packed tower 933553 Em Drain Lx EN ENIM ST cleanable i p D a Inlet Flow Low Waitt Density Heater Absolute Fitter C20E g33734Q O5QE 933612Q 10QE 0337350 20QE 933736Q 156 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Sect
24. 1651mm 65 Width 1066 8mm 42 Length 122 SN Weight 1156 7 kg 2550 Ibs Seal material Fluorocarbon EPR opt Condensate tank 31 4 trs 6 9 gals Dispersal elements 8 Minimum operating capacity 68 1 ltrs 14 98 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg Viscosity max 108 cSt 500sus disposable 460 cSt 2150 sus packed tower Outlet pressure max 4 1 bar 60 psi Ports 2 NPTF inlet 1 5 JIC male outlet FLA full load amps 40 65 amps Q 460 V 6Ohz Disposable 933180 coalescing Packed tower 5202 cleanable 2 933734Q 5 9336120 10QE 9337350 200 9337360 158 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Portable Purification Systems PVS 2 00 Specification Flow rate Minimum operating capacity 170 lpm 37 4 gpm 68 1 ltrs 14 98 gals Height Vacuum max 1651mm 65 25 IN 46 Width Viscosity max 1066 8mm 42 108 cSt 500sus disposable Length 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1943 1mm 76 5 tower Weight Outlet pressure max 1156 7 kg 2550 lbs 4 1 bar 60 psi Seal material Ports _ Fluorocarbon EPR opt 3 NPTF inlet 2 NPTF outlet Condensate tank 31 4 Itrs 6 9 gals FLA full load amps 50 70 amps 460 V 60hz Dispersal elements 8 Disposable 933180 coalescing Packed tower 919 9559 cleanable Coreless O2
25. 26 432 222 11 4 30 270 350 For intallation details for 11 4 flowmeters see above 8 0 FM26432322 26 432 322 ia 40 360 350 8 0 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 48 Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flowmeters amp monitors 283 Flowmeters amp Monitors lowline Flowswitcnes Features amp Benefits Ordering Information Boxed two switch type Intrinsically safe versions Maximum minimum switching models Maximum working pressure 350 bar min 1 bar Flows from 2 0 to 110 l min Stainless steel suitable for corrosive media Stainless steel to BS970 316516 To order the required switching unit simply add the appropriate prefix before the part numbers shown below Standard products table FS 643 222 112 2 switches 2 20 l min BSP Oil FS 643 222 212 FS 643 322 112 2 switches 5 2 switches 5 46 l min gt BSP Oil 55 l min gt BSP Oil FS 643 322 212 2 switches 10 110 l min BSP Product configurator 2 switches FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch FS67C Intrinsically safe hi low switch Product configurator 2 20 l min 2 BSP Oil 5 4
26. 32PD 1 Elements 32PD 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Flow l min 134 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 17 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID 22PD 1 High Collapse Elements 22PD 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM A a 2 8 6 8 0 i 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min 32PD 1 High Collapse Elements 32PD 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TT T T A T T POT TT T 1 TT T T T T T T 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 3 0 3 5 E 2 5 2 36 3 2 0 29 0 a a 6 2 1 5 21 8 2 lt 10 145 lt 3 0 5 7 3 0 0 0 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Flow l min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table 2 1004500 Length 2 Nitrile Visual Gi 0 22 2 2 100 0 5 900 120 22PD 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar GI 0522 952 20065001 140 22PD Length2 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar Gir 0 22 PD 2 20Q TW3 50 C 1 140 22PD Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar GT 0 32 PD 2 10Q V 50 D 1 240 32PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar 0 52 PP 2 10015 OP 240 32PD Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar _ 0 32 PD 2 20Q V 50 D 1 2600 522 Tende 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar GI 0 32 PD 2 20Q TW3 50 D 1 260 32PD Length2 20 Nitrile
27. ABL 1 ABL 2 15 no indicator NOTICE Air filters are an essential part of the 855 system and the element needs to be replaced regularly Top view ISO 228 811 Optional 1 2 16UN 2B Extensions and filling mounting adaptors Adaptor single Adaptor with filler connection 6x 7 PCD 3 182 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Ordering Information Standard products table ABL1 G1 44 QXWL 3 ABL2 G1 4 QXWL 1 3 V ABL2 U11 2 QXWL 1 3 V ADAPTOR ABL G1 FP Product configurator 1000 l min ISO 228 G1 7 BSP ABL1 Only None None 2000 l min 11 UN 16 2B ABL2 Only Visual SNG Vacuum Pressure Gauge Adaptor With Filler Connection Product configurator ISO 228 G1 BSP Single Adaptor Adaptor With Filler Connection 17 UN 16 2B Replacement elements Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 183 Notes 184 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Glass Filled Nylon and Metal Air Filters IP65 Rated Metal Screw on and Lockables Reservoir Equipment IP65 Rated Filler Breather Specification for Sing
28. Code Element media Glass fibre TPR 1 40 Microglass Ill for disposable elements TPR 1 80 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh TPR 2 120 Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20 media Abs rating TPR 2 200 6 Disposable element TPR only 10C 02Q 05Q 040W TPR 2 250 LEIF element for all TPR Filters 02QL 0501 1001 2001 TPR 3 450 10 TPR 3 650 pre Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s G2 0 8 bar B Fluoroelastomer on request Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G e 52 1 5 bar See Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s S3 2 5 bar TPR 1 Series only Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s S4 Blocked bypass on request No indicator indicator ports not machined on request Other bypass settings on request Ne naar onre Une Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold No indicator indicator ports L R plugged highlighted codes will ensure a standard Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Box 7 Box 8 i Ports Code Options Code Gs BSP TPR 1 Series Standard mr SAE12 TPR 1 Series SP Dipstick 6 G1
29. Ecoglass III Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with bowl including Eco adaptor Note Ecoglass III contributes to ISO 14001 quality Indicator options visual MS electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 15CN Wel 1 6 4OCN 20 25 80CN oo 6 9 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Length 1 A Length 2 B SAE 4 Drain plug E Element removal clearance 65mm 2 50 lg 25 4 1 00 Nominal Hex E 15CN 156 6 2507 465 254 71 1 859 732 826 381 229 429 36 6 53 4xM6 1 0x7 9 deep 20 27 Nm 6 17 9 87 1 83 1 09 2 80 8 38 2 88 3 25 1 50 0 90 1 69 1 44 40CN MORE NN NM NNN och ln NN EN 53 4 8 1 25 13 deep 57 68 Nm 6 73 10 33 2 44 1 28 4 22 5 00 4 37 4 80 2 44 1 25 2 32 2 37 80CN Toe oan ee EEE CEE 69 4 8 1 25 16 deep 80 95 Nm 11 06 15 81 8 06 1 95 4 91 6 25 3 25 5 96 4 00 1 62 8 12 1 63 Note add 45mm for T and F indicators Medium pressure filters
30. Flow capacities All suitable for use with oil water and water oil emulsion Size O 6 25 l min 0 5 7US GPM Size 1 20 100 l min 1 5 26 US GPM Size 2 80 380 l min 5 100 US GPM Max working pressure 420 bar 6000psi Capability Reverse flow Pressure drop At max rated flow Ap is 1 1 bar mineral oil ue al 30651 140 SSU Ports Size 0 Size 1 G3 4 SAE threads also available Size 2 G1 4 Repeatability to FSD Accuracy Flow 2 5 full scale deflection Weight Size 0 0 5kg 1 21bs Size 1 3 5kg 8 4lbs Size 2 4 4kg 9lbs Aggressive Fluid Applications EPDM internal external O rings and seals Ordering Information Standard products table Installation Details Size 0 Sensor G3 8 Size 1 Sensor G3 4 Size 2 Sensor LO CD N 911 4 STI 0144 100 0 6 25 Mineral STI 1144 100 1 20 100 Mineral 3 4 STI 2144 100 2 80 380 Mineral 17 4 STI0148100 STI 0148 100 0 6 25 Aggressive NE STI1148100 STI 1148 100 1 20 100 Aggressive 3 4 STI2148100 STI 2148 100 2 80 380 Aggressive 17 4 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Mobile Sensors are also available Contact Parker Fluid condition monitoring 245 Inl
31. Repeatability accuracy Better than 5 typical 130mm Viscosity range 2 100 cSt 9 460 SSU 500cSt with SPS Commissioning kit Includes 2 re chargeable battery packs 1 fitted to monitor 2 x thermal printer rolls spare fuse screwdriver 12Vdc trickle charger and user manual Data entry 24 character two line back lit dot matrix LCD Full aloha numeric keypad Data retrieval Memory access gives test search facility Monitor carry case Robust padlockable aluminium presentation case Datum Condition monitoring data software pack plus cable included in commissioning kit 318mm 12 51 346mm 13 62 handle raised 0 79 _180mm 7 09 Fluid condition monitoring 255 Fluid Condition Monitoring OI Water in Oil Monitor How the H Oil Works On line testing allows a mixed and flowing sample of oil and water to pass through the infrared measuring cell A series of measurements can be taken and the average given as a result With this method a representative oil sample is seen unlike the usual reservoir samples sent for analysis Also by taking the test at working temperature and pressure a true water content is taken as both affect the way water is absorbed in oil The flowing sample passes through a special water free optical cell The infrared detector monitors two narrow band pass filters one of which matches the spectral width of the water attenuation band The se
32. Accepts reverse flow a BSP male connection Water or compatible clear fluids only Ideal for washing machines showers and vending machines Repeatability 21 Temperature range 5 C to 70 C Overall dimensions 2 TRITT x62 IE Weight 16 grams Connections 3 3 BSP Cable length 300mm Power supply Seres Output signal 5 Vdc square wave Dataflow Compact The Low Cost Transmitter The Dataflow Compact Transmitter was designed to offer 5 and end users alike a means of monitoring low flows on liquids with an electronic output signal but at LOW COST Fluid passes through the one piece sensor body impacting on the twin vaned turbine rotor causing it to rotate at a speed proportional to the flow rate Two opposing photo transistors are mounted either side of the rotor and externally of the clear sensor bogy these generate a continuous signal As the rotor spins each blade obscures the infra red signal This is then converted into an industry standard pulse output signal compatible with inexpensive display units for flow rate totalising batch control and large central control systems The lightweight Grilamid body with its virtually unrestricted flow path offers negligible pressure drop for flows up to 25 l min and withstanding pressures up to 20 bar Flow Rate Totalising Batch Control and applications in many industries Dataflow Compact Transmitters are small and very r
33. All in one concept X High level of tank Example of co polymer tank with top mounted filters and air filters Pressurisation xX Suitable for heavy duty equipment X X Design note All customised tanks are engineered solutions based on detailed analysis of customer requirements and specifications Detailed knowledge of co polymer materials implies that customised materials can be made available to meet specific demands Depending on technical and commercial requirements Parker is able to advise each customer individually about the most suitable and economical reservoir solution made from co polymer or steel Low pressure filters 63 Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Co Polymer Reservoirs Features Benefits amp Specifications Where tailormade tank design is the solution The lightweight co polymer tank is an all in one solution that keeps in mind a customer s specific design requirements Each tank is unique in terms of shape dimensions and integrated functions It is equipped with an integrated tank top mounted return line filter and tank air filter All filters and air filters are supplied as standard with the patented environmentally friendly LE F element Reliable connections Heliable leak proof connections have always been a critical aspect for co polymer tanks Parker has developed a technology using metal attachment components All metal attachment components are moulded in with the co polymer tank
34. EFW 0502 Water 4 50 EFW 0308S1 Water 2 30 EFW 1002 Water 100 EF7731110121 Ss Oil hs oc F773 22C EFW 1502 Water 150 EF7731111121 EFL 03081 Oil 80 5 30 EF7731110120 EIOS Oil 7731112121 05051 Oil 4 50 1050 EF7731111120 EFL 0301 Oil 2 S0 7731113121 EFL 100S1 Oil 100 20 100 EF7731112120 0501 4 50 EF7731114121 ses Oil 10 180 301 7150 EF7731113120 EFL 1001 Oil 100 7731112221 EFW 050S1 Water 4 50 10 50 EF7731114120 ERSO Oil 180 EF7731113221 EFW 10051 Water 100 20 100 EF7731110220 EFW 0152 Water il 18 EF7731114221 EFW 150S1 Water 10 150 30 150 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flowmeters amp monitors Parker Hannifin 279 Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 44 Flowmeters amp Monitors Datatlow 4 to 20mA and Pulse Output Flow Transmitters Features amp Benefits e 4 to 20mA output e Pulse output available for totalising batching e Works in any plane e Accepts reverse flow e Maximum flow 150 l min
35. Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 3 106 pulses O 276 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded internally or flange faced Threads G11 2 G2 ISO 228 1 SAE 24 SAE 32 or flanges 11 2 SAE 6000 2 SAE 6000 11 2 SAE 6000 M 2 SAE 6000 M 6000 M is a SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material extruded steel max torque 200 Nm Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Neoprene Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 7 0 bar Options Reverse flow valve which directs back flow from port to port Installation Details E GS ES 30 Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements High collapse elements available For details please contact Parker Filtration Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 5 0 bar visual indicator electrical indicator Weights kg 100P 1 37 kg 100P 2 47 kg Fluid compatibility Suitable for
36. Inte Patented element rali LES LIU Barker anything possible I 176 Inding design solutions for reservoir requirements Parker s Filter Division Europe manufactures innovative lightweight co polymer reservoirs that can feature an integrated patented and environmentally friendly LEIFP filter element and an ecological air filter Ideally suited for mobile hydraulic systems such as forklift trucks telescopic handlers and agricultural sprayers the all in one design of the reservoir means that it can be specified as a complete unit helping mobile equipment manufacturers to cut costs save time and increase efficiency The environmentally friendly LEIF Low Environmental Impact Filter element has been designed to allow the outer metal filter sleeve to be re used As a result only the contaminated filter medium has to be disposed of as chemical waste helping to reduce disposal and processing costs by as much as 5096 Connection points for support devices such as suction pumps drains or filler openings can be easily incorporated into the lightweight reservoir with metal connectors being available for hose couplings and flange or thread attachments Each metal connector is moulded into the co polymer reservoir wall ensuring a reliable leak proof connection between the reservoir and ancillary components In addition an oil level indicator can be fully integrated
37. Suction Elements Specification Construction Non standard elements are available to Stainless steel media 30 glass filled nylon order Consult Parker Filtration head Zintec centre tube Epoxy adhesives Maximum working temperature Flow US GPM 90 C TFTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT 0 13 26 39 53 66 E 119 e Filtration media 125 micron Flow range 15 500 l min Bypass rating 0 17 bar Mounting threads G1 2 up to G3 Ap PSID 0 0 50 100 x i 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Installation Suction Elements Without Bypass Installation Suction Elements with Bypass C AVF HEX Mounting thread Mounting thread Circuit symbol Circuit symbol Ordering Information Without Bypass Standard products table SEIS 15 1 2 125 1 105 5 46 36 0 08 N A SE 1320 25 3 4 125 109 5 64 46 GAS N A SE 1547 50 1 125 1 139 5 64 55 N A SE 1323 95 11 2 129 140 86 65 0 28 N A SE 1324 130 17 2 125 29915691065 0 33 N A SE 1326 180 2 125 260186 78 0 40 N A Se 12119 229 2 125 180 150 70 0 64 N A SE75471310 SE 220 350 21 2 125 212 160 90 om2 N A SE75481410 SE 22 500 3 125 272 180 100 ver N A Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker F
38. mounting 67 0 3 Dimensions mm 15 85 3 6 222 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 32 Reservoir Equipment 100mm Dia Pressure Gauges Specification Construction Movement Brass Pointer Liquid filling Glycerine 98 Working pressure Full scale value Dial White aluminium Black aluminium Process temperature Case BS 304 S15 stainless 60 C maximum steel Accuracy Window Acrylic 1 095 FSD Wetted parts connector Copper alloy Bourdon tube 100 bar Cu alloy c type soft soldered gt 100 bar stainless steel 1 4571 helical type brazed Ordering Information Bottom Connection PGB 1001 250 0 250 bar G Bottom PGB 1001 400 0 400 bar G Bottom ol PGB1001010 PGB 1001 010 0 10 bar G Bottom zi PGB1001016 PGB 1001 016 0 16 bar G Bottom PGB1001025 PGB 1001 025 0 25 bar G Bottom PGB1001040 PGB 1001 040 0 40 bar G Bottom Note It is recommended that all PGB1001060 PGB 1001 060 0 60 bar G 4 Bottom iae ber fitted glycerine gauges should be mounted PGB1001100 PGB 1001 100 0 100 bar G Bottom M Gv BSP ees 222 PGB1001160 PGB 1001 160 0 160 bar 677 Bottom 22 A F HEX pos Vave uppsniost PGB1001600 PGB 1001 600 0 600 bar G Bottom PGB10011000 PGB 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G Bottom Installation Details Panel Mounting
39. s 16 UNC 2B x 18 deep 0 47 0 94 1 00 2 0 0 75 14 2 26 0 Brel 29 M12 x 1 75 6H x 20 Deep 1e 14 UNC 2B x 20 deep 0 55 1 09 1 10 2 25 1 0 11270 628 667 Silke M14 x 2 6H x 20 Deep 1 2 13 UNC 2B x 20 deep 0 62 1 25 1 30 2 62 1 25 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 Pressure Drop Curves With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar With 7 0 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 2 3 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 18P 1 Elements 18P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 38 2 E aa 3 Flow l min Flow l min 18P 1 Empty Housing and High Collapse 18P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T a I o 2 8 Flow l min Flow l min 28P 1 Elements 28P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM PT Nr Ws qp RT E quu dE ee RTE CON ET ee puo qe is de 1 8 1 1 8 18 14 5 14 5 Flow l min Flow l min 28P 1 Empty Ho
40. 10Q G04238 G04256 G04264 G04272 G04280 G04288 20Q G04239 G04257 G04265 G04273 G04281 G04289 O2QH G04294 G04202 G04310 G04318 G04326 G04334 004295 104203 G04311 G04319 G04327 G04335 10QH G04296 G04304 G04312 G04320 G04328 G04336 20QH 904297 G04305 G04313 G04321 G04329 G04337 Ordering Information Standard products table 18P 1 10Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 Length 1 Nitrile Electrical 18P 1 10Q M2 98 B2B2 1 80 18P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Gia 18P 1 20Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 100 18P Length 1 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G3 4 18P 1 20Q M2 98 B2B2 1 100 18P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Ga 18P 2 10Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 130 18P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G3 4 18P 2 10Q M2 98 B2B2 1 130 18P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G 18P 2 20Q TW6 98 B2B2 1 150 18P Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G3 4 18P 2 20Q M2 98 B2B2 1 150 18P Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G3 4 28P 1 10Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 120 28P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar G1 28P 1 10Q M2 98 C2C2 1 120 28P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar 28P 1 20Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 150 28P Length1 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gi 28P 1 20Q M2 98 C2C2 1 150 28P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar GI 28P 2 10Q TW6 98 C2C2 1 250 28P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar er 28P 2 10Q M2 98 C2C2 1 250 28P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Gly 38P 1 10Q T
41. 11 2 SAE 6000 M Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Max torque 40 Nm Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High pressure filters 125 Ecoglass 111 Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass III contributes to ISO 14001 quality High collapse elements To be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass Ill media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 2 bar or 7 0 0 5 bar 2 5 bar indicators to be used with 3 5 bar bypass valve and 7 0 bar indicators with no bypass function visual MS electrical T1 elec
42. 14x05 2 91 0 02 Mountinghole gt n i e i m i QUT For filter with air breather In order to keep the minimum required distance under all circumstances it is recommended to position the filter in the middle of the reservoir Indicator filter tank 8 Nm Low pressure filters 4T Filtration media Microglass Ill Ecoglass III for LE F element Also available 10um Cellulose and 40um stainless steel mesh TPR1 Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options Setting 0 7 or 1 2 bar Other settings on request Visual pressure gauge Electrical pressure switch Options Dipstick second return port Magnetic pack Optional for Tanktopper Standard for Tanktopper II and Ill Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Conventional style element with steel end caps only optional for Tanktopper The LE F element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards Ref No Description 1 1 Cover 2 1 Magnet set 3 1 Cover seal 4 1 Bridge blue 5 1 Element 6 1 Sleeve 1 Funnel assembly 8 1 Filter housing Length
43. 700 bar Maximum over pressure Rated pressure x2 Maximum burst pressure Rated pressure x6 Snubber fitted inside thread form Electrical Supply voltage 11 30Vdc 11 30Vdc 11 35Vdc Vibration gt 500 Installation Spanner size 22A F Max recommended tightening torque 3ONm Output 0 5Vdc 1 evdc 4 20mA Transducer current draw 8mA Wiring Information Micro DIN option Preferred Thread Form Options G1 4 4BSP with bonded seal All thread forms and sensor interface are made from 17 4PH stainless steel Non standard threads contact Parker CMC Linearity Hysteresis Repeatability Response and Temperature Linearity Functional temp range over any 80 C temp range 40 C to 125 C lt 0 05 Temperature error Hysteresis over any 80 C temp range lt 1 over any 80 C temp range lt 0 05 full scale lt 0 1 FS after 1m cycles Repeatability Response time over any 80 C temp range 1mS lt 0 05 full scale Stability M12 option Pin number Transmitter Transducer 1 N A Signal output 2 Supply ve Supply ve 4 Return Supply ref Ov Installation Details Micro DIN option M12 option 219 0 1 Pin number Transmitter Transducer 1 Supply ve Supply ve 2 N A Signal output 3 Return Supply ref Ov 4 N A N A Flying lead option M12 thread Transducers and transmitt
44. Air breather threaded type pressurised SERT N A N A 430 0 35 bar 10 0 45 G 4 0 20kg SPA17311010 SPAT STO NG N A N A 430 0 70 bar 10 0 45 GA 0 20kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 192 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 26 1731 Threaded type Pressurised Displacement Weight 430 l min 0 2 Micron rating Thread 10p G3 4 Air flow Valve crack pressure 0 45m min 0 35 and 0 7 bar 35 A F HEX 1562 1563 Threaded type Un pressurised Displacement Weight 1562 430 l min 1562 0 20 Kg 1569 2 135 Vmin 1563 0 06 Kg 8 Micron rating Thread 10u 1562 G3 4 Q Air flow 1563 J 1562 0 45m min 1563 0 151 min 16 A F HEX 1380 Filter flange type Displacement Air flow 135 l min 0 15m min Micron rating Weight 10 0 08 Kg Tank installation notes 1 Un pressurised 6 hole fixing Form off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 04 4 dependant on the material and thickness consult Parker Filtration equispaced on 70 0 73 0 PC D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied 2 Pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off mounting holes between 24 0 and 24 4 equispaced on 73 0 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws su
45. Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass 111 Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements to be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass Ill media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 2 bar visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 22Pp 22 27 RD 44 50 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration 22PD 1 240 35 92 18 59 150 150 96 192 60 30 59 130 75 236 9 29 22 PD 2 9 45 1 38 3 62 0 71 2 16 5 91 5 90
46. EHC systems Vacuum pump i e Industrial aerospace Test stands Machine tools Caster wheels Forklift guides Variable flow circuit Allows oil to heat to required Starts removing water quickly temperature quickly Moisture sensor Real time water content indication Indicates when safe water content level is obtained Condensate holding tank Captures removed water solvents Eliminate potential hazard of exhausting Large enough to provide long service to atmosphere interval Reduced maintenance costs Compact size Smallest envelope in the industry Fits through doorways and down Ease of portability narrow aisles Increased use Forklift guides Provides safe and secure method to Employee safety Lifting eyes lift unit Easily transported Programmable thermostat Maintains oil within 1 C Unattended operation Prevents overheating oil Increases oll life Automatic operation Unattended use Reduced labour costs Increased running time Reverse pole switch phase fail Change motor rotation for different power Flexibility less maintenance source locations Prevents incorrect rotation High temperature safety circuit Shuts down heater if primary Prevents system damage contacters fail Oil can never exceed 120 C 250 F Worker safety Circuit breakers utilised in No fuses to replace Fewer spare parts increased uptime electrical panel Simple diagnostics Reduced maintenance Available with EPR seals and Phosphate ester compatible Spe
47. Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F2 Visual M3 indicator always as standard Other indicator options are additional and the indicator must be mounted to lower indicator port BOX 7 Box 8 Connections Code 130M 130D 130N 1305 Options Code Thread G1 G24 S X 130M standard Thread G2 G32 S X 130D 2 units 21 SAE flange 2 3000 M R32 X 3 units 31 SAE flange 2 2 3000 M S 130N 1 1 units L port ks SAE flange 3 3000 M S 2 2 units L port 41 DN80 flange D80 S S 1305 1 1 units T port 21 DN100 flange S S 2 2 units T port Availability S standard product 343 units T port 61 x non standard ask for availability 4 4 units T port 81 not available 1 1 units L port 27 2 2 units L port 47 3 3 units L port 67 4 4 units L port 87 Media Length 2 Length 3 020E 938721Q 938725Q Filter length 050E 938722Q 938726Q Length 2 400 500 500 10QE 938723Q 938727Q 050E 500 600 600 20QE 938724Q 938728Q 10QE 550 650 700 20QE 600 750 800 Length 3 Media Length 2 Length 3 OSQE 600 800 850 02Q 938733Q 938737Q 10QE 630 900 950 05Q 938734Q 938738Q 20QE 650 950 1000 10Q 9387856 9387390 200 9387360 9387400 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 123 standard efficiency based on the above beta ratio Metal free 123 Item is standard
48. Empty Housing ATZ 300 21 2 SAE FLANGE Empty Housing Flow US GPM TION US GPM T T T T T T 0 050 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 24 26 29 31 73 5 7 E UL ds 5 gs 4 0 04 0 58 t 0 03 044 48 16 8 2 jg 0 02 02919 4 0 01 0 15 10 20 3 30 4 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Flow l min Flow l min ATZ120 Filter Element Length 1 ATZ300 Filter Element Length 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM chad US GPM 11 6 4 is 4g 43 Flow l min Flow l min ATZ120 Filter Element Length 1 ATZ300 Filter Element Length 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ig zB 1 48 E EE Flow l min Flow l min Low pressure filters 79 Suction Filters AlZ series Ordering Information Standard products table ATZ120 G1 FXX1 R 10 B M 120 ATZ120 Length 1 10 NOM Nitrile Plugged Blocked G1 None 2120 01 FXW1 R 10 B M 120 ATZ120 Length 1 10 ABS Nitrile Plugged Blocked S None FXW1 R 10 ATZ300 S2 2 C FXX3 10 B M 300 ATZ300 Length 2 10 NOM Nitrile Plugged Blocked 2 2 SAE 3000 PSI None FXX3 10 ATZ 3P1XR481 ATZ300 S2 2 C FXW3 10 BM 300 ATZ300 Length 2 10 ABS Nitrile Plugged Blocked 2 s SAE 3000 PSI
49. Flow US GPM MIELE MELLE FTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTI 20 3 5 8 11 13 16 aj 0 Jj if 2 l lt il 261 232 203 174 145 PSID PSID 29 0 0 0 70 0 i 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Flow l min Flow l min 2001 SCV1701 Flow setting in no of turns 2003 SCV1703 Flow setting in no of turns Flow US GPM Flow US GPM uA uM UP I P LEERITITITTERLLIPIPITLELETIQEPITYLERLULLDIDTPREPRITIITQIETITQOITISTIIII 9 K PA M i n i 4 2 290 18 ES y men eres E A TT 16 oo ee eee mr A F on vg 174747 C IE 145 a z 10 145 a Aoo I mer 2n 7 E ra pars MEE i EA A ee M i iE PS LLL EE 0 0 10 35 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 c r Flow l min SCV1701 Flow setting fully closed fully open SCV1703 Flow setting fully closed fully open Flow US GPM Flow US GPM M i n n Ii 0 at i i E t ET 18 ee PE PE pa a p 16 A 203 22 ic 8 amp 10 BE 145 ARS 6 87 2 aoe ge T 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 Flow l min Flow l min Reservoir equipment 219 Reservoir Equipment Inline Check Valves Specification Construction Steel
50. G2 thread without strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 194 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 26 opin On Air Breathers Reservoir Equipment opin On Air Breathers Specification e High capacity air filters designed for the removal of airborne contamination in hydraulic systems to support environmental maintenance e Ideal for high flow systems and heavily contaminated environments e Disposable spin on elements quickly and easily replaced e o micron quality filtration elements e 2 models available 700 l min and 1500 l min e Available with a pressurised valve in the mounting adaptor Standard spin on air breather stem O94 Reservoir cutout 225 maximum O51 Circuit symbol standard off MG fixing holes equispaced on 41 3 PC D Pressurised spin on air breather stem Reservoir cutout 225 maximum 063 5 Circuit symbol pressurised Note Spin on air breather elements can also be mounted directly on to any suitable length of 3 4 BSP threaded pipe f 3 off M6 fixing holes equispaced on 50 P C D Ordering Information 5p Spin on air breathers N A 700 l min Unpressurised 60 120 0 6Kg N A 1500 l min Unpressurised 148 208 0 75Kg S 340058 70
51. Optional conventional style element with steel end caps The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards 4 Series 1 3 Series Ref No Description 1 1 Top spring 2 1 Insert 3 1 Insert seal 4 1 LEIF Element 5 1 Sleeve 6 1 Gasket i 1 O ring 8 1 Bypass set 9 1 Diffuser Ref z Description Top spring Insert Insert seal Inner sleeve LEIF element Outer sleeve O ring O ring O CO NIO GR OIN Bypass set Diffuser Low pressure filters 35 CU ev 100 a In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Specification cont 02 525 210075077429 20068 65 807 79 173 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 55 20 4 6 200 86 es 900470 79 267 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 79 381 35 20 4 6 45 20 88 85 80 4 12 116 284 48 25 5 8 77 42 11261122 117 5 15 116 300 48 25 5 8 77 42 126 122 117 5 15 Ninon 16 45 22 518 74206 2211117 5 115 diffuser 116 579 48 25 5 8 77 42 126 122 117 5 15 9 259770770742 000011000705 138 325 62 30 7 12 100 55 151
52. Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note for all dual head ports and TSR series apply G s connection for indicator Box 7 Ports Code BSP 1 60 1 90 1 120 No diffuser required G1 BSP 1 60 1 90 1 120 Diffuser type T with perforated plate area G1 4 BSP 2 170 2 230 2 300 2 400 2 500 Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 G1 2 BSP 2 170 2 230 2 300 2 400 2 500 G24 Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request 11 2 SAE 3000 PSI 2nd port G1 L24 No magnets 5 G2 2nd port G1 2 GS Dipstick 6 G1 4 BSP 2 Ports G1 TSR only G20 Plugged filling port 8 2xG1 2 BSP 2 Ports G1 TSR only 2G20 Diffuser type T and no magnets SAE20 2 Ports SAE16 TSR only S20 Diffuser type P and no magnets B 2xSAE20 2 Ports SAE16 TSR only 2520 Diffuser type magnets plugged filling port C Diffuser type P no magnets plugged filling port D Other combinations on request Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size pm c 423 standard Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c
53. Strainers Unique design diffuses oil flow into the reservoir 1 Single length in polypropylene 95mm length 2 2 piece telescopic in polypropylene 195mm length max Filtration element Expanded polyurethane foam 10 micron Seals Nitrile Working temperature 30 C to 90 C Pressurised filler breathers Available in 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Pressurisation options 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure Filters Pressurisation valve Nylon Nitrile Dipstick Available for use with options 1 and 2 Dipsticks are available in 2 lengths and in packs of 10 Dipstick material ABS Hi Lo indicators Acetal Adjustable Red Green level indicators Dipstick lengths 200mm and 400mm Breather weight 0 2K9 Anti splash feature The unique design anti splash feature is standard on all options 1 and 2 and allows for a dipstick to be fitted if required AB98XXX Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves 1 2 1 0 Flow I sec Air ara 0 7 Valve 14 6 EE o 73 3 E se 2 9 0 15 AB98XXX Non Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves PSID Flow l sec T Option 1 Single Hole Filler Breathers Non Pressurised AB 98210011 UC 10u filler breather with 95mm strainer AB 98210021 UC 10u filler breather with telescopic strainer AB98210001 AB 98210001 UC 10u filler breather w
54. What does it take to implement system matched filtration A review of the sources of contamination is the first step in finding the balance between the performance of the filtration system and the system demand s Sources of Contamination Several sources of contamination must be taken into account when it comes to the effective implementation of system matched filtration Without adequate filtration the protection of the system is jeopardised and component or system failure is imminent System matched filtration changes the deterioration into a balanced situation representing the continuously controlled process that is needed to achieve system reliability Realising this is only possible when the required fluid cleanliness levels are maintained 1 Built in Contamination Residual contamination from the manufacturing and assembly processes cannot be avoided Examples are machining debris weld spatters casting sand paint pipe sealant or fibres from cleaning rags Flushing system components prior to assembly and decent housekeeping during the various stages of the assembly process are a must to reduce the amount of built in contamination 1 al Filter media pleating 2 Natural Contamination In general the cleanliness level of new oil does not always meet the requirements of the system Despite the efforts to control the fluid cleanliness level during the production processes transport and distribution may conta
55. l min 230 Filter Element Length 7 IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM o 79 92 106 119 132 4132 16 1 4 20 3 1 2 EH 174 1222 4777 5 0 8 716 2 2 2 0 6 8 7 2 a 0 4 5 8 E 0 2 2 9 0 J 0 4 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 low l min Flow l min Low pressure filters 37 H In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Pressure Drop Curves cont IN400 Filter Element Length 9 IN500 2 Filter Element Length 10 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 53 6 53 Ap PSID Ap PSID Flow l min Flow l min IN390 Filter Element Length 11 IN500 3 Filter Element Length 12 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ae jet oll pe NIAE 17 4 3 6 53 79 10 od p MN MER is 8 7 j 7 oa Cp 58 Ed 18 0 2 mue 29 100 200 300 400 500 600 709 B Flow l min Flow l min IN600 Filter Element Length 13 13800 Filter Element Length 14 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TT TT TT LT T T T T T T T FE E p EEE TJENT I Dp EL TA TT TT TT 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 Ap PSID S E 0 3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Flow l min Flow l min IN1000 Filter Element Length 15 IN1500 Filter Element Length 16 Flo
56. pressure and temperature without the need to shut down the system e For use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions e Analogue Monitor utilises 3 Day Glo dial gauges with a protective hinged cover e Calibrated up to 380 l min with dual scale bar psi amp C F US GPM also available e EM20 Electronic Monitor gives a full digital display e Automatically calibrated for all 3 sizes of sensor e Indicates line differential and rising peak pressure e Easily scrolled from metric to US e 300 test memory e Capable of downloading saved data to datum Typical Applications e Drilling equipment e Mining e Grinding and conveying e Industrial hydraulics e Mobile Hydraulic system users need to ensure that lost production is kept to the absolute minimum To ensure this predictive maintenance and therefore routine condition monitoring of major components Is essential oystem 20 inline sensors remain at the heart of condition and contamination monitoring Whether you re mining the coal building the new bypass harvesting the crops crossing the oceans or drilling offshore whatever the industry System 20 represents the premier system monitoring available today 244 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 Specification Sensors Construction Machined steel body Electroless nickel coating to minimum depth of 40 microns Brass stainless steel internal components
57. 10 59 0 44 3 12 14 VE 1 20 Kg MCG3214 MC G 32 14 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 22 7 8 1 00 Kg MCG3226 MC G 32 26 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 42 0 60 Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability How to build Multiclamp Reservoir equipment 217 Reservoir Equipment Speed Control and Needle Valves Specification Construction Speed control valve check valve Brass 58 UNI 5705 G3 4 model steel crack pressure Nickel plated 0 5 bar Max working pressure Panel mounting 210 bar A retaining nut for panel mounting is Operating temp range included with every option 20 C to 100 C Filtration recommendation Parker Filtration 25 micron absolute system filtration is desirable to ensure acceptable reliability and service life Fluid compatibility Petroleum based oils Sizes G 4 GS s 1 2 and 63 4 G3 4 option Panel mounting Panel mounting thread M40 x 1 5 thread G 132 0 max Ordering Information Speed Control Valves white caps G1 4 210 bar speed control M17 x 1 210 bar speed control 4415 72 5 27 15 64 5 215 M20 x 1 0 24 G 2 210 bar speed control 5 85 ao 19 87 27 M256 105 0 45 G 4 210 bar speed control 85 42 5 M40 x 1 5 1 3 Needle Valve
58. 149 139 5 18 138 407 62 30 7 12 100 55 151 149 139 5 18 0230 0231202 138 599 62 30 7 12 100 55 151 149 139 5 18 IN AGB 3 IN AGB 4 without diffuser Type with diffuser Dimensions in mm Dimensions in mm 36 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density IN30 Filter Element Length 0 IN6O Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Se ee eee ET LOS EE NE 3 5 8 Tos 2 52 5 11 16 21 26 31 Scd u B ECL 1 19 E FM AO ei 1 100 7 3 E E a 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Flow l min Filter Element Length 3 IN120 Filter Element Length 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T ig ig 10 10 jg j amp 18 18 Flow Flow IN125 Filter Element Length 5 IN170 Filter Element Length 6 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Fe DES SE FEET SEE EGET FART FAE 32 20 33 E 1743 18 18 42 1 18 Flow l min Flow
59. 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938728Q FC1303 QE20 BK Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Medium pressure filters 101 Medium Pressure Filters 130 ECO Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Configurator example single unit Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 19 j ae B Ro J 1 Configurator example 2 2 system Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 3 M3 1 Box 2 Box 3 Model Length Element media Glass fibre Single unit Length 2 2 media 5 media 10 media 20 media Dual unit Length 3 Ecoglass element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Parallel unit This option is semi standard on This option is semi standard on single units 130M only System single units 130M only Filter assemblies with Microglass elements are available by request Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Visual indicator M3 35 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Electrical indicator WW
60. 230 260 300 330 330 123 Item is standard 10Q 10QE 250 280 330 360 430 Item is standard with green options 20Q 20QE 260 300 350 380 450 123 Item is semi standard 129 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable Metal free High collapse iis caf M 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass Ecoglass III element hichli ht i ascita iei cas andad gnlighte N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QE 02QH product selection N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 050 05GH Note 2 Alternate displayed part number N A 6 85 9 10 12 10QE 10QH selection will require you to contact Parker 6 dl 47 18 20 DD 20QE 20QH Filtration for availability 130 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 22PD 32PD series 260 l min 210 bar l F TO CHANGE FILTER Ur Qnm si rt T N High pressure filters 131 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD series Features amp Benefits Duplex design Element service possible during operation Allows to keep machine running with full contamination protection Integrated balancing valve No external piping required Safety and reliability Vent ports Purges all trapped air in filter Get the ma
61. 27 27 5374 Key Markets e Commercial transports Military aircraft e Regional transports e Aircraft engines e Business and general aviation Key Markets e Factory automation e Transportation and automotive e Life sciences and medical e Machine tools e Semiconductor and electronics Key Markets e Refrigeration and air conditioning e Transportation mobile e Process e Industrial machinery e Medical life sciences Fuel cells Precision cooling Key Markets Industrial machinery e Process Mobile e Marine e Oil amp gas e Power generation and energy e Transportation e Food and beverage Key Markets e Construction machinery e Agriculture e Transportation e Mobile e Industrial machinery e Oil amp gas Key Markets e Construction machinery e Agriculture e Industrial machinery e Oil amp gas e Truck hydraulics Power generation and energy Key Markets e Power generation e Oil amp gas Petrochemical e Microelectronics e Biopharmaceutical Key Markets e Transportation e Energy oil amp gas e Semiconductor e Aerospace e Fluid power e Life sciences e Telecommunications Key Products e Flight control systems and components e Hydraulic systems and components e Fuel systems and components e Pneumatic systems and components e Inert oxygen generating systems e Fluid metering delivery and atomization devices e Wheels and brakes Couplings fitti
62. 27 5374 www parker com epic parker com ar lest Fluid condition monitoring Par lest The impact on filter performance reporting and the contamination code The recent changes to ISO contamination and filtration standards were brought about to solve accuracy tracability and availability issues It is important to remember that both real world hydraulic system cleanliness levels and actual system filter performance remain unchanged However the reporting of cleanliness levels and filter performance has changed due to the new particle counter calibration and multi pass test procedures The new calibration method ISO 11171 is the new particle counter calibration method and utilises calibration fluid made from ISO Medium Test Dust ISO MTD suspended in MIL H 5606 The calibration fluid is traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST and is designated by NIST as Standard Reference Material SRM 2806 ISO 11171 is replacing ISO 4402 which is based on obsolete AC Fine Test Dust ACFTD It is important to note that the ISO 11171 calibration method is based on a distribution of particles measured by their equivalent area diameter whereas ISO 4402 is based on distribution of particles measured by their longest chord Also the NIST work utilised scanning electron microscopy for particles below 10um in size whereas sizing distribution on ACFTD utilised optical microscopy The charts to the right
63. 42 0 4 0 1180 88 0 42 0 14 0 10 5 4000 6 00 8 00 2 05 59 0 1250 83 0 65 0 4 0 158 0 1220 530 19 0 16 0 min 38 1 max Height of keyway from base of bore Assembly data Metric Imperial 1 Maximum angular misalignment is 2 Maximum radial misalignment is 0 4mm Standard bore BS 4500 1985 BS 1916 Part 1 1985 2 Ensure that the Parker Filtration drive coupling gear hubs are an easy fit to their respective shafts Standard keyway BS 4325 Part 1 1980 BS 46 Part 1 1985 Do not use heavy blows to force the hubs on 3 When in position the hubs should have a gap of 4mm as denoted by E dimension 4 Tighten grub screws to locate both gear hubs on to their respective shafts Ordering Examples Parker Filtration drive coupling components are ordered 2 Complete assembly DCR42PBPB separately Here are three examples of complete assemblies Made up of 2x DCR42PB s ordered this way DC42S Sleeve 1 Complete assembly DC28M14B04K Complete model DC42 drive coupling Both gear hubs have Made up ofa DC28M14 pilot bore of 10 5mm Not supplied with grub screws DC28B04K Complete assembly DCR55PBB12K DC28 S Sleeve Made up DCR55PB Complete model DC28 drive coupling One gear hub has DC55B12K 14mm bore with 5mm wide keyway and other hub has a 1 2 DC55S Sleeve bore with 0 125 wide keyway Complete model DC55 drive coupling One gear hub pilot Both hubs supplied with locating grub screw bored s the othe
64. 44 0 1842 763299 Fax 44 0 1842 756300 Email conmoninfo parker com 0 NUMBER OF PARTICLES PER MILLILITRE GREATER THAN INDICATED SIZE LLI N C lt Q 2 Zz lt I CC lt CC O LLI CC gt CC LLI A 0 LLI T Q LL O CC LLI gt 2 O PO PO 0 A O1 O DO O1 O1 ODIN 00 CO Cd I 5 4 3 2 5 4 3 2 I 5 4 3 2 A 5 4 3 2 272 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 41 ASIC Performer 20 60 100 250 400 and 700 bar es re ER Transducers and transmitters Iran ZU Pressure Transducers and Transmitters ASIC Performer Applications for the ASIC Performer e Fork lift trucks braking and load systems e ruck mounted cranes load safety systems e Earth moving machinery hydraulic gearbox control e Racing car gearbox fuel cooling and suspension systems e Water usage systems pressurised systems for industrial and hi rise usage e Forest Machinery felling and logging e Paper mills speed control and weighing systems The Parker Filtration ASIC Performer Pressure Transducers and Transmitters To overcome the historical problems caused by gauge creep Circuitry ASIC to produce a sensor that is both accurate and of thick film sensors and the fragility of peizo electric ceramic repeatable over a wide
65. 5 50 2 25 1 2 32 Air FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch 2292 10 110 5 50 1 2 FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch 3231 15 125 6 60 3 4 3232 20 225 05100 f Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 51 286 Guide to Contamination Control Tank mounted return line filter Tank mounted suction filter 4 4 Strainer suction filter Hydraulic tank In line filter Pump Guide to contamination control 287 Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Control The Threat of Contamination Industry requirements with regard to hydraulic and oll lubrication systems emphasise reliability long lifetime and reduced energy use Depending on the circumstances some 70 80 of system failures are due to contamination Cleanliness monitoring is essential in contamination control as is selecting the right filter components The first step however is understanding the specific system requirements and local Operating conditions This guide to contamination control describes Types of failures Sources of contamination Fluid cleanliness level Condition monitoring
66. 9 1 Housing seal 169 160 03 4 10 1 Airguide 6 65 6 30 BSP 11 1 Cover airbreather 269 260 12 1 Breather element 10 60 10 23 SAE 12 13 1 Dipstick assembly Dimensions in mm Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper se Specification cont Tanktopper II Air Free element clearance i Second port optional 40 a 1 59 NE 00 o D G11 4 BSP G11 2 BSP SAE 20 SAE 24 4x9 on pitch circle 145 sm max 8 Nm 5 70 ISO 228 G s BSP Dimensions in mm 82 3 23 Min 100mm a 6 94 1 0 max 30 For filter with air breather In order to keep the minimum required distance under all circumstances it is recommended to position the filter in the middle of the Tanktopper III reservoir 105 4 13 171 6 73 Free element clearance 1 ng hole 2140 5 51 Oil level Dimensions in mm For filter with air breather In order to keep the minimum required distance under all circumstances it is recommended to position the filter in the middle of the reservoir Min 100mm we 3 94 0 max 40 _ 040 1 57 48 LI amp ll Ref No Description Hexagon socket bolt M8 Air breather cap Air breather filter medium Cover assembly Cover seal Bridge Magnet set Element Sleev
67. 937939Q 52 series LI amp ll Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Suction Return Series MAX 250 l min Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Return Series Features amp Benefits Compact design Less space required to apply SR Series Improved flexibility during system design Bypass valve mounted in series with back pressure valve Pressurisation of filtered oil for hydrostatic drive ensured during bypass Lower risk of pump cavition No direct bypass in the tank reducing the additional risk of oil foaming LEIF9 elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Strainer located in filter head Strainer filters all bypass fluid by using a system matched degree of filtration Improved protection of system Strainer can be inspected and cleaned during service events High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the ta
68. B Part number spare element 937728 937742Q 937763Q 937778Q 937799Q 937813 IN500 3 series TXX8C 10 B TXW8C 2 B TXW8C 5 B TXW8C 10 B TXW8C 20 B ST8C 40 B Part number spare element 937729 937741Q 937764Q 937777Q 937800Q 937812 INGOO TXX10 10 B TXW10 2 B TXW10 5 B TXW10 10 B TXW10 20 B ST10 40 B Part number spare element 937730 937740Q 937765Q 937776Q 937801Q 937811 IN800 TXX11 10 B TXW11 2 B TXW11 5 B TXW11 10 B TXW11 20 B ST11 40 B Part number spare element 937731 937739Q 937766Q 937775Q 937802Q 937810 IN1000 TXX12 10 B TXW12 2 B TXW12 5 B TXW12 10 B TXW12 20 B ST12 40 B Part number spare element 937732 937738Q 937767Q 937774Q 937803Q 937809 IN1500 TXX13 10 B TXW13 2 B TXW13 5 B TXW13 10 B TXW13 20 B ST13 40 B Part number spare element 937733 9377370 9377680 937804Q 937808 IN2000 TXX14 10 B TXW14 2 B TXW14 5 B TXW14 10 B TXW14 20 B ST14 20 Part number spare element 937734 937736Q 937769Q 937772Q 937805Q 937807 IN2400 TXWH14 2 B TXWH14 5 B TXWH14 10 B TXWH14 20 B Part number spare element 937735Q 937770Q 937771Q 937806Q Low Pressure Filters AS A Grab the Benefits of a greener future ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY FILTRATION SOLUTIONS Trust Parker to provide you with a range of green filter products that impact positively on the environment Now with new E series element ranges your customers benefit from a solution that s smarter safer and more responsible when it
69. Bottom Connection Panel Mounting Lower Back PGE1001010 PGE 1001 010 0 10 bar G Panel PGE1001016 PGE 1001 016 0 16 bar G Panel PGE1001025 PGE 1001 025 0 25 bar G Panel PGE1001040 PGE 1001 040 0 40 bar G Panel PGE1001060 PGE 1001 060 0 60 bar G Panel PGE1001100 PGE 1001 100 0 100 bar G Panel PGE1001160 PGE 1001 160 0 160 bar G Panel PGE1001250 PGE 1001 250 0 250 bar G Panel PGE1001400 PGE 1001 400 0 400 bar G Panel PGE1001600 PGE 1001 600 0 600 bar G Panel PGE10011000 PGE 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G Panel Dimensions mm Bottom Connection 185 48 107 100 8 G 2 87 22 0 80 Panel Mounted 3 hole flange _ PGF1001 250 0 250 bar G 4 Panel Flange Dimensions mm Panel Mounting Centre Back PGF 1001 400 0 400 bar G Panel Flange PGF1001010 PGF 1001 010 0 10 bar Gt 4 Panel Flange PGF1001016 PGETO01 016 0 16 bar G Panel Flange 48 81 5 107 100 8 ey 20 0 80 PGF1001025 PGF1001025 0 25 bar G 4 Panel Flange PGF1001040 PGF 1001 040 0 40 bar G 4 Panel Flange Note 1 Panel cut out 102 1 0 E T PGF1001060 PGF 1001 060 0 60 bar G Panel Flange Note 2 13mm on the outside radius required to allow for fixing clamp PGF1001100 PGE 1001 100 0 100 bar 9 Panel Flange Panel Mounted 3 hole flange PGF1001160 PGF 1001 160 0 160 bar G Panel Flange QD PGF1001600 PGF 1001 600 0 600 bar G Panel Flange Note 1 Gauge dimensions
70. Element Stainless steel mesh 125 micro Max flow 120 l min Installation Details Minimum for bowl removal Ordering Information Standard products table 22 A F HEX 1 Max working pressure 7 bar Thread G1 Max flow Working temperature Flow direction 90 l min 30 C to 80 C From outside to inside Max working pressure Seal Weight 7 bar Nitrile 1 5 Kg Thread Bowl tightening torque Alternative media can be G1 12 Nm specified Filter Selection Total assembly pressure drop flow curve Relative density 0 856 Flow US GPM Oil Viscosity 30 cSt Ap PSID Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table IL1115 90 G1 125 EIL1115 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Working temperature 30 C to 80 C Bowl tightening note A box or ring spanner is For alternative media consult Parker Filtration Note When using with 60 C water recommended Seal Flow direction Nitrile From outside to inside Bowl tightening torque Weight 12 Nm 0 5 Kg water protect from freezing 2 off fixing 04 5 holes 7 5 Circuit symbol Oil 125 0 5 Total assembly pressu
71. G1 G1 4 G11 2 329 13 00 450 17 72 405 15 94 6 6 Flange SAE 11 2 3000 M 428 16 85 550 21 65 505 19 90 10 4 pcs M12 depth 18 69 8 only model SAE 50 min 2 00 mm EB mL DE 50 min 2 00 Medium pressure filters 91 inches Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 1 0 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 45M Series Empty Housing Flow US GPM A Pran NATT 0 6 3 13 193 26 323 39 453 53 593 66 9 o lt 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Flow l min 45M 1 Element with Microglass Ill 45M 2 Element with Microglass Ill dii US GPM Flow US GPM TITTTTTTTTTTUTITTTIW TITT TTT Ws d da 3 Ed pude E LE LL LS BL LL FL 1 40 TA 92 106 Li B 140 13 26 39 53 66 79 gt 106 119 25 amp o lt 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 45M 3 Element with Microglass Ill 45M 4 Element with Microglass 111 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 20 3 17 4 3 145 i8 3 o 8 11 6 a 6 J lt ES 2 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 7 50 100 150 200 250 300 3
72. GD Eex mil T6 Degree of protection IP66 For details contact Parker Filtration Connection cable software for programmable indicator L1 Connection cable for PC serial connection and software for indicator settings and utilising memory logs Ordering Code 905075030 Seal kits fluroelastomer Ordering code Indicators with thread connection U12H former F6 911045078 Indicators with thread connection U14M former W3 911045086 Indicators with thread connection U14H former W6 911045087 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 172 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 Pressure Indicators for Low Pressure Filters ETF Filter Visual pressure indicator 48 Vdc electrical indicator 1 2 bar 250 VAC electrical indicator 1 2 bar Code G2 Code S2 S3 Code S4 mm inches mm inches mm inches Rotating part 360 hd 30 1 18 x30 1 18 67 E 2 64 56 2 20 HEX 27 3 Fixed part 1 06 G K N A N A FMUG2FBMGO2L 1 2 bar Normally open contacts Electrical indicator 4206 FMUS2FBMGO2L e 52 53 1 2 max SI gt FMUS3FBMGO2L a S4 E ling 250 V Normally closed contacts ectrical in
73. Give FC7008 Q010 BK T420 124 FF7008 Q020 BS35 GT24 4 Nitrile Plugged er 8 FC7008 Q020 BK 70T110QEBPKG161 FF7005 QE10 BS35 GT16 150 70T 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar er 938789Q FC7005 QE10 BK 70T120QEBPKG161 FF7005 QE20 BS35 GT16 200 7OT 1 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar cm 938790Q FC7005 QE20 BK 70T210QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE10 BS35 GT20 260 70T 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar 9387930 FC7006 QE10 BK 70T220QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE20 BS35 GT20 280 7OT 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar ED 938794Q FC7006 QE20 BK 70T310QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE10 BS35 GT24 360 70 3 10 Nitile Plugged 3 5 bar ere 938797Q FC7007 QE10 BK 70T320QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE20 BS35 GT24 380 70 3 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar TU 938798Q FC7007 QE20 BK 70T410QEBPKG241 FF7008 QE10 BS35 GT24 360 70 4 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar CHA 938801Q FC7008 QE10 BK 70T420QEBPKG241 FF7008 QE20 BS35 GT24 380 70 4 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar ene 938802Q FC7008 QE20 BK Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 129 High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Bo x4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 7 s we 624 J 1
74. Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure Rated fatigue pressure Connections Several threaded port options available flange faced ports available on 80CN 70 bar 56 bar Connection style Model 15CN AOCN 80CN BSPF G 1 3 4 ae gt uos 2 SAE 12 162 24002 ISO 6149 M27 M33 M42 M48 Metric 3000 M Ze Filter housing Head material aluminium Bowl material hard anodized aluminium Seal material Nitrile or fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve amp indicator settings Table following gives bypass valve and corresponding indicator setting Bypass Indicator 1 7 bar 1 2 bar 29 Bar 2 5 bar Filtration element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator 15CN Length 1 A Length 1 A Length 2 B p Length 2 B Element removal clearance 65mm 2 50 Element removal clearance 65mm 2 50 cmm SAE 4 25 4 1 00 Drain plug Nominal Hex E 25 4 1 00 Nominal Hex Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III available by request Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941
75. ISO 14001 quality standards BGT 4 conventional element T a 3 2 mn LOJ E 7 Eg 3 0 ul Eum T Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Serie Specification cont BGT 3 with diffuser 105 110 Optional Filter tank Plug M10x1 torque load 45 Nm ISO 228 G s BSP oat Flange SAE 2 View A A Note Dimension indicated are applicable for filterhead with multiple ports Note on request Type DN 290 6 7 View B B 139 59 50 3 591 35 43 78 105 107 5 14 11116 3 1165 5 165 120 8 2 with diffuser 560 10 1 Dimensions in mm BGT 3 without diffuser EE Filter tank torque load 45 Nm Optional 11 4 SAE 3000PSI Fe Al 9 ES ISO 228 G 4BSP sai Cover house torque load 30 Nm Flange SAE 2 View A A Optional 11 4 SAE 3000PSI Note Dimension indicated are applicable for filterhead with multiple ports View B B Note on request without diffuser Type 245 6 7 163 5 29 139 59 50 3 59135 325 43 78 105 R107 5 14111116 3 165 120 8 2 515 10 1 Dimensions in mm 24 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section BGT 4 with diffuser Late Filter tank Plug M10x1 torque load 45 Nm Cover house torque load 30 Nm M16 Flange SAE 3 View A A
76. List 1 2 Head Assembly Element Bowl Indicators Visual auto reset 2 5 bar Visual auto reset 5 0 bar T1 Electrical 2 5 bar with DIN 43650 Connector T1 Electrical 5 0 bar with DIN 43650 Connector F1 Electronic PNP 2 5 bar with 4 LED F2 Electronic NPN 2 5 bar with 4 LED F1 Electronic PNP 5 0 bar with 4 LED F2 Electronic NPN 5 0 bar with 4 LED Bowl Seal Bowl Anti extrusion Ring Seal Kits Seal kit 18 std Nitrile Seal kit 18P Fluoroelastomer Seal kit 28P std Nitrile Seal kit 28P Fluoroelastomer Seal kit std Nitrile Seal Kit 38P F3 Fluoroelastomer see table on next page 504350 504351 504352 504353 504354 504355 120 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 Element Service cont Replacement element part numbers Model 18P 1 18P 2 28P 1 28P 2 38P 1 38P 2 02Q G04242 G04250 G04258 G04266 G04274 G04282 05Q G04243 G04251 G04259 G04267 904275 904283 10Q 20Q O2QH G04290 G04298 G04306 G04314 G04322 G04330 05QH G04291 G04299 G04307 G04315 G04323 G04331 10QH G04292 G04300 G04308 G04316 G04324 G04332 20QH G04293 G04301 G04309 604317 G04325 G04333 Model 18P 1 18P 2 28P 1 28P 2 38P 1 38P 2 02Q G04236 G04254 G04262 G04270 G04278 G04286 05Q G04237 G04255 G04263 G04271 G04279 G04287
77. M Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 3 SAE BGT 4 Diffuser type T with perforated plate area 1x2 SAE flanged 2x1 4 SAE flanged for BGT 3 R32M Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 rues eg Item is standard 3x11 4 SAE flanges 1x 2 SAE for BGT 4 3R20 Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request No magnets 5 123 Item is standard with green options Dipstick 6 Pise ang port 7 123 Item is semi standard Diffuser t T and no magnet A TT B 127 Item is non standard Diffuser type T no magnets plugged filling port C i i iT a a Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Other combinations on request Parker Hannifin UK Limited Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Innovative filter design and patented product protection brings value added benefits to our OEM customers and their end users Benefits that should helo protect a manufacturers aftermarket as well as ensure that vehicle and equipment users specify quality Parker replacement filter elements and accessories and help safeguard warranties Installing Parker Filtration patented filter assemblies such as the Suction and Return Series and LEIF Low Environmental Impact Filter elements can provide the end user and OEM with some positive benefits e FIF can provide increased OEM spares business e Guaranteed Parker quality with every replacement filter element e Supports O
78. N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 li 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL TPR 1 40 PXWL1 2 PXWL1 5 PXWL1 10 PXWL1 20 Part number spare element 937898Q 937900Q 937902Q 937904Q TPR 1 80 PXWL2 2 PXWL2 5 PXWL2 10 PXWL2 20 Part number spare element 937899Q 937901Q 937903Q 937905Q TPR 2 120 PXWL3 2 PXWL3 5 PXWL3 10 PXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937886Q 937889Q 937892Q 937895Q TPR 2 200 PXWL4 2 PXWL4 5 PXWL4 10 PXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937887Q 937890Q 937893Q 937896Q TPR 2 250 PXWL4A 2 PXWL4A 5 PXWL4A 10 PXWL4A 20 Part number spare element 937888Q 937891Q 937894Q 937897Q TPR 3 250 PXWL6 2 PXWL6 5 PXWL6 10 PXWL6 20 Part number spare element 937906Q 937909Q 937912Q 937915Q TPR 3 450 PXWL7 2 PXWL7 5 PXWL7 10 PXWL7 20 Part number spare element 937907Q 937910Q 937913Q 937916Q TPR 3 650 PXWL8 2 PXWL8 5 PXWL8 10 PXWL8 20 Part number spare element 937908Q 937911Q 937914Q 937917Q TPR 1 40 PXX1A 10 PXW1A 2 PXW1A 5 PXW1A 10 PXW1A 20 PS1A 40 Part number spare element 937918 937920Q 937925Q 937930Q 937935Q 937940 TPR 1 80 PXX2A 10 PXW2A 2 PXW2A 5 PXW2A 10 PXW2A 20 PS2A 40 Part number spare element 937919 937921Q 937926Q 937931Q 937936Q 937941 TPR 3 160 PXW5 2 PXW5 5 PXW5 10 PXW5 20 Part number spare element 937922Q 937927Q 937932Q 937937Q TPR 3 250 PXW6 2 PXW6 5 PXW6 10 PXW6 20 Part number spare element 937923Q 937928Q 937933Q 937938Q TPR 3 450 PXW7 2 PXW7 5 PXW7 10 PXW7 20 Part number spare element 937924Q 937929Q 937934Q
79. Ne um 024 2285 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes N A N A ES 9 6 f 05Q 50 will ensure standard product selection N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 Ju 10QE Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will 6 17 18 20 22 200 require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 94 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 130 ECO Series MAX 1000 l min 30 bar Medium pressure filters 95 Medium Pressure Filters 130 ECO Series Features amp Benefits Modular filter system Sizing and performance can be optimised Best filter for every lube application Duplex type systems with selecting valve Element change during operation Continuous filtration Bypass assembly in the filter cover Sediment and other particles at the bottom are away from the flow entering the system No contamination passing into the system if filter in bypass Large filtration area High dirt holding capacity Long element life Air bleed valve Easy air removal after element change Protects bearings and other sensitive components Two indicator locations visual indicator as standard Easy to detect when element replacement needed Reliable filtration Coreless Ecoglass replacement elements No metal content in element Reduced overall weight of 50 Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration Easy compaction of u
80. None FXW3 10 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example ATZ filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 2 Ur 11 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element media Glass fibre ATZ 1 120 Microglass Ill for disposable elements ATZ 2 300 Cellulose Wire mesh Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20 media Abs rating Disposable element 02Q 05Q 20Q 040W Box 4 BOX O Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Vacuum gauge setting 0 15 bar M10x1 U1 Blocked bypass aa Fluoroelastomer V Vacuum gauge setting 0 3 bar M10x1 U2 Neoprene N Vacuum switch 42V 0 15 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V1 Vacuum switch 42V 0 30 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V2 Vacuum switch 250 VAC 0 15 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 VS Vacuum switch 250 VAC 0 80 bar setting NO NC M10 x 1 V4 No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port plugged BE Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options for ATZ 1 120 G1 2 2 x G1 For ATZ 1 120 only 02 1 x G1 1x G1 plugged 21 2 SAE 3000 PSI 2 x G1 For ATZ 2 300 only Not plugged 1 x G1 right plugged 2 x G1 left amp right plugged P Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 27 L
81. PRESSURE SYSTEMS 1500 PSI SHOULD RECEIVE IMMEDIATE REQUIRE CLEANER FLUID CONTINUE REGULAR PREVENTIVE FILTRATION ATTENTION SAMPLE AGAIN WITHIN 30 DAYS MAINTENANCE SAMPLE AGAIN IN 2 3 MONTHS Since remedial advice is based on test results provided by others and since corrective action if any is performed by others remedial advice is rendered without warranty or liability of any kind Viscosity Conversion Chart cSt centistrokes SUS Saybolt Universal Seconds PARTICLES M 7 46 93 IN FLUID 116 139 SIZE NUMBER 150 185 232 324 417 zx woh Q TT G ET 5 4 3 2 I I 5 4 3 2 Comparisons are made at 100 F 38 C for other Viscosity Conversion Approximations use the formula cSt SUS 4 635 POT PO Po NO Cleanliness Level Correlation Table ACFTD NAS Disavowed ISO Particles Millilitre Gravimetric 1638 SAE Level Code gt 5 Micrometers gt 15 Micrometers Level mg L 1964 1963 26 23 640 000 80 000 1000 25 23 320 000 80 000 23 20 80 000 10 000 100 21 18 20 000 2 500 20 18 10 000 2 900 20 17 10 000 1 300 20 16 10 000 640 19 16 5 000 640 18 15 2 500 17 14 1 300 16 13 640 15 12 320 14 12 14 11 13 10 12 9 11 8 10 8 E 10 7 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100 10 6 PARTICLE SIZE micrometers For more information Contact Parker Filtration s Condition Monitoring Centre Tel
82. T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration ium e m d Lumen rim 4 Direction 4 y m T gt Mr bas as LET E M12 8pcs OO Indicator FPC V 650 12 10 Length 2 Length 3 Indicator amp In Li Torque 50 Nm nee f tion can be rotated in 90 steps M12 4pcs Adaptor flange Torque 50 Nm Medium pressure filters 97 Medium Pressure Filters 130 ECO Series Dual System 130D G 2x 2pcs Ga Venting valve LO NR O Thread flange 35 Thread flange 35 Body flange SAE 3 3000 M Adaptor flange thread G11 2 G2 Parallel System 130N G 2X2pCS Gl s Venting valve i ee z am a 4 Out Supported from base Length 2 780 Length 3 1340 Dimensions in mm 98 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 130S System 1 1 units 130S System 2 2 units Indicator FPC V Indicator FPC V Drain valve G x2pcs Drain valve G x2pcs 1305 System 3 3 units 1305 System 4 4 units Indicator FPC V Indicator FPC V 1704 1574 2156 Drain valve G x2pcs Medium pressure filters 99 Medium Pressure Filters 130 ECO Series Valve Ass
83. as for PGF 10011000 PGF 1001 1000 0 1000 bar G Panel Flange panel mounting option above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Any subsequent changes to gauge accuracy will be notified with flange as shown below Note 2 Panel cut out for 3 hole mounting 104 0 5 Dimensions mm 116 132 4 8 Reservoir equipment 220 Notes 224 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK LaserCM Fluid Condition Monitoring Fluid condition monitoring Portable Particle Counter aser OM Features amp Benefits Test time 2 minutes e Data entry allows individual equipment test log details Particle counts 2 5 15 25 50 and 100 to be recorded microns e Data retrieval of test results from memory via hand 4 6 14 21 38 and 70 set display microns c e Automatic test cycle logging of up to 300 tests can International codes ISO 7 22 NAS 0 12 be selected via hand set display D T M n e lotally portable can be used as easily in the field as ata retrieval li access gives test searc in the laboratory m e Automatic calibration reminder ax workin ressure ar JP e Instant accurate results achieved with a 2 minute Max flow rate 400 l min when used with system test cycle 20 Se
84. bar Diffuser type T with perforated plate area 2 0 bar for IN AGB 1 2 or 8 series H Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 4 Blocked bypass X No magnets 5 Other bypass settings on request Diffuser type T and no magnets A Diffuser type P and no magnets B _ _ _ u Note IN AGB size 2 400 and 2 500 are standard supplied Highlights Key Denotes part number availability without magnets ESSE UAI Item is standard 123 Item is standard with green options 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Low pressure filters 41 In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N AGB Series Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 05Q 05QL N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 li 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL IN3O TXWL 2 TXWL 5 TXWL 10 TXWL 20 Part number spare element 937822Q 937885Q 93788
85. comes to filtration By significantly reducing waste levels E Series elements are designed to increase the lifespan of hydraulic machinery CN medium pressure filters feature Ecoglass elements that can be crushed shredded baled and when incinerated offer minimal residue causing little or no damage to the environment Available in three models 15CN 40CN and 80CN they provide a reliable service and trouble free operation under tough conditions Through Parker s advanced Laser CM technology all vehicle operators can monitor fluid contamination on site through a simple two minute test This accurate monitoring method helps prevent catastrophic failure in critical systems instantly When it comes to filtration solutions you can rely on the future is Parker Enjoy the benefits of green filtration email filtrationinfo parker com www parker com eurofilt anything possible Aerospace Automation Climate amp Industrial trols Filtration Fluid Connect Hydraulics instrumentation Tanktopper Series LI amp Ill MAX 650 I min 10 bar Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series LI amp Ill Features amp Benefits Return line filter with Integrated airbreather All in one filter More compact design cost reduction due to elimination of loose airbreather Airbreather equipped with high quality labyrinth No oil leakage through the airbreather Improved efficiency of airbre
86. configurator Box 2 Box 1 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 am 2 we B m 69 J 1 1 Model Medium pressure filter T port Box 2 Length Code Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability L 123 tem is standard Code 123 Item is standard with green options 45M 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 3 Element media Glass fibre 2u media 5u media 10u media 20u media Microglass element 02Q 05Q Ecoglass III element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Note When using Ecoglass Ill elements a bowl with reusable Eco adaptor is required Box 4 Filter assemblies with Microglass lll elements are available by request Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug 5 bar 2 5 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator M3 No bypass 7 0 bar N Box 8 code 2 Electrical indicator T1 No bypass No indicator P X Box 8 code 2 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 High collapse element must be used if MAOP is higher Electronic 4 LED NPN N O F than element collapse pressure Electronic 4 LED PNP N C po When filter includes a bypass valve but n
87. e Excavators The Parker Filtration IN AGB In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters The low cost high performance return line IN AGB filter features Q3 filter media a bypass construction with low hysteresis magnetic pre filtration and a high dirt holding capacity The range is capable of handling flow rates from 30 l min up to 2400 l min LEIF elements are available for flow rates up to 1500 l min meeting the most stringent demands for environmentally friendly filtration and offering protection against poor quality pirate elements 34 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Specification Assembly Inside tank Seal material Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene Operating temperature range 40 to 120 C Bypass setting 0 8 1 5 and 2 0 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is Supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass Ecoglass III for elements Also available 10um Cellulose and 40um stainless steel mesh Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Options Diffuser with and without type P perforated flow area for optimum flow path in the reservoir Magnetic pack Standard Note IN AGB 2 400 and 2 500 are standard supplied without magnets Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve
88. element life Reduces downtime maximises element life Visual electrical and electronic indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Injection moulding e Die casting e Servo controls e Machine tools e Mobile equipment The Parker Filtration 18 28 38P Series High Pressure Filters Parker Filtration engineered the 18 28 38P series of high pressure filters to satisfy demanding applications in the mobile and industrial markets throughout the world With metric mounting and optional ISO 6149 ports this new series is truly a global design Installed downstream of the pump this new series with their wide range of high capacity Microglass Ill elements offer excellent protection to system components Standard filters come complete with industry proven spool type bypass valve For more critical applications such as servo or proportional controls a no bypass high strength element combination ensures maximum protection The modular low hysteresis differential pressure indicator fitted to this series is unrivaled in its performance Tests prove its accuracy and foolproof design to be a major advance in indicator technology 116 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 15 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable
89. element materials ensure low pressure drop high dirt holding capacity and extended service life 5 Type SR2 filter with patented LEIF element unique drain construction quick element replacement concept CAUTION Back pressure in pump and motor drain lines should always be kept at a minimum thus protecting shaft seals etc If case drain oils are to be fed through the return line filter please consult the pump motor manufactures for details on maximum allowable back pressure Ensure filter elements are replaced when element condition indicators show that the bypass setting has been reached Failure to observe the above operation and guidance notes or use of non genuine Parker specified filter elements could cause damage to the system System designers should always ensure that adequate cooling capacity is available Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Return Series Pressure Drop Curves Type SR1 The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is approximately 1 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total Ap Housing Aph Element Ape x working viscosity 32 SRA1 Empty Filter Housing SRA1 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM PILE ET TE LL LL e FTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT TT FTTTTTTTTTTT 0 3 5 8 1 13 16 18 21 24 26 29 31 34 37 p AR A
90. gauge type visual indicators et PS 22PS10BTE2R2D Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator 19 180 ee PE 22PS10BTPR2D Assembly with bypass amp no indicator Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10CTV1R2D Assembly with bypass amp gauge type visual indicator 10 180 micron G11 4 22PS10CTE2R2D Assembly with bypass amp electrical pressure indicator nee PS 22PS10CTPR2D Assembly with bypass amp no indicator MXA 9 amp 22PS Suction Line Filters MXA Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 PS 22PS10CTV2S4D Assembly KU bypass amp gauge indicator 10 48 CU MXA Assembly without bypass with visual indicators ne 22PS10CTPSX4D Assembly without bypass no indicator MXA 7 Return Line Filters MXA LN Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 300 I m G11 2 abs 10 mi MXA LN Assembly with bypass amp dual visual indicators 10 350 G11 2 bind MXA 7 Suction Line Filters MXA Assembly bypass amp WEL m m 10 micron Gt Assembly without bypass with visual indicators abs MXA Assembly sui bypass amp sul VALLE n ab 10 micron Co Assembly without bypass with visual indicators nom The Maxiflow Series 7 can be specified with additional visual or electrical indicators Please consult Parker Filtration for details Note Elements marked with x4 are only available in 4 element packs 13
91. model there is an option SAE flange 1 6000 M H20 x x x x for 2 x indicator ports on filter outlet flange SAE flange 1 2 6000 M H24 x x x x standard indicator port not machined Side manifold 70B only X32 x x x x P both side indicator ports plugged with steel plug M3 or other indicator chosen right side in flow Availability S standard product direction port plugged with a plastic plug left with x non standard ask for availability a steel plug G16 L port amp G20 L port amp Media Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Filter length Media G16 T port G20 T port Side manifold G24 T port G24 L port 02Q 938771Q 938775Q 938779Q 938783Q Length 1 02Q 02QE 80 80 80 80 80 05Q 938772Q 938776Q 938780Q 938784Q 05Q 05QE 120 120 120 120 120 10Q 10Q 10QE 150 150 150 150 150 20Q 20Q 20QE 200 230 230 230 230 O2QE 938787Q 938791Q 938795Q 938799Q Length 2 02Q 02QE 160 160 160 160 160 5 938788 938792Q 938796Q 938800Q 05Q 05QE 180 200 200 200 200 10QE 938789Q 938793Q 938797Q 938801Q 10Q 10QE 220 260 280 300 320 20QE 938790Q 938794Q 938798Q 938802Q 20Q 20QE 240 280 300 330 350 02QH 938803Q 938807Q 938811Q 938815Q Length 3 02Q 02QE 200 220 220 220 220 05QH 938804Q 938808Q 938812Q 938816Q 05Q 05QE 220 250 280 280 280 10QH 938805Q 938809Q 938813Q 938817Q 10Q 10QE 240 280 300 350 400 20QH 938806Q 938810Q 938814Q 938818Q 20Q 20QE 250 300 320 380 430 m ETE G20 020E 220 550 270 270 270 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 05Q 05QE
92. optional handset Data retrieval Local PC PLC program or by optional handset Calibration By accepted on line methods confirmed by relevant International Standard Organisation procedures Re calibration Annual certification by an approved Parker Service Centre 191 Over fixing screws 120 CTRS 249 4 mounting hole M6x1 0 55 Fluid condition monitoring 251 Max working pressure 420 bar Minimum working pressure 2 bar Fluid compatibility Mineral oil or petroleum based fluids Aggressive fluid version also available Sample requirements 0 3 1 5 DP bar differential pressure via approved inline sampling concept System connection Via System 20 inline sensors single point sampler Computer compatibility Interface via RS 232 connection 9600 baud rate Size weight 249mm x 254mm x 191mm 8 75kg Power requirement 12 Vdc input 1 25A T fuse Regulated Installation Back base M6x1 0 mounting inserts see annotated diagrams Software L abView demonstration software Power on green LED 1 25A fuse M16 minimess adaptors P2 amp P1 Autoremote Particle Counter MCM20 Communications Protocol The comms protocol for the product is as follows Baud rate 9600 Data bits 8 Parity None Stop bits 1 Flow control None Labview Optional Remote Handset Optional remote handset for direct interface control Please consult Parker for mo
93. our intention that all items printed in the Standard Products Table will be available from our central warehouse for ex stock delivery Example 2 The Product Configurator 2a As part of our new catalogue ordering code we have introduced an 8 box part number configurator This Example 1 The Standard Products Table Accordingly in this new catalogue you will find the new part number system with both a configurator and a supercedes cross reference relating to previous part numbers issued in earlier editions of our generic catalogues In the event that the previous reference you use is not shown in this catalogue could we ask you to please contact our European Product Information Centre Contact details are on the back of this catalogue configurator features items which are marked in bold and are on a shortened delivery time With this in mind we would ask that when making a selection using the configurator you select those items in bold to ensure the shortest lead time 2b The configurator has been designed to cover not only the various models we offer but also different micron ratings indicator options and port connections 2c Should you find that what you have selected is not available in the configurator please feel free to call our European Product Information Centre EPIC to see if that option can be made available Contact details are available on the back of this catalogue Green shaded graphs and ordering informa
94. particle counters are well known for their accurate performance in the field or in a production line environment Lightweight portable particle counters can be used for temporary fluid cleanliness measurements The MCM20 designed for permanent installation is meant for continuous fluid monitoring The compact MS100 and MS150 moisture sensor together with the H2Oil means a complete solution is available to measure the water content in hydraulic or lubrication fluids 292 Solid Contaminant Codes In addition to ISO 4406 1999 other standards are used to express the fluid cleanliness level A comparison between the codes is given below 13 11 8 11 8 2 14 12 9 12 9 3 15 13 10 13 10 4 16 14 9 14 9 16 14 10 14 10 5 17 15 9 15 9 LG ey IC 19 10 A 6 18 16 10 16 10 16 11 16 11 18 16 13 16 13 if 19 17 14 17 14 8 20 18 12 18 12 20 18 13 18 13 2018 15 2 AGS 19 13 19 16 10 22 20 13 20 13 22 20 7 20 7 11 Note ISO 4406 1987 is based on particle sizes larger than 5 and 15um ISO 4406 1999 is based on particles sizes larger than 4 6 and 14um Several Cleanliness Levels 16 14 10 18 17 12 20 18 14 22 21 16 24 23 18 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 52 Cleanliness Service Cleanliness Service to Prevent Failures As Parker has no financial interest in t
95. permit a flow of oil to return to the pump inlet The element will then need to be replaced The bypass is fully open when the needle is at the extreme of the red sector Sound level The Filtration Unit under normal conditions will operate at a sound pressure level of approximately 65 dBA mm inches 100 3 94 432 17 0 105 4 13 _ 90 CRS 45 8 112 CRS 4 76 147 3 54 548 4x0 4 x 0 27 140 5 51 3 3 BSP G 9 9 3 70 1 2 BSP G 1 2 Portable filtration systems 143 Hydraulic Service Equipment Filtration Unit Sectioned Detail Pump delivery of oil 900 L 235 USG HR Various electronic motor options Integral bypass Installation and Operational Notes The Filtration Unit is suitable for mineral based oils Maximum viscosity at start up condition 850 centistokes minimum viscosity 8 centistokes Note that at 850 centistokes output will be reduced due to opening of bypass Maximum operating temperature 90 C 194 F The inlet pipe should be as large and as short as convenient to reduce inlet depression to a minimum It should not be less than 12mm 0 47 internal diameter Suction element SE75111110 is supplied with all assemblies and must be installed Ensure that a minimum 75mm 2 95 head of oil is maintained above the suction element The outlet pipe should be as large as possible to r
96. the system to provide a controlled flow of oil into the monitor and away into a waste oil receptacle Lightweight compact and easy to use design Fingertip operated control valve even at high pressures 420 bar 6 000PSI rated Facilitates testing from large diameter pipes Capability to test up to 500cSt viscosity oils pressure permitting Pressure compensated flow control mechanism Possible to control the valve with the same level of accuracy whether the device is operating at high or low pressure Capable of allowing a flow rate in excess of 10ml min when operating at any viscosity within the product specification Suitable for fluid temperatures from 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 F High quality polished finish stainless steel aircraft grade aluminium Connection Instructions 1 2 C 4 5 Lie 6 7 Single LCM20 Only point sampler Capable of working with a CM20 or H Oil connected into a system via the standard one metre extension hose kit Suitable for use with mineral and biodegradable oils petroleum based and phosphate ester fluids Phosphate ester version utilises the s BSF HSP style fitting Designed so that it meets the lowest possible level of magnetic permeability Supplied with accessories kit It will maintain the set flow rate between upper and lower limits within a 100 bar inline pressure change Clear product identification to ensure that it is connected correctly i e downstre
97. to 150 ppm 0 015 Reservoir Size Litres 0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000 35000 Reservoir Size Gallons Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Portable Purification Systems PVS 185 Specification Flow rate Viscosity max 19 4 2 108 cSt 500sus disposable Height 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1651mm 65 duret Width Outlet pressure max 825 5mm 82 5 4 1 bar 60 psi Length Ports ne 47 5 3 4 JIC male inlet 3 4 JIC male outlet Weight 294 8 kg 650 Ibs FLA full load amps Seal material 15 41 amps Fluorocarbon EPR opt Depending on voltage used Condensate tank 16 Sie 8 4 gals Dispersal elements 1 Minimum operating capacity 18 9 ltrs 4 2 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg 2Q 2 micron 9326650 59 5 micron 9326660 10Q 10 micron 932667Q lee 20Q 20 micron 9299270 a Disposable 9331 80 High Level Condensate WA coalesci ng nm Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump Packed tower 933553 Low Oil Tank Flow Flow Switch cleanab Direction Condensate Drain K Oil Lubricator Oil Discharge Pump a Inlet Flow 02QE 933734Q Low Watt Density OSQE 933612Q Absolute Fiter 10QE 933735Q 20QE 933736Q Portable filtration systems
98. total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 70 Series Empty Housing Flow US GPM 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 20 3 70T with G16 connections E B 7OT with G20 connections 7OL with G16 connections 3 E 7OT with G20 connections qe 70B i4 70T with G24 connections E E 7OL with G24 connections 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min 70 1 Elements with Microglass lll 70 2 Elements with Microglass Flow US GPM Flow US GPM NTN TETT TD Pa ate d Eo TREE Ed dep statt PUTE 1 40 13 79 92 106 119 n 140 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 An ml AA d LE 00 7200 VA Ce de Loe a 0 8 11 6 o 0 ae AZ a BE E je E lt 5 MB 02 07 tt Nil dies 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow I min Flow l min 70 3 Elements with Microglass Ill 70 4 Elements with Microglass Ill Flow US GPM Flow US GPM EF i8 19 3 j amp Je 2 J lt lt 02 E 3 D 3 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 50 Flow l min Flow l min High pressure filters 127 High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Pressure Drop Curves cont 70 1 Elements with Ecoglass 111 70 2 Elements with Ecoglass 111 p US lila Flow US GPM TTL errr yp rrr plat TITTIIIIIT
99. value water content fuel contamination metallic Be dour content and oxidation Green amber red grading Numerical value 0 100 Battery lifetime 150 hours or 3 000 tests Dimensions 200mm 95 name Samim Se X37 Xion Weight 0 4kg Function Installation Details buttons O95 Visual display Numerical display Sample_ sensor N Re cal button 7 Test button On Off Hi Lo switch Ordering Information Standard products table Oilcheck kit with numerical readout Oilcheck cleaner Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 267 With Parker as your partner you have access to the world s broadest line of motion control components and systems Parker is the only company in the World to manufacture and supply a complete range of hydraulic pneumatic and electromechanical systems and components Whether your need is for cylinders valves pumps filters drives controls connectors or seals Parker has a product to meet your needs from a range of more than 600 000 for every type of mobile and industrial application For further information call our Product Information Centre free on 00800 27 27 5374 or visit our web site at www parker com 00800 27
100. wall ensuring a reliable leak proof connection between the tank and the components that are attached to it Parker Filtration has designed high tech sealing solutions for tank top mounted filters These attached connections e g a suction connection for pumps drains vents or a filler opening can easily be achieved as well as providing indications for minimum and maximum oil levels Metal attachment connections can be made available for hose couplings a flange attachment or thread attachment Co polymer reservoirs are designed to meet the stringent demands of our customers All relevant aspects are analysed from material properties and operational conditions to dynamic load and requirements for equipment servicing Customised integrated metal attachment Tank also features integrated level measurement Level measurement Oil level indication can be fully integrated into the tank design This feature eliminates the need for level glasses which are fragile and an additional potential source of leakage when mounted incorrectly Example of customised co polymer tank 64 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 7 Features Benefits amp Specifications Example of a customised tank with an integrated return line filter and air filter The ultimate all in one design A more frequent use of co polymer tanks located on the outside of mobile equipment often results in s
101. 0 350 400 450 500 550 Flow l min Flow l min BGT500 Filter Element Length 12 Flow US GPM X Ep BIER EET ee EEE PE qp 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 Loy d8 jo mL jo 1 lt Flow l min Low pressure filters Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG Series Empty Housing BGT 4 Series 3 SAE Flange Flow US GPM TFA RLE LETE EE GLT 0 53 16 19 21 24 37 530 43 46 59 o 29 HE zc LHL EEE 0 200 600 800 1000 200 140 1 1800 20 Flow l min BGT800 Filter Element Length 14 Flow US GPM o 2 o lt 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Flow l min BGT1500 Filter Element Length 16 Flow US GPM 2 o lt Flow l min BGT2400 Filter Element Length 18 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T jo 12 Je 44 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 Flow l min BGT600 Filter Element Length 13 Flow US GPM 79 106 132 159 185 211 sap 4 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 200 Flow l min BGT1000 Filter Element Length 15 Flow US GPM o 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 Flow l min BGT2000 Filter Element Length 17 Flow US GPM m1 M 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 Flow l min 28 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Pressure Drop Curves cont Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Pressure Drop Curves cellulose
102. 0 600 700 800 0 TUNES 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min 100P 1 Elements 100P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 106 132 159 185 238 264 20 29 a a o 0 1 1 0 0 00 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Flow l min Flow l min 112 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 Ordering Information Standard products table 1074A 2HN70 FZ1210 600 100P Length 1 o Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 17 2 6000 1074A 2HN70 FZ1220 700 100P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 11 2 6000 1074A 2HN70 FZ1230 800 100P Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 17 2 6000 1074A 2HN70 1Z2210 840 VOOR 5 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 1074A 2HN70 1Z2220 920 100P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 1074A 2HN70 1Z2230 1000 100P Length2 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar SAE flange 2 6000 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above 1070Z121A 10704122 10704123 1070Z221A 10702222A 10707223 Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 1 Model Large HP filter L port Code Box 2 Box 3 5 2 wa B M M F2 1 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Length C
103. 0 and TTF2 500 are standard supplied without magnets Type Type 1 125 2 170 2 230 2 300 Type 1 60 1 90 1 120 230 2 400 2 500 280 G G1 28 73 290 293 6 68 60 62 10 4x29 Section A A 420 ith funnel 28 with funne a G114 G11 36 92 2132 136 510 90 83 87 5 12 4x511 525 575 Dimensions in mm Torqueload filter cover Torqueload filter tank TTF 1 4 Nm max TTF 1 15 Nm max TTF 2 10 Nm max TTF 2 40 Nm max Optional for TTF2 series 11 2 SAE 3000PSI or G2 Optional plugged filling port G1 2 for TTF1 series G3 4 for TTF2 series Top view Note T TF2 400 and TTF2 500 are standard supplied without magnets Type 131 175 225 325 223 303 Section A A without funnel 60 63 10 4x 9 114 12 190 134 36 92 508 83 187 5 12 Ax211 523 558 Dimensions in mm 14 Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt TSR 11 120 Filter Element Length 1 Flow US GPM Lok uli Ap PSID Ap bar TSR 11 200 Filter Element Length 1
104. 0 l min 0 35 Bar 60 120 0 69Kg S 840059 700 l min 0 70 Bar 60 120 0 69Kg S 340054 1500 l min 0 35 Bar 148 208 0 8Kg 5 340055 1500 l min 0 70 Bar 148 208 0 8Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Reservoir must be capable of withstanding pressurisation 196 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 27 e High capacity air filters designed for the removal of airborne contamination in hydraulic systems to support environmental maintenance e Ideal for high flow systems and heavily contaminated environments e Disposable spin on elements quickly and easily replaced e micron quality filtration elements e Models available 1700 l min and 3000 l min Mounting face for standard and large breather 73 PCD BE ST hole in tank 288 boss or spot face 6 fitting holes Strainer 30 mesh 1 6 micron surface finish 25 6 equispaced 600 microns 73 PCD Large breather filter Specification Maximum operating temperature Weights 20 C to 90 C Large 00834001 1 0 Kg 00834002 1 65 Kg H00834003 1 90 Kg Each breather filler is supplied with mounting gaskets and self tapping screws Construction materials Epoxy coated steel components to resist Corrosion resistant paint finish o
105. 040 115 108 AB68Z101 AB 68Z101 UC 10u R Un pressurised 2 Q 4 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection dia NE Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 5 2 0 2 5 3 0 3 5 4 0 4 5 Flow l sec Air Note For pressure drop information on G s R 2 and R3 consult Parker Filtration 40 G 4 20 A F HEX 20 A F HEX Q40 R 2 240 R3 4 20 A F HEX 20 A F HEX 190 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 25 Screw On Type Air Breathers Specification Option 3 G s G and G3 4 070 Construction Mouldings in glass filled nylon and glass coupled polypropylene Element Expanded Polyurethane foam 10 micron Seals Nitrile Pressurised air breathers Available G3 s G 2 and G3 4 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Pressurisation options 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure Pressure Drop Flow Curve Flow I sec Air G s Pressurisation valve Nylon Dipstick Available for use with G3 s G1 2 and G3 4 Dipstick material Mini series in brass Hi Lo indicators Acetal adjustable red green level indicators Dipstick lengths 200mm and 400mm packs of 10 Breather weights 0 075Kg Mini series 0 019Kg Ordering Information Option
106. 07 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 138 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded Connection style Model 1 SOP BSPFIG 3 4 12 ISO 6149 27 M33 Filter housing Head material extruded aluminium anodised 6061 16 Bowl material impacted aluminium anodised 6061 16 Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Installation Details 15P Series 268 2 3 10 58 09 15P 2 High pressure filters 105 Torque 40 48 Nm cartridge removal Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 24 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements High collapse elements available For details please contact Parker Filtration Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 2 bar visual MS electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 19 1 6 2 1 29 3 9 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and veg
107. 0CN1R10QETWS350F2F219 370 80CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G2 936602Q 80CN110QEVM3KG324 F380CN1R10QEM250F2F219 370 80CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G2 936602Q 80CN120QEVT1KG324 F380CN1R20QETW350F2F219 420 80CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G2 936715Q 80CN120QEVM3KG324 F380CN 1 R20QEM250F2F219 420 80CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 0 9367150 80CN210QEVT1KG324 F380CN2R10QETW350F2F219 530 80CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G2 936718Q 80CN210QEVM3KG324 2 100 250 2 219 530 80CN Length 2 110 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G2 936718Q 80CN220QEVT1KG324 F380CN2R20QETW350F2F219 600 80CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar G2 936719Q 80CN220QEVM3KG324 F380CN2R20QEM250F2F219 600 80CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual Dat GZ 936719Q Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Medium pressure filters 87 Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80CN series Ordering Information cont Product Configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 2 M3 4 Box 1 Box 2 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 221422 Item is standard Model Length 123 Item is standard with green options Sm
108. 1 Water Removal Filter Elements Par Gel Par Gel filter elements are an effective tool in controlling water related problems in hydraulic power and lubrication systems There is more to proper fluid maintenance than just removing particulate matter You need to remove water as well Parker has developed Par Gel water removal elements to be used in combination with particulate filters to provide significant benefits e Less component wear consequently less component generated contaminants e Significant reduction of costly downtime and replacement of failed components e Increased efficiency of the system thereby improving machine productivity e Less frequent replacement and disposal of contaminated fluid e Reduced chance of catastrophic failure Water as a contaminant Whether you used a mineral base or synthetic fluid each will have a water saturation point Above this point the fluid cannot dissolve or hold any more water This excessive water is referred to as free or emulsified water As little as 03 300 ppm by volume can saturate an hydraulic fluid Many mineral base and synthetic fluids unless specifically filtered or treated in some way will contain levels of water above their saturation point 10 Water 1000 PPM 03 Water 300 PPM Water is everywhere Storage and handling Fluids are constantly exposed to water and water vapour while being handled and stored For instance ou
109. 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 123 Item is standard with green options efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 123 Item is semi standard 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 123 Item is non standard N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL four weeks N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL Low Pressure Filters 19 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters TF Senes Ordering Information cont TTF 1 60 TXWL2 2 TXWL2 5 TXWL2 10 TXWL2 20 Part number spare element 937823Q 937880Q 937881Q 937882Q TTF 1 90 TXWL3 2 TXWL3 5 TXWL3 10 TXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937824Q 937879Q 937878Q 937877Q 1 120 TXWL3D 2 TXWL3D 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWL3D 20 Part number spare element 937825Q 937825Q 937851Q 937876Q 125 TXWLSE 2 TXWLSE 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWL3E 20 Part number spare element 937826Q 937849Q 937852Q 937875Q TTF 1 170 TXWL4 2 TXWL4 5 TXWL4 10 TXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937827Q 937848Q 937853Q 937874Q TTF 1 230 TXWL5 2 TXWL5 5 TXWL5 10 TXWL5 20 Part number spare element 937828Q 937847Q 937854Q 937873Q TTF 1 300 TXWL5A 2 TXWL5A 5 TXWL5A 10 TXWL5A 20 Part number spare element 937829Q 937846Q 937855Q 937872Q TTF 1 400 TXWL5B 2 TXWL5B 5 TXWL5B 10 TXWL5B 20 Part number spare element 937830Q 93
110. 1002 and the bar graph MS150 provides an effective early warning device indicator PBG8341A when connected to an array of monitoring options 2 2 to ensure continuous system protection and fluid e Simple dynamic installation into a flow path integrity e Temperature compensated results e Two thread forms 1 4 BSPT amp 1 4 NPT e Easier and more flexible cable connection Typical Applications e Earth moving machinery e Forestry e Agricultural harvestors tractors e Industrial factory pulp amp paper processes e Marine hydraulic stabilizer systems e Test rig stands critical test machines e Ground support vehicles military e Fluid transfer systems skids e Commercial aerospace and ground support systems skids Detect water contamination before it shuts your application down Dynamic moisture monitoring for todays demanding mobile hydraulic systems The new lightweight MS150 moisture sensor is designed to produce accurate real time moisture indications in petroleum based synthetic oils and phosphate ester aggressive fluids below fluid saturation levels 262 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 39 Specification Pressure Port connections Maximum allowable operating pressure MAOP 10 bar 145 PSI BSP of Va NPT Operating temperature Outputs Minimum 20 C 4 F Variable see sensor outputs Maximum 85 C 185 F Supply voltage Flow through sensor cel
111. 11 4 BSP e Air flow range 2 to 600 SCFM e Pressure 1 41 bar max Specification Full technical specifications for the Flowmeter Flowswitch LoFlow and test equipment products are provided in the respective pages for these products A A F HEX Note To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Standard products table Standard products table LoFlow 2000 1 1 8 0 l min Acetal FM26123332 FM 26 123 332 y 2 20 TEU 41 moe fier FM262231 32 FM 26 223 132 Te 5 50 2 25 41 Sk e 203 FM26223232 FM 26 223 232 Te 10 10 5 50 41 5 i n m LF801451 LF 3021E v 4 22Vmin S Steel a ao TENT LF802453 LF3330E 44 7 10 5 5Vsec S Steel FM26423132 FM 26 423 132 E 40 400 20 200 25 FM26423232 FM 26 423 232 1 60 600 30 300 25 Standard products table FM26133332 FM 26 133 332 1 4 2 20 l 10 41 FM26233132 FM 26 233 132 1 2 30 2 29 41 FM26233232 FM 26 233 232 1 2 VEG 5 80 41 FM26333132 FM 26 333 132 3 4 19125 6 60 41 FM26333232 FM 26 333 232 3 4 20 225 10 100 41 FM26433132 FM 26 433 132 11 4 40 400 200 41 FM26433232 FM 26 433 232 1 4 60 600 30 300 41 Product configurator Ordering example FS643323232 FS 643 323 232 FS643 2 switches 2231
112. 123 ltemis standard Options for ATZ 2 300 123 Item is standard with green options 1 x SAE16 plugged 1 123 Item is semi standard Not plugged Q 123 Item is non standard Special on request Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are Setting 0 3 bar Thread connection 10 1 Code FMUV2VBMM10L Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 Setting 0 3 bar efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Thread connection M10x1 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Switch type NO or NC N A N A N A N A N A 45 Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 N A N A 45 5 7 Protection IP54 terminal IPOO N A B SIE 9 10 12 Performance 125 250 VAC Li 0 5A Lr 2 0A max 6 11 17 18 20 DD 12 28 Vdc Li 1 Lr3 0A max Code FMUU2VBMM 10L Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes ATZ 1 120 FXX1 R 10 FXW1 R 2 FXW1 R 5 FXW1 R 10 FXW1 R 20 SF1 R 40 will ensure a standard product selection Part number spare element 937958 937960Q 937962Q 937964Q 937966Q 937967 Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection wil ATZ 2 300 FXX3 10 FXW3 2 FXW3 5 FXW3 10 FXW3 20 SF3 40 require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Part number spare element 937959 937961Q 937963Q 937965Q 937966Q 937968 80 Parker Hannifin Filter Divis
113. 2 IP68 PVC coated cable POrS2EVe0S 5 meter M12 IP68 PVC coated cable DDU 1002 110 to 240 Vac process indicator PBG 8341 A 11 to 30 Vdc bar graph indicator P 9732PVC 10 10 meter M12 IP68 PVC coated cable P9732PURO2 P 9732PUR 02 2 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated cable P9732PUR05 P 9732PUR 05 5 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated cable P9732PUR10 P 9732PUR 10 10 meter M12 IP68 PUR coated cable S970400 N A 12 Vdc power supply S970410 N A 10 meter extension box P973200 N A IP67 Re wireable M12 connector DDU1001 DDU 1001 22 to 55 Vdc process indicator Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 261 Cost Effective Moisture Detection MS150 Moisture Sensor Features amp Benefits e Return line low pressure rating Up to 10 bar e Independent temperature output 145 PSI e 2 alarm point option with alarm module e Results reported as a saturation of water PAM8342 in your oil e Variable signal output options Parkers MS150 Moisture Sensor is the easy to fit e 1 to 5 Vdc 4 to 20mA RH lightweight and cost effective solution to accurately e Oto 5 Vdc Temperature measure the 96 moisture present in operating fluids e Compatible with Parker Digital Display Units DDU1001 DDU
114. 22 Laser CM Test DMY Date 04 03 06 N LINE TEST Time 15 52 2 NAS CLASS 7 TEST NUMBER 022 Count 100ml DMY Date 04 03 06 9 5u 789157 Time 15202 5 15u 31250 ISO 20 15 09 NAS CLASS 15 25 250 Count 100ml NAS CLASS e 25 50u 50 NAS CLASS 3 64 NAS CLASS 4 gt 100u NAS CLASS 0 NOTES NOTES ISO 4406 1996 Correlation to NAS 1638 MTD calibration comes under ISO 4406 1999 revised standards Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Introducing the new LCM Classic There is a new addition to the proven range the LCM Classic Classic LCM20 Only available from Parker the Classic retains all the technology that made the LaserCM one of the most accurate reliable and popular portable particle counters available Our design engineers have re configured the LaserCM specification in a way that has reduced our manufacturing costs These savings have been passed onto LCM Classic customers How have we done this 2 Calibration First we talked to our existing customers and then to the engineers certificate and maintenance operatives to find out the features that make the LaserCM a unique predictive maintenance instrument Then we removed peripheral items such as the aluminium case and all the accessories so customer receives the monitor with a CD user guide professionally and securely boxed One thing that has not altered is laser
115. 3 10 TXWL13 20 Part number spare element 937837Q 937838Q 937863Q 937864Q 42 Parker Hannifin UK Limited Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Ordering Information cont 0 TXX 10 B TXW 2 B TXW 5 B TXW 10 B TXW 20 B ST 40 B Part number spare element 937720 937752Q 937753Q 937788Q 937789Q 937821 INGO TXX2 10 B TXW2 2 B TXW2 5 B TXW2 10 B TXW2 20 B ST2 40 B Part number spare element 937721 937751Q 937754Q 937787Q 937790Q 937820 IN90 TXX3 10 B TXW3 2 B TXW3 5 B TXW3 10 B TXW3 20 B ST3 40 B Part number spare element 937722 937750Q 937755Q 937786Q 937791Q 937819 IN120 TXX3D 10 B TXW3D 2 B TXW3D 5 B TXW3D 10 B TXW3D 20 B ST3D 40 B Part number spare element 937723 937749Q 937756Q 937785Q 937792Q 937818 IN125 10 TXWS8E 2 B TXWSE 5 B TXW3E 10 B TXWSE 20 B 5 40 Part number spare element 937724 937748Q 937757Q 937784Q 937793Q 937817 IN170 TXX4 10 B TXW4 2 B TXW4 5 B TXW4 10 B TXW4 20 B ST4 40 B Part number spare element 937725 9377470 9377580 9377830 9377940 937816 IN230 TXX5 10 B TXW5 2 B TXW5 5 B TXW5 10 B TXW5 20 B ST5 40 B Part number spare element 937726 937746Q 937759Q 937782Q 937795Q 937815 IN300 TXX5A 10 B TXW5A 2 B TXW5A 5 B TXW5A 10 B TXW5A 20 B ST5A 40 B Part number spare element OST er 937745Q 937760Q 937781Q 937796Q 937814 IN390 TXX8A 10 B TXW8A 2 B TXW8A 5 B TXW8A 10 B TXW8A 20 B ST8A 40
116. 3 70 7 56 2 36 1 18 2 32 345 13 58 32PD 1 306 42 130 20 78 170 165 120 240 75 36 70 380 317 12 48 32PD 2 12 05 1 65 5 12 0 79 3 07 6 69 6 49 4 72 9 45 2 95 1 42 2 75 437 17 20 D li Indicator location E D B E F inches E J 4 40 mounting holes 22PD M8x1 2 pitchx12 deep 32PD M10x1 5 pitchx15 deep F N Changeover t handle Balance valve Hexagon Flange face detail zu yis E Both 22PD amp 32PD M12x1 72 pitch 2 100 x20 deep 36 A F 3 93 High pressure filters 133 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap30 x viscosity of medium used 30 cSt The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 22PD 32PD Bypass Valve 22PD 32PD Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM pueda i Pr Ta ET ET ETAT 5 d Ew Fr FE PO TE ER TAG EG 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Flow l min Flow l min 22PD 1 Elements 22PD 2 Elements Flow US GPM E TT qx ET 3 4 T T T T ee bar PSID bar mu pp a Flow l min Flow l min
117. 30 32 M 38 Testing time Avg contaminata added 1 0 gr min Comparing filter elements with different filter media based on the initial clean element pressure drop does not give a reliable indication of the element dirt holding capacity In this example the filter media A has a higher initial pressure drop However during its lifetime the pressure lost is more constant compared to media B This results in a longer element lifetime The difference in performance is caused by a more effective distribution of captured particles in media A Guide to contamination control 295 Important Information N WARNING USER RESPONSIBILITY FAILURE OR IMPROPER SELECTION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN OR RELATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE DEATH PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE This document and other information from Parker Hannifin Corporation its subsidiaries and authorized distributors provide product or system options for further investigation by users having technical expertise The user through its own analysis and testing is solely responsible for making the final selection of the system and components and assuring that all performance endurance maintenance safety and warning requirements of the applications are met The user must analyze all aspects of the application follow applicable industry standards and follow the information concerning the product in the current product catalogue and in any other materials provided
118. 33 Box 8 80CN Thread G1 G24 Thread G2 Options Code Thread SAE 24 S24 Standard drain port on bowl cc Thread SAE 82 S32 Thread M42 1506149 M42 Thread M48 1506149 M48 SAE flange 2 3000 M R382 Model 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Model Nitrile Fluoroelastomer 15CN 1 936698Q 936699Q 936700Q 936701Q 15CN S02594 S02595 15CN 2 936702Q 936703Q 936704Q 936705Q 40CN 502596 502597 4OCN 1 936706Q 936707Q 936708Q 936709Q 80CN S03543 S03544 40CN 2 936710Q 936711Q 936601Q 936712Q 80CN 1 936713Q 936714Q 936602Q 936715Q Replacement element part numbers for conventional assemblies 80CN 2 936716Q 936717Q 936718Q 936719Q Model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q Model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 936758 15CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 15CN 1 928935Q G04041Q 9289340 9303670 15CN 1 9326100 G04189Q 9326120 9303690 936759 15CN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 15CN 2 928953Q G04169Q 9289520 9303680 15CN 2 9326160 G04190Q 9326180 9303700 936760 40CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 40CN 1 9266960 G04048Q 926835Q 9300990 40CN 1 9267160 5041910 926836Q 9301000 936761 AOCN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 40CN 2 9266970 5041670 9268370 9301180 40CN 2 9267170 5041920 9268380 9301190 936763 80CN 1 coreless element bowl assembly 80CN 1 932656Q 932657Q 932658Q 929899Q 80CN 1 9326590 932660Q 8326610 929903Q 936764 80CN 2 coreless element bowl assembly 80CN 2 932662Q 932663Q 932664Q 9299230 80CN 2 9326650 9326660 932667Q 9299270 Average filtration beta rati
119. 4 LED PNP N C Electronic 4 LED NPN F4 Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Options Code Media 15P 1 15P 2 30P 1 30P 2 15 Thread G1 Standard ET 02Q 939100Q 939104Q 939108Q 939112Q Thread M27 ISO 6149 M27 Drain port on bowl 4 05Q 939101Q 939105Q 939109Q 939113Q 30P Thread G 1 10Q Thread M33 ISO 6149 M33 20Q 939103Q 939107Q 939111Q 939115Q Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 15P 1 25 30 45 70 15P 2 40 60 70 90 30P 1 70 90 120 170 30P 2 120 150 170 200 Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q N A N A 4 5 5 6 050 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 6 11 17 18 20 22 200 108 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 13 100P Series MAX 1000 l min 414 bar High pressure filters 109 High Pressure Filters 100P Series Features amp Benefits High 414 bar pressure rating Strong and robust housing for heavy duty Reliable and continuous operation for applications open and closed loop applications Flow rates up to 1000 l min Pressure filtration possible for high flow rates Excellent protection of high performance machinery Optional reverse flow valve Allows reverse flow and prevents back wash Ideal for applications where ba
120. 414 80CN 1 oingle 931416 80CN 2 Double 931418 Guardian oingle 932019 Moduflow RF 2 1 10MF oingle 927584 Ideal Applications for Par Gel filter elements Guardian Portable Filtration System ER Filtration Trolley Water removal filter elements 165 Notes 166 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Indicators Series MAX 420 bar Filter indicators 167 FMU Ap Indicators Indicators Series Features amp Benefits Indicators fatigue tested to full pressure rating Heliable indicators for heavy duty applications Heliable and continuous control of the filter in all applications Cartridge screw in type indicators Easy mounting Reliable sealing no leakage Visual electrical and electronic indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Right style for the application Match your systems electrical connections oeveral indication settings Optimized for each bypass setting Hight indicator for application Visual indicators Local monitoring of the element condition Reliable low cost indicator Flectrical indicator with change over switch Option of Normally Open N 0 and Normally Closed N C function Approved for low voltage and high voltage use including machine control systems and PLC s Electrical indicator with 4 LEDs Thermal lock out No false alarm because of
121. 4Q 937883Q INGO TXWL2 2 TXWL2 5 TXWL2 10 TXWL2 20 Part number spare element 937823Q 937880Q 937881Q 937882Q IN90 TXWL3 2 TXWL3 5 TXWL3 10 TXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937824Q 937879Q 937878Q 937877Q IN120 TXWL3D 2 TXWL3D 5 TXWL3D 10 TXWL3D 20 Part number spare element 937825Q 937850Q 937851Q 937876Q IN125 TXWLSE 2 TXWL3E 5 TXWLSE 10 TXWL3E 20 Part number spare element 937826Q 937849Q 937852Q 937875Q IN170 TXWL4 2 TXWL4 5 TXWL4 10 TXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937827Q 937848Q 937853Q 937874Q IN230 TXWL5 2 TXWL5 5 TXWL5 10 TXWL5 20 Part number spare element 937828Q 937847Q 937854Q 937873Q IN300 TXWL5A 2 TXWL5A 5 TXWL5A 10 TXWL5A 20 Part number spare element 937829Q 937846Q 997855Q 9378720 IN400 TXWL5B 2 TXWL5B 5 TXWL5B 10 TXWL5B 20 Part number spare element 937830Q 937845Q 937856Q 937871Q IN500 TXWL5C 2 TXWL5C 5 TWXL5C 10 TWXL5C 20 Part number spare element 937831Q 937844Q 937857Q 937870Q IN390 TXWL8A 2 TXWL8A 5 TXWL8A 10 TXWL8A 20 Part number spare element 937832Q 937843Q 937858Q 937869Q IN500 TXWL8C 2 TXWL8C 5 TXWL8C 10 TXWL8C 20 Part number spare element 937833Q 937842Q 937859Q 937868Q IN600 TXWL10 2 TXWL10 5 TXWL10 10 TXWL10 20 Part number spare element 937834Q 937841Q 937860Q 937867Q IN800 TXWL11 2 TXWL1 1 5 TXWL11 10 TXWL1 1 20 Part number spare element 937835Q 937840Q 937861Q 937866Q IN1000 TXWL12 2 TXWL1 2 5 TXWL12 10 TXWL1 2 20 Part number spare element 937836Q 937839Q 937862Q 937865Q IN1500 TXWL13 2 TXWL1 3 5 TXWL1
122. 5 bar Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Model Code 123 Item is standard with green options Item is semi standard Item is non standard High pressure filter T port High pressure filter T port 123 128 Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Length Code Element media Glass fibre Length 1 2 media 5 media 10 media 20 media Length 2 Microglass element 02Q 05Q 20Q Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile Plugged with steel plug P 3 5 bar 212 Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electrical indicator code denotes bypass setting No indicator port N Electronic 4 LED PNP N O Electronic 4 LED NPN F2 Electronic
123. 5 bar F2 electronic NPN with 4 LEDs 1 2 bar F2 electronic NPN with 4 LEDs 2 5 bar Bypass valve 1 7 bar assembly 3 5 bar assembly Element see replacement element part numbers Bowl Single length with drain Single length with reusable core and drain Single length without drain Double length with drain Double length with reusable core and drain Double length without drain Bowl and dust seal Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Drain plug SAE 4 Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 Ordering Information Standard products table 15CN110QEVT1KG164 F315CN1R10QETWS350C2C219 50 15CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gil 936700Q 15CN110QEVM3KG164 F315CN1R10QEM250C2C219 50 15CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar Gi 936700Q 15CN120QEVT1KG164 F315CN1R20QETW350C2C219 80 15CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 936701Q 15CN120QEVM3KG164 F315CN1R20QEM250C2C219 80 15CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 9367010 15CN210QEVT1KG164 F315CN2R10QETW3500C2C219 80 15CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 936704Q 15CN210QEVM3KG164 F315CN2R10QEM250C2C219 80 15CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 936704Q 15CN220QEVT1KG164 F315CN2R20QETW350C2C219 100 15CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 936705 15CN220QE
124. 50 400 450 50 7 Flow l min Flow l min 92 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 Ap PSID Ap PSID 45M 1 Element with Ecoglass 45M 2 Element with Ecoglass III Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 2732 5 24 PER EN EE PET ET peer TEE EE ET prd 13 92 106 119 132 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 El 2 E 1 24 17 4 17 4 145 145 18 2 jg I o lt J 2 4 4 o 3 0 3 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min Flow l min 45M 3 Element with Ecoglass III 45M 4 Elements with Ecoglass III Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TA p EEE A LEII oboe DE a ER eae a pode desde 0 13 2 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 0 13 26 39 52 66 79 92 106 119 132 1 4 20 3 20 3 17 4 17 4 14 5 14 54 11 6 18 87 o a J3 lt 4 4 4 2 ES 0 0 3 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow I min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table FF1145 Q010 BS35 GT16 140 45M Lengthi 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7005 Q010 BK FF1145 Q020 BS35 GT16 160 45M Lengthi 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7005 Q020 BK 45M110QEBPKG161 FF1145 QE10 BS35 GT16 140 45M Lengtht 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938978Q FC7005 QE10 BK 45M120
125. 6 l min 2 BSP 22 Water 5 55 l min 4 BSP 110 l min 8 BSP FS643 2 switches 2321 2 20 l min 2 BSP 12 Oil FS67A Intrinsically safe high switch 2322 5 46 l min 2 BSP 22 Water FS67B Intrinsically safe low switch 3321 5 55 l min 4 BSP FS67C Intrinsically safe hi low switch 3322 10 110 l min BSP Ordering example FS643332212 FS 643 332 212 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 284 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 49 Flowmeters amp Monitors Hydraulic lest Eouloment Features amp Benefits e Speedy diagnosis of hydraulic circuit faults e Flows ranging from 2 to 360 l min e Measuring flow pressure and temperature e Fully Portable No power source required e Hydrotrac unit for flows from 2 to 110 l min available e Designed for oil applications only Specification Troubleshooting Test Units Flow range Hydraulic Test Units are designed specifically for the speedy 2 to 360 l min diagnosis of hydraulic circuit faults in mobile marine and Pressure range industrial systems using the normal range of mineral oils Their rugged construction based mainly on mild steel manganese Temperature range bronze and acrylic materials m
126. 7 Q010 BK FC7007 Q020 BK FC7008 Q010 BK 938789Q FC7008 Q020 BK r 2 2 3 3 4 4 FF7005 QE10 BS35 GL16 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar eg FC7005 QE10 BK 70L120QEBPKG161 FF7005 QE20 BS35 GL16 230 701 1 20 Plugged 3 5 bar UE 938790Q FC7005 QE20 BK 70L210QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE10 BS35 GL20 280 70L 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar GE 938793Q FC7006 QE10 BK 70L220QEBPKG201 FF7006 QE20 BS35 GL20 500 2 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar enue 938794Q FC7006 QE20 BK 70L310QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE10 BS35 GL24 400 70L 3 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar GE 938797Q FC7007 QE10 BK 70L320QEBPKG241 FF7007 QE20 BS35 GL24 430 7OL 3 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar EHE 938798Q FC7007 QE20 BK 70L410QEBPKG241 FF7008 QE10 BS35 GL24 430 70L 4 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar ES 938801Q FC7008 QE10 BK 70L420QEBPKG241 FF7008 QE20 BS35 GL24 450 70L 4 20 Plugged 3 5 bar GERE 938802Q FC7008 QE20 BK OT110QE FF7005 Q010 BS35 GT16 1 Nitrile Plugged Gr FC7005 Q010 BK FF7005 Q020 BS35 GT16 1 Plugged ene FC7005 Q020 BK FF7006 Q010 BS35 GT20 D Nitrile Plugged E FC7006 Q010 BK FF7006 Q020 BS35 GT20 2 Nitrile Plugged Gi FC7006 Q020 BK FF7007 Q010 BS35 GT24 3 Nitrile Plugged XU FC7007 Q010 BK FF7007 Q020 BS35 GT24 3 Nitrile Plugged ER J 98878X FC7007 Q020 BK FF7008 Q010 BS35 GT24 4 Nitrile Plugged
127. 7845Q 937856Q 937871Q TTF 1 500 TXWL5C 2 TXWL5C 5 TXWL5C 10 TWXL5C 20 Part number spare element 937831Q 937844Q 937857Q 937870Q TSR 120 PXWL8 2 PXWL3 5 PXWL3 10 PXWL3 20 Part number spare element 937886Q 937889Q 937892Q 937895Q TSR200 PXWL4 2 PXWL4 5 PXWL4 10 PXWL4 20 Part number spare element 937887Q 937890Q 937893Q 937896Q TSR250 PXWL4A 2 PXWL4A 5 PXWL4A 10 PXWL4A 20 Part number spare element 937888Q 937891Q 937894Q 937897Q TTF 1 60 TXX2 10 B TXW2 2 B TXW2 5 B TXW2 10 B TXW2 20 B ST2 40 B Part number spare element 937721 937751Q 937754Q 937787Q 937790Q 937820 TTF 1 90 TXX3 10 B TXW3 2 B TXW3 5 B TXW3 10 B TXW3 20 B ST3 40 B Part number spare element 937722 937750Q 937755Q 937786Q 937791Q 937819 TTF 1 120 TXX3D 10 B TXW3D 2 B TXW3D 5 B TXW3D 10 B TXW3D 20 B ST3D 40 B Part number spare element 937723 937749Q 937756Q 937785Q 937792Q 937818 ie 1 125 TXX3E 10 B TXWSE 2 B TXWSE 5 B TXW3E 10 B TXW3E 20 B STSE 40 B Part number spare element 937724 937748Q 9977570 937748Q 937793Q CSS NT TTF 1 170 TXX4 10 B TXW4 2 B TXW4 5 B TXW4 10 B TXW4 20 B ST4 40 B Part number spare element 937725 937747Q 937758Q 937783Q 937794Q 937816 TTF 1 230 TXX5 10 B TXW5 2 B TXW5 5 B TXW5 10 B TXW5 20 B ST5 40 B Part number spare element 937726 937746Q 937759Q 937782Q 937795Q 937815 TTF 1 300 TXX5A 10 B TXW5A 2 B TXW5A 5 B TXW5A 10 B TXW5A 20 B ST5A 40 B Part number spare element 937727 937745Q 937760Q 937781Q 937796Q 937814 20 Park
128. 8 5 16 0 13 Kg MC G 10 6 Split bush 10 25 5 270 10 3 8 0 12 Kg MC G 10 8 Split bush 10 2505 270 12 14 1 2 0 12 MC G 10 10 Split bush 10 25 5 27 0 15 16 5 8 0 10 Kg MC G 10 12 Split bush 10 29 9 27 0 18 20 3 4 0 90 Kg MCG104 MC G 10 4 Split bush 10 25 5 27 0 6 1 4 0 19 Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Ordering Information Series 16 Product configurator MC 16 1 Single clamp pars 2501 7 0 1506 650 1236 476 9 0 0 80 Kg MC 16 2 Double clamp 10 pairs 250 70 508 MCO 23 8 47 6 9 0 1 60 Kg MC 16 12 12 bay clamp 1 pair 12701508 29549 59087 6086 25 0 751707790 1 00 Kg MC N 16 Stacking nut 50 11 0 44 0 M8 x 1 25 1 06 Kg MC S 10 Stacking stud 50 S20 210 26 x 1 25 0 50 Kg MC WP 10 Weld plate 10 19 9 l 2501100 68 2085 0 35 Kg MC SB 10 Standard bolt 50 M8 x 1 25 0 55 Kg MCB16MO MC B 16 MO Mounting adaptor 1 2101960 em 0 06 Kg MC G 16 5 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 8 5 16 0 28 Kg MC G 16 6 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 10 3 8 0 28 Kg MC G 16 8 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 12 14 172 0 26 Kg MC G 16 10 Split bush 10 35 4 2700 15 16 5 8 0 22 Kg MC G 16 12 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 18 20 3 4 0 20 Kg MC G 16 14 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 22 0 7 8 0 18 Kg MC G 16 16 Split bush 10 35 4 2110 25 0 1 0 14 Kg MC G 16 18 Split bush 10 35 4 27 0 28 0 0 16 Kg MCG164 MC G 16 4 Spl
129. 80CN 1 Elements 80CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM F 5 2 E E a lt 11 2 Nominal Port Size lt 0 0 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 Flow l min Flow l min 80CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM 8 12 El js 20QE 0 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Flow l min Medium pressure filters 85 Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80C Element Service gt JH otop the system s power unit Relieve any system pressure in the filter line Drain the filter bowl if drain port option is provided Loosen and remove bowl Remove element by pulling downward with a slight twisting motion and discard Check bowl o ring and anti extrusion ring for damage and replace if necessary Lubricate element o ring with system fluid and place on post in filter head Install bowl by rotating counter clockwise and tighten to specified torque 15CN 20 27 Nm 15 20ft Ibs 40CN 57 68 Nm 42 50ft lbs 80CN 80 95 Nm 60 7 Oft Ibs Confirm there are no leaks after powering the system N Series CN Filters Parts List 1 2 Head Indicators M3 visual auto reset 1 2 bar M3 visual auto reset 2 5 bar T1 electrical 1 2 bar c w DIN 43650 connector T1 electrical 2 5 bar c w DIN 43650 connector F1 electronic PNP with 4 LEDs 1 2 bar F1 electronic PNP with 4 LEDs 2
130. 81 3 6408 3900 962 6 810679 82 31 379 2200 62 811 179135 1 800 272 7537 31 0 541 585000 64 9 573 1523 47 64 91 1000 63 34 4323 779 48 2257 32400 7 495 580 9145 65 688 76300 27 11 961 0700 34 91 675 7300 46 8 5979 5000 41 31 917 1850 886 2 2298 8987 662 693 3304 United Arab Emirates 971 2 6788587 United Kingdom 44 0 1926 317878 USA Venezuela 1 800 272 7537 58 212 238 54 22 www parker com eurofilt Email filtrationinfo parker com For all other countries please contact European Product Information Centre 24 Hr 00800 27 27 5374 AU BE CH DE El FR and UK only All other countries 44 0 1442 358 429 English 44 0 1442 358 428 Deutsch 44 0 1442 358 427 Francais Parker Hannifin 2006 Brochure Ref FDHB200UK Issue Date 06 06
131. 83 Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80CN series 80CN Flange Face Details SAE 2 3000 M Flange face mounting holes M12 1 75 x 22 deep Pressure Drop Curves With 1 7 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 0 5 bar With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 1 0 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 15CN 1 Elements Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min 15CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM Ap PSID Flow l min 84 15CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM 3 4 Nominal Port Size aoo 1 Nominal Port Size Flow l min Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe N e FDHB200UK Section 10 Ap PSID Pressure Drop Curves 40CN 1 Elements 40CN Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TTT TITI TT TT TTT LT I TT TT TT TT TT I 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 3 _ 5 2 a 3 A 13 i L 20 J S LL 70 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Flow l min Flow l min 40CN 2 Elements Flow US GPM TT TT 0 TTT TT TT Ted TTT TT Td T TT 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 25 a 8 2 amp 8 Flow l min
132. B15 90 IN90 Length3 20 NA 11 5 Bar 22 NA None 937877Q TXWL3 20 IN510QLBNEXXX1 IN125 TXWL3E 10 B15 125 IN125 Length 5 10 1 5 22 5 NA None 937852Q TXWLSE 10 IN520QLBNEXXX1 IN125 TXWL3E 20 B15 125 IN125 Length 5 20 NA 1 5 22 5 NA None 937875Q TXWLSE 20 IN610QLBNEXXX1 IN170 TXWL4 10 B15 170 IN170 Length6 10 11 5 Bar 22Psi NA None 937853Q TXWL4 10 IN620QLBNEXXX1 IN170 TXWL4 20 B15 170 IN170 Length6 20 NA 1 5 22 5 NA None 937874Q TXWL4 20 INS10QLBNEXXX3 IN300 TXWL5A 10 T B15 300 IN300 Length8 10 NA 1 5Bar 22Ps NA Diffuser type T 937855Q TXWL5A 10 IN820QLBNEXXX3 _ IN300 TXWL5A 20 T B15 300 IN300 Length 8 20 NA 1 5 Bar 22 Psi NA Diffuser type T 937872Q TXWL5A 20 IN1210QLBNEXXX3 IN500 TXWL8C 10 T B15 500 IN500 Length 12 10 NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type T 937859Q TXWL8C 10 IN1220QLBNEXXX3 IN500 TXWL8C 20 T B15 500 IN500 Length 12 20 Nitrile NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type T 937868Q TXWL8C 20 IN1510QLBNEXXX3 N1000 TXWL12 10 T B15 1000 IN1000 Length15 10 NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type 937862Q TXWL12 10 IN1520QLBNEXXX3 N1000 TXWL12 20 T B15 1000 IN1000 Length 15 20 NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type T 937865Q TXWL12 20 IN2000 TXW14 10 B T B15 2000 IN2000 Length 17 10 NA 14 5 Bar 22 Ps NA Diffuser type T TXW14 10B IN2000 TXW14 20 B T B15 2000
133. BSP TPR 2 Series G20 Aluminium funnel for TPR 1 80 J Highlights Key Denotes part 2 x ISO 228 017 BSP TPR 2 Series 2620 for TPR 1 Series e number availability SAE 20 TPR 2 Series S20 Magnets Dipstick for TPR 1 Series K 123 Item is standard 2 x SAE 20 TPR 2 Series 2820 Magnets Aluminium Diffuser for TPR 1 Series ES 123 Item is standard with green options SAE 24 TPR 2 Series S24 Magnets Aluminium Diffuser Dipstick for TPR 1 Series M 123 Item is semi standard 2 x SAE 24 TPR 2 Series 2524 Other combinations on request 123 Item is non standard G1 BSP TPR 2 and 3 Series G24 Note Tanktopper Series are standard supplied with POM type diffuser Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items G1 BSP TPR 2 and 3 Series 2024 Aluminium funnel is recommended for heavy duty applications sensitivity for Low pressure filters 51 electrostatically charging or high fluid temperatures Tanktopper II and III Series are always supplied with metal diffuser are available within four weeks Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Janktopper Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A
134. Bar graph indicator PAM8342 PAM 8342 Alarm module Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Power supply 22 55 Vdc 110 240 Vdc Accuracy 0 01 typical 0 1 typical Sample rate 10 per second 2 5 per second Operating temp C 0 55 0 50 Storage temp C 10 to 70 10 to 70 Display 5 digit LED 3 2 digit LED Power output Vdc 24 24 Weight kg 0 21 0 30 Panel cutout mm 92x48 0 5 93x45 0 5 Dimensions mm 48x96x100 48x96x93 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 39 Ollcheck Fluid condition monitoring 265 Hand held Oil Condition Monitor Oilcheck Features amp Benefits e A comparator between new and used oils e Oilcheck gives early warning of impending engine failure Cost effective solution to save money and help increase engine life e Completely portable battery powered e deal for fleet owners garages and DIY mechanics e Numerical display to show positive or negative increase in dielectrics Typical Applications e Fleet owners e Construction equipment maintenance e Vehicle service garages e Plant hire maintenance The Oilcheck from Parker Filtration s Condition Monitoring Centre detects and measures the dielectric cons
135. Box 7 Box 8 E 4 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 IR Housing Code Element media Glass fibre 3 390 l min Microglass Ill for disposable elements 3 500 l min 2 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh 4 600 l min 13 Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20 media Abs rating 4 800 l min 14 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W 4 1000 l min 15 LEIF element 02QL 0501 1001 2001 4 1500 l min 16 4 2000 l min EE NN 4 2400 l min 18 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar B Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual port head and TSR series G2 1 5 bar IEEE Neoprene N Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 S1 2 0 bar for BGT 3 series H Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP S2 Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP S3 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s S4 Pressure switch 220V NO NC with M10 55 No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port R plugged No indicator indicator ports L R plugged P2 Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note For all dual head ports for BGTS apply G s connection for indicators Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code 2 SAE BGT 3 R32 No diffuser required 1 3 SAE BGT 4 Diffuser type T with perforated plate area os 1x2 SAE flanged 2x1 4 SAE flanged for BGT 3 R32M Dif
136. C1260 Q005 XS 937956Q FC1260 Q010 XS 937957Q FC1260 Q020 XS 937979Q Fo 1275 9002 Xs 937980Q ECT275 0005 X9 937981Q FC1275 0010 XS Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 937982Q FC1275 Q020 XS Sse Item is standard 123 Item is standard with green options 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 10 TF Senes MAX 500 l min 10 bar Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Senes Features amp Benefits 10 bar rated filter Can be utilised for severe return line applications Reduced downtime due to premature filter failures Cast aluminium head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance LEIF9 elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels
137. EM end user loyalty to Parker elements e Support aftermarket sales and machinery performance e Parker patented elements promote quality and reliability to end users Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Monitoring Products Providing the products and service our customers expect A Global Product Range With this catalogue we offer our customers an easy way to find technical specification and ordering information about Parker hydraulic filtration fluid contamination monitoring and fluid power products Products shown in this catalogue have a broad range of applications Our filter products are particularly designed for hydraulic and lubrication systems as well as in transmissions The fluid power products are also used in many industries and applications Typical applications can vary from road sweepers fork lift trucks agriculture harvesting machines grass cutting equipment lorry mounted cranes forestry equipment press brakes industrial power units waste management trucks drilling equipment marine military equipment paper mills water treatment and filtration systems For more information about our products send your inquiry to your nearest sales location see contact information at the back of this catalogue Important information on product ordering and part numbers Parker filtration has recently undertaken a review of its part numbering with a view to standardising on a common part number for all Filt
138. Electrical 3 5 bar QU Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 135 High Pressure Duplex Filters 22PD 32PD series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 22D 2 oe 1 Box 1 Box 2 Model Code Length Code Small high pressure duplex filter Length 1 1 Large high pressure duplex filter Length 2 Box 3 Box 4 Element media Glass fibre Seal material Code 2 media 5 media 10 media 20u media Nitrile Microglass Ill element 02Q 05Q Fluoroelastomer V High collapse element 02QH 10QH 20QH Box 5 Box 6 Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Visual indicator 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Electrical indicator No bypass 5 0 bar M Box 8 code 2 Plugged with steel plug P No bypass No indicator X Box 8 code 2 No indicator port N When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 code denotes bypass setting Electronic 4
139. Fast turnaround test results are mailed back to you within 24 48 hours after receiving your fluid sample Par Test concise and complete The Par Test report you receive is neatly organised You may quickly analyse the test results or compare them to a previous sample Using the same unit number on your sample information form will allow up to four test results listed on a single Par Test report form Par lest belongs in your regular maintenance program Comprehensive and accurate fluid analysis will help you prevent major hydraulic or lube oil system problems Order Par Test today see below details and see how easy and complete fluid analysis can be IMPORTANT Parker Filtration has three European laboratory locations able to receive and process fluid samples One location in the UK one location in The Netherlands taking care of Central European analysis and a location in Finland to provide Scandinavian analysis Decide on the Option required and contact the relevant Parker location UK Email filtrationinfoGparker com option 2 only Holland Email filtration netherlands parker com all options Finland Email filtration finland parker com all options Option 1 Sample bottle plus particle membrane water microscopic photo analysis Option 2 Sample bottle plus particle water spectro chemical analysis Option 3 Sample bottle plus membrane water microscopic photo analysis Option 4 Sample bottle p
140. Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 54 Specification Pressure ratings Max 10 bar Assembly Tank top mounted filters Connections Return port G1 to BS 2779 SRI Suction port G3 4 to BS 2779 Return port G11 4 ISO 228 or SAE20 Optional second return port type SR2 SR2 Suction port G1 ISO 228 or SAE16 Standard two suction ports Seal material Type SH1 Nitrile Type SR2 Nitrile Fluoroelastomer Other seal material on request Operating temperature range 30 to 110 C Bypass valve system Main system bypass valve Type SR1 1 7 bar 2 5 bar optional Type SR2 1 7 bar 2 5 bar optional Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media designed to optimise fatigue life Circuit Application Example Open circuit operating hydraulics Suction return filter assembly UJ Note Suction return filter without optional strainer Low pressure filters 95 ij Filtration media SR1 and SR2 Microglass Ill supported with epoxy coated metal wire Ecoglass Ill for LEIF element See table 1 and 2 on the following page High dirt holding capacity Low pressure drop Extended service life Element collapse rating Type SH1 20 bar ISO 2941 Type SR2 10 bar ISO 2941 Suction line Back pressure valve setting 0 5 bar nominal Anti cavitation Emerg
141. Filtration System is ideal for protection Fluid flow path through 10MF portable filtration system when viewed from front electrical switch to rear Typical Applications e Paper mills e Injection and blow moulding equipment e Industrial amp mobile equipment e Transferring fluid from drums or storage tanks to system reservoirs e Off line conditioning of existing fluids e Complimenting existing system filtration The Parker Filtration 10MF portable filtration system Parkers portable filtration units are designed for on site preventative maintenance of fluid systems An internal pump draws fluid through a primary clean up filter and then pushes the fluid through a high quality polishing filter to remove particulate contamination down to 4um c absolute Water can also be removed by installing Parker s Par Gel water removal elements to the outlet filter Once the water comes into contact with the Polymer element it will be removed from the fluid An all round solution for contamination control in your critical system Barker e Off line contamination control of fluid systems e Replenishing installations with filtered fluid e Emptying waste fluid quickly The 10MF Filter system is designed for on site preventive maintenance of fluid systems Two high capacity filters are used with fluid passing through a primary clean up filter and then through the final polishing filter giving highly effecti
142. Flow US GPM Flow l min Flow l min TSR 11 250 Filter Element Length 3 TTF 1 60 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM o lt 0 0 30 40 60 90 100 110 120 Flow l min Flow l min TTF 1 90 Filter Element Length 3 TTF 1 120 Filter Element Length 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T i8 8 a 8 14 Flow l min Flow l min TTF 1 125 Filter Element Length 5 Flow US GPM T T T T T T T o 2 o lt Flow l min Low pressure filters 15 36 3 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters TF Senes Pressure Drop Curves cont The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows AD Ap bar Ap bar Ap bar Ap32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt TTF 2 170 Filter Element Length 6 Flow US SEM Flow l min TTF 2 300 Filter Element Length 8 Flow US GPM 106 119 132 23 2 0 mni 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Flow l min TTF 2 500 Filter Element Length 10 Flow US GPM 92 106 119 132 145 159 Flow l min Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID 16 Ap bar Ap bar TTF 2 230 Filter Element Length 7 Flow US
143. GB Series Pressure Drop Curves cellulose and stainless steel media IN390 Filter Element Length 11 Flow US GPM Flow l min IN600 Filter Element Length 13 Flow US GPM Flow l min IN1000 Filter Element Length 15 Flow US GPM EE pe Es Ee v Es To p EET E d 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow I min IN2000 Filter Element Length 17 Flow US GPM RU de rete Eo eost se odes pe e le a Te po ds Ee dte 0 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Flow l min 0 200 400 600 800 Cellulose and stainless steel media Example IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Cellulose and stainless steel media Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID 40 IN500 3 Filter Element Length 12 Flow US GPM Flow l min IN800 Filter Element Length 14 Flow US GPM Te al Tel T T T T 53 79 106 132 159 185 B IN1500 Filter Element Length 16 Flow US GPM 53 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 02 LY mr Flow l min Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Ordering Information Standard products table IN310QLBNEXXX1 IN90 TXWL3 10B15 90 IN90 Length3 10 Nitrlel NA 1 5 Bar 22 Ps NA None 937878Q TXWL3 10 IN320QLBNEXXX1 IN90 TXWL3 20
144. GPM 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 LEILLILLELLELELLI Ripe LJ mal eee p ee FT Fer Ai Lp A FAR MI TT TT PIGET Lo rd Lp LT T 0 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 23 2 Flow l min TTF 2 400 Filter Element Length 9 Flow US GPM 106 119 132 145 26 1 Lindblad la Flow l min Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Ap PSID Ap PSID TTF60 Filter Element Length 2 TTF90 Filter Element Length 3 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T 71 74 J 3 145 us 8 16 8 i9 E 1 is Flow l min Flow l min TTF120 Filter Element Length 4 TTF125 Filter Element Length 5 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 8 1 8 18000 0 0 30 60 90 120 150 Flow l min Flow l min 170 Filter Element Length 6 TTF230 Filter Element Length 7 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM E 8 2 8 9 EE 3 E Flow l min Flow l min TTF300 Filter Element Length 8 Cellulose amp stainless steel media Flow US GPM Ap bar L man Ap PSID Flow l min Low pressure filters Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters
145. Hydraulic Filtration amp Contamination Control Products Brochure FDHB200UK 421 e Gonsistent quality Hydraulic Lubrication amp Coolant Filtration e Technical innovation High performance filtration Systems for production Q Premier customer Service machinery in industrial mobile and military marine applications Parkers technical resources provide the correct filtration technologies that conform Compressed Air amp to your requirements That s why thousands Gas Filtration of manufacturers and equipment users around Complete line one the world rely on Parker Filtration products air gas filtration products and people coalescing particulate and adsorption filters in many applications in many industries Worldwide Sales and Service Process amp Chemical Fluid Filtration Photo courtesy of GLASBAU HAHN Parker Filtration s global reputation as a reliable Liquid filtration systems for supplier of superior filtration products is the result beverage chemical and food of a focused and integrated development and processing cosmetic paint water treatment photo processing and micro chip fabrication manufacturing system Parker Filtration consolidates quality filtration products manufactured by process filtration air and gas filtration and separation fuel conditioning and filtration hydraulic and lubrication filtration E fluid power products and fluid condition monitoring Parker ai
146. IN2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile NA 1 5Bar 2Ps NA Diffuser type T TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example filter including LEIF element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 iN J 10 oa J V J J H J B 1 Configurator example filter including conventional element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 N LN M 3 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element media Glass fibre 1 30 l min 0 Microglass Ill for disposable elements 1 60 l min Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh 1 90 l min Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20 media Abs rating 1 120 l min Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W 1 125 l min LEIF element 02QL 05QL 10QL 20QL 2 230 l min 7 2 300 l min 2 400 l min 9 2 500 l min 10 3 390 l min 11 s0 mn 18 boxa 4 600 l min 18 4 1000 l min 15 Seal material Code Code 4 1500 l min 16 Nitrile No indicator 4 2000 l min 2 47 Fluoroelastomer V 4 2400 l min 18 Neoprene N Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Bypass valve Code Ports Code Options Code 0 8 bar B No ports applicable XXX No diffuser required 1 5
147. Installation Details Dimensions mm inches Filter element Conventional style element with steel end caps Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass Ill Element collapse rating 8 bar ISO 2941 Indicator options Setting 1 2 bar Options Magnetic pre filtration Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration rim mm inches Hole cut out 2 90 3 54 62 2 44 Port A 107 4 21 70 2 75 107 4 21 Low pressure filters Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters EIF series Indicator Details Visual pressure indicator 48 Vdc electrical indicator 1 2 bar 250 VAC electrical indicator 1 2 bar Code G2 Code S2 S3 Code S4 mm inches mm inches mm inches Rotating part 360 30 1 18 x30 1 18 1 57 HEX 25 1 06 G sK _ N A N A FMUG2FBMGO2L 2 p B EN _ Normally open contacts Electrical indicator 42 Vdc i i FMUS2FBMGO2L e 52 53 12 bar max Er Sag gt Select either normally open NO FMUSSFBMGO2L a or normally closed NC Normally closed contacts FMUSAFBMGO2L e gt 54 Electrical indicator 250 VAC 1 2 bar max
148. LED NPN N O pe Electronic 4 LED PNP N C F Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 BOX 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code 22PD Thread G 1 616 Standard Eige SAE flange 1 3000 M R20 No bypass 2 32PD Thread G 1 4 620 SAE flange 1 1 2 3000 M R24 Media 22PD 1 22PD 2 32PD 1 32PD 2 Filter model 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 02Q G01282Q G01316Q G01069Q G01099Q 22PD 1 70 80 100 120 05Q G02721Q G02724Q G02567Q G02727Q 22PD 2 100 110 120 140 10Q G01281Q G01315Q G01068Q G01098Q 32PD 1 100 150 210 230 20Q G01930Q G01938Q G01946Q G01954Q 32PD 2 180 210 240 260 02QH G01442Q G01448Q G01454Q G01460Q 05QH G03737Q G03738Q G03739Q G03740Q 10QH G01441Q G01447Q G01453Q G01459Q 20QH G01932Q G01940Q G01948Q G01956Q Filter model Nitrile Fluoroelastomer 22PD 504233 504234 502373 502375 Media 22PD 1 22PD 2 32PD 1 32PD 2 02Q G01302Q G01336Q G01089Q G01119Q 05Q G02723Q G02726Q G02569Q G02729Q Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 10Q G01301Q 30113959 G01088Q G01118Q Ec Hem je standard 20Q G01934Q G01942Q G01950Q G01958Q 123 Item is standard with green options 02QH G01446Q G01452Q G01458Q G01464Q 123 ienris semi standard 05QH G04235Q G04236Q G04237Q G04238Q 123 EEE 10QH G01445Q G01451Q G01457Q G01463Q 20QH G01935Q G01943Q G01951Q G01959Q Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c
149. Low pressure filters 59 T E Ep Parker E Series 4 L E Ensure that the impact for the environment is minimized Ecoglass III The development of filter products for Parker is an on going process driven by the needs of the customer and the protection of our fragile planet E Series filters are Parker s positive contribution to help minimize the impact on the environment with LEIF Low Environmental Impact Filters and the Ecoglass Ill elements Product ranges that togelher will help reduce disposal volumes and costs For more information on Parker Filtration s hydraulic environmental solutions contact us today Up to 1500 l min Medium pressure up to 1400 l min Patented design High pressure up ta 450 l min Re usable element sleeve Re usable support tube Contributes to ISO 14001 Contributes to ISO 14001 LEIF elements contain Ecoglass III Ecoglass IIl media media For information on Parker Filtration products and lechnology arinr Tal 44 011024 467000 44101717824 467001 Email filtrationinfo parker com Aerospace Automaton Climate amp Controls Fitraban I Fluid Connectors I Hydraulics instrumentation Seal Co Polymer and steel Reservoirs Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Co Polymer amp Steel Reservoirs Features amp Benefits Both tank types can typically represent a significant contribution to
150. OE 9337340 O5QE 9366120 9337300 20QE 933736Q Portable filtration systems Portable Purification Systems PVS Ordering Information Product configurator Select the desired symbol in the correct position to construct a model code Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 9 Box 10 Box 11 eo 40 vs b sa 12 pr 1 2 Box 3 Box 4 Description Code Description Code Description Code Model Description Code Fluorocarbon None Portable Purification System Pvs 19 Ipm 4 2 gpm 185 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 EPR E8 38 Ipm 8 3 gpm 600 165 460VAG 3P 60HZ 460 76 Ipm 16 7 gpm 1200 575VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAG 3P 50HZ 380 TA ay 600 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 170 lom 37 4 gpm 2700 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 1200 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 1800 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 380VAC 3P 50HZ 380 2700 460VAC 3P 60HZ 460 550VAC 3P 60HZ 550 Box 6 Box 6 Box 7 Pressure setting Code Description Code Description Code Dry sealed DS Disposable coalescing D 2 micron Microglass III 2Q Liquid ring LR Packed tower cleanable 5 micron Microglass 5Q a ds 5 10 micron Microglass III 10Q 20 micron Microglass III 20Q Note Above elements are rated for Beta 200 99 5 efficiency
151. Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 4 None 937892Q PXWL3 10 TPR520QLBP2E2G201 TPR120 2G1 PXWL3 20 B15 MM 120 TPR120 Length 5 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 4 None 937895Q PXWL3 20 TPR710QLBP2E2G241 TPR250 2G1 2 PXWL4A 10 B15 MM 250 TPR250 Length 7 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 2 None 937894Q PXWL4A 10 TPR720QLBP2E2G241 TPR250 2G1 2 PXWL4A 20 B15 MM 250 TPR250 Length 7 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 017 None 937897Q PXWL4A 20 TPR1110QLBP2E2G241 TPR650 2G1 PXWL8 10 B15 MM 650 TPR650 Length 11 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 2 None 937914Q PXWL8 10 TPR1120QLBP2E2G241 TPR650 2G1 2 PXWL8 20 B15 MM 650 TPR650 Length 11 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 2 None 937917Q PXWL8 20 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Thread connection G s Elec rating 42V 2 Code FMUG EBPGO2L Thread connection Gs Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch Product configurator Configurator example TPR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Normally open contacts TR J 2 osa j B s 2 J L Box 1 Box 2 Box 3
152. Q 937869Q BGT500 TXWL8C 2 TXWL8C 5 TXWL8C 10 TXWL8C 20 Part number spare element 937833Q 937842Q 937859Q 937868Q BGT600 TXWL10 2 TXWL10 5 TXWL10 10 TXWL 10 20 Part number spare element 937834Q 937841Q 937860Q 937867Q BGT800 TXWL11 2 TXWL11 5 TXWL11 10 TXWL11 20 Part number spare element 937835Q 937840Q 937861Q 937866Q BGT1000 TXWL12 2 TXWL12 5 TXWL12 10 TXWL12 20 Part number spare element 937836Q 937839Q 937862Q 937865Q BGT1500 TXWL13 2 TXWL13 5 TXWL13 10 TXWL13 20 Part number spare element 937837Q 937838Q 937863Q 937864Q BGT390 TXX8A 10 B TXWL8A 2 B TXWL8A 5 B TXWL8A 10 B TXWL8A 20 B ST8A 40 B Part number spare element 937728 937742Q 937763Q 937778Q 937799Q 937813 BGT500 TXX8C 10 B TXWL8C 2 B TXWL8C 5 B TXWL8C 10 B TXWL8C 20 B ST8C 40 B Part number spare element 937729 937741Q 937764Q 9377770 9378000 937812 BGT600 TXX10 10 B TXWL10 2 B TXWL10 5 B TXWL10 10 B TXWL10 20 B ST10 40 B Part number spare element 937730 937740Q 937765Q 937776Q 937801Q 937811 BGT800 TXX11 10 B TXWL11 2 B TXWL11 5 B TXWL11 10 B TXWL11 20 B ST11 40 B Part number spare element 937731 937739Q 937766Q 937775Q 937802Q 937810 BGT1000 TXX12 10 B TXWL12 2 B TXWL12 5 B TXWL12 10 B TXWL12 20 B ST12 40 B Part number spare element 937732 937738Q 937767Q 937774Q 937803Q 937809 BGT1500 TXX13 10 B TXWL13 2 B TXWL13 5 B TXWL13 10 B TXWL13 20 B ST13 40 B Part number spare element 937733 937737Q 937768Q 9377730 937804Q 937808 BGT2000 T
153. QEBPKG161 FF1145 QE20 BS35 GT16 160 45M Lengthi 20 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 938979Q FC7005 QE20 BK FF1146 Q010 BS35 GT20 200 45M Length2 10 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar G1 A FC7006 Q010 BK FF1146 Q020 BS35 GT20 220 45M Lengthh2 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar G1 A FC7006 Q020 BK 45M210QEBPKG201 FF1146 QE10 BS35 GT20 200 45M Length2 10 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 A 938982Q FC7006 QE10 BK 45M220QEBPKG201 FF1146 QE20 BS35 GT20 220 45M Lenghh2 20 Nitrle Plugged 3 5 bar G1 A 938983Q FC7006 QE20 BK FF1147 Q010 BS35 GT24 230 45M Length3 10 Nitrile Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7007 Q010 BK FF1147 Q020 BS35 GT24 250 45M Lenghh3 20 Plugged 3 5 bar G1 FC7007 Q020 BK 45M310QEBPKG241 FF1147 QE10 BS35 GT24 230 45M Length3 10 Plugged 3 5 bar 9389860 FC7007 QE10 BK 45M320QEBPKG241 FF1147 QE20 BS35 GT24 250 45M Length3 20 Plugged 3 5 bar 9389870 FC7007 QE20 BK Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Medium pressure filters 93 Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Ordering Information cont Product
154. TT TITI TITI TITI TITI Lora ET Eat TA LE FA TT FT TT TT TT FA TITI TE TT TT 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 264 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 264 7 3 0 50 73 Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Ap PSID 0 00 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min 130 Elements 10QE 130 Elements 20QE Flow US GPM Flow US GPM jis E TTTT AR TTTT a Erdal Fo ees Tr de Ea Tq Ia re 2001 FI TT TI r r r TITI 0 26 132 159 211 238 264 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 264 0 50 7 3 0 50 7 3 0 45 0 40 0 35 Q 0 30 m 2 2 0 25 a 2 c 0 20 2 9 Length 3 0 15 0 10 0 05 0 00 0 m Length NEN NE 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min Ordering Information Standard products table 130M210QEBM3KR401 FF1302 QE10 BA35 SL40 700 130M Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938723Q FC1302 QE10 BK 130M220QEBM3KR401 FF1302 QE20 BA35 SL40 800 130M Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938724Q FC1302 QE20 BK 130M310QEBM3KR401 FF1303 QE10 BA35 SL40 950 130M Length 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar SAE flange 2 2 3000 M 938727Q FC1303 QE10 BK 130M320QEBM3KR401 FF1303 QE20 BA35 SL40 1000 130M Length
155. UNI 5105 Ball and spring Chrome finished steel Retainer Nylon Flow rates From 20 l min to 150 l min Max working pressure 350 bar Valve crack pressures 0 35 and 4 5 bar Circuit symbol Installation Details A B A F HEX Thread Technical Data Ordering Information Pressure Drop Flow Curves Standard products table Flow US GPM A 31 37 42 47 853 a Tyee TATT TD ETT Ze COLA LA 3 11 P mAn AAT 4 00 3 5 Ap PSID n e lu 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 Flow l min 220 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 32 Reservoir Equipment Single Station Gauge Isolator Valves Specification Construction Single Station Cast iron and steel Knurled aluminium knob with Twist to lock or push to read type Max working pressure 350 bar Port size Single Station 1 4 Weight Single Station 0 90 Kg Single Station Installation Details 80 0 27 0 HEX nut 38 0 A F 91 0 90 0 721 0 Circuit symbol 36 0 E TCR 3 positions 20 0 SQ Operation Details Single Station Ordering Information Standard products table Single station gauge isolator twist to lock type Single station gauge isolator push to read type Reservoir equipment 221 0 90 Kg Reservoir Equipment 63mm D
156. VM3KG164 F315CN2R20QEM250C2C219 100 15CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GT 936705Q 40CN105QEVT1KG244 F340CN1RO5QETWS50E2E219 120 40CN Length 1 5 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar 9367070 40CN105QEVM3KG244 F340CN1RO5QEM250E2E219 120 40CN Length 1 5 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar G1 2 936707Q 40CN110QEVT1KG244 F340CN1R10QETW350E2E219 180 40CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 936708Q 40CN110QEVM3KG244 F340CN1R10QEM250E2E219 180 40CN Length 1 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar GI Y 936708Q 40CN120QEVT1KG244 F3840CN1R20QETW350E2E219 260 40CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 220 bar Give 936709Q 40CN120QEVM3KG244 F340CN 1 R20QEM250E2E219 260 40CN Length 1 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar Gi 936709Q 40CN205QEVT1KG244 F340CN2ROSQETW350E2E219 200 40CN Length 2 5 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar GI 936711Q 40CN205QEVM3KG244 F340CN2RO5QEM250E2E219 200 40CN Length 2 5 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar CDS 936711Q 40CN210QEVT1KG244 F340CN2R10QETW350E2E219 280 40CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gi 936601Q 40CN210QEVM3KG244 F340CN2R10QEM250E2E219 280 40CN Length 2 10 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 bar 9366010 40CN220QEVT1KG244 F340CN2R20QETW350E2E219 320 40CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Electrical 3 5 bar Gia 936712Q 40CN220QEVM3KG244 F340CN2R20QEM250E2E219 320 40CN Length 2 20 Fluoroelastomer Visual 3 5 Dar Gil ee 936712Q 80CN110QEVT1KG324 F38
157. W6 98 D2D2 1 340 38P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar 38P 1 10Q M2 98 D2D2 1 340 38P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar G1 4 38P 1 20Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 420 38P Length 1 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gil Ye 38P 1 20Q M2 98 D2D2 1 420 Length 1 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar npe 38P 2 10Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 560 38P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar 38P 2 10Q M2 98 D2D2 1 560 38P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Cis 38P 2 20Q TW6 98 D2D2 1 700 38P Length 2 20 Nitrile Electrical 7 0 bar Gi 38P 2 20Q M2 98 D2D2 1 700 38P Length 2 20 Nitrile Visual 7 0 bar Gi Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above High pressure filters 121 High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Ordering Information cont Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Eus 1 Item is standard Model Code 123 Item is standard with green options Small size high pressure filter T port 123 Item is semi standard Medium size high pressure filter T port 123 Item is non standard Large size high pressure filter T port Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks
158. XWL3E 10 TTF520QLBP2EG161 TTF125 G1 TXWL3E 20 B15 MM 125 TTF125 Length 5 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 None 937875Q TXWL3E 20 TTF610QLBP2EG203 TTF170 G1 TXWL4 10 T B15 MM 170 TTF170 Length 6 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi G1 Diffuser type T 937853Q TXWL4 10 TTF620QLBP2EG203 TTF170 G1 TXWL4 20 T B15 MM 170 TTF170 Length 6 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 4 Diffuser type T 937874Q TXWL4 20 TTF810QLBP2EG243 TTF300 G1 TXWL5A 10 T B15 300 TTF300 Length8 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937855Q TXWL5A 10 TTF820QLBP2EG243 00 01 TXWL5A 20 T B15 MM 300 TTF300 Length8 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 G1 Diffuser type T 9378720 TXWL5A 20 TTF1010QLBP2HG24A TTF500 G1 TXWL5C 10 T B20 MM NMG 500 TTF500 Length10 10 Nitrile Plugged 2 0 Bar 29 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937857Q TXWL5C 10 TTF1010QLBP2HG24A TTF500 G1 TXWL5C 20 T B20 MM NMG 500 TTF500 Length10 20 Nitrile Plugged 2 0 Bar 29 Ps G1 Diffuser type T 937870Q TXWL5C 20 Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator on the next page are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above 18 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 Ordering Information cont Product configurator Configurator example of a TTF Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Bo
159. XX14 10 B TXW14 2 B TXW14 5 B TXW14 10 B TXW14 20 B ST14 40 B Part number spare element 937734 937736Q 937769Q 937772Q 937805Q 937807 BGT2400 TXWH14 2 B TXWH14 5 B TXWH14 10 B TXWH14 20 B Part number spare element 937735Q 937770Q Sor 937806Q Low Pressure Filters 31 Clearing the way for greener future FILTRATION SOLUTIONS Trust Parker to provide you with a range of green filter products that impact positively on the environment With the new E series your customers benefit from a solution that s smarter safer and more responsible when it comes to filtration By significantly reducing waste levels the E Series is designed to increase the lifespan of hydraulic machinery The Suction Return filter series features LEIF elements that can be crushed and incinerated By reducing bulk for disposal and recycling the material this cost effective solution contributes to a safer cleaner environment Through Parker s advanced Laser CM technology all vehicle operators can monitor fluid contamination on site through a simple two minute test This accurate monitoring method helps prevent catastrophic fatlure in critical systems instantly When it comes to filtration solutions you can rely on the future is Parker Enjoy the benefits of green filtration email filtrationinfo parker com www parker com eurofilt anything possible Filtration IN AGB Series MAX 2400 l min 1 i
160. a Parker Filtration Diffuser in a hydraulic reservoir is plain area on the outside must be a simple operation that can make a big difference to system facing the pump inlet efficiency With tts special concentric tubes designed with discharge holes 180 opposed fluid aeration foaming and reservoir noise are reduced and pump life extended by reducing cavitation to the pump inlet Diffusers manufactured to customer specifications and other sizes of diffusers are available Ordering Information Standard products table 140 1 i27 BE 5 0 42 22m 178 66 0 56 2210 100 3 4 120 62 46 O27 2203 454 2 242 86 75 0 69 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 209 Reservoir Equipment nine Filters Metal Inline Filter Specification 216 O co i Minimum for bowl removal Construction Head zinc Bowl Aluminium BS1470 1050A 1987 Element Zintec Stainless steel 125 micron Installation Details Circuit symbol 7 2 off fixing holes 27 2 Non Corrodible Inline Filter Specification 24 5 22 umm i L 074 Construction Housing and bowl moulded in polyester
161. accuracy and CD user guide laser reliability Our in house software engineers have re configured the EPROM removing Data programming User ID Automatic Testing Data retrieval Alarm level settings the barcode pen and Graph printing functions to reduce costs still further without in any way reducing the efficiency of the monitor The LCM Classic is an instrument to be proud of Carton box supplied to house kit Ordering Information LaserCM and Classic LaserCM Standard products table N A MTD calibrated N A Classic unit MTD calibrated B 84 702 Printer paper 5 rolls P843702 N A Printer ribbon B84729 B 84 729 12Vdc power supply B84609 B 84 609 Re chargeable battery pack P849613 N A Weather protector cover B84779 B 84 779 Datum software pack B84708 B 84 708 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator Hydraulic mineral ACFTD calibrated Skydrol MTD calibrated ACFTD calibrated bar code 4 MTD calibrated bar code pen 5 Classic unit ACFTD calibrated m Classic unit MTD calibrated Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed pa
162. after seven days The reports can be sent directly and completely by e mail A free sample bottle is available upon request Filtration Parameters and Facts Generally speaking fibre type materials like cellulose and glass fibre are applied for hydraulic and lubrication fluid filtration Filters are selected based on the following parameters Required protection of system components Location of filter s in the system Flow rate and allowed pressure loss Desired filter element life time Hyaraulic or lubrication fluid type The dirt holding capacity is the amount of solid contamination a filter can hold before the filter material is plugged This value is measured in accordance to ISO 16889 using ISO MTD test dust The filter element lifetime strongly depends on the contamination conditions that are present in the system and its environment Predicting the filter element lifetime in the system is complicated because of the variety in contamination e g metal sand and fibres each with a certain distribution of particle sizes in relation to the specified dirt holding capacity Degree of Filtration Parker s filtration philosophy is based on the optimum distribution of several particle sizes by using the complete thickness of glass fibre layers Pre layer Each selected filter layer has a unique performance for the removal of solid contamination System matched filtration implicates the removal of harmful particle
163. age reading of the digital full scale display automatically calibrated for all sizes of System 20 Sensor Pressure section Designed to indicate line pressure differential pressure and rising peak pressure Connected to a System 20 Sensor it will monitor pressure up to 420 bar 6000 psi with an accuracy of 1 FSD Temperature section Temperature reading between 10 C and 110 C 0 F to 230 F Hose retainers 291mm 11 46in 105mm 4 13in Ordering Information Standard products table Display Function keys Battery covers Dimensions The ABS Case is 291mm 11 46 long 105mm 4 13 wide and 76mm 3 deep overall Weight 1 4kg 3lbs Data logging Each test logs the following data Test number time amp date sensor size media tested flow rate pressure amp temperature Data download The System 20 electronic monitor is capable of downloading saved test data to a 16 column serial printer or a compatible PC via an RS232 connection using datum Batteries 6 x AA batteries N A System 20 electronic monitor B84779 B 84 779 Datum download software P653607 N A Monitor and sensor carrying case B85617 850617 Dongle and cable assembly Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availabili
164. akes them ideally suited for arduous use the field Each unit is supplied in a convenient carrying case providing Installation Details full protection and additional storage space for fittings Because they need no power source such as batteries etc they are always ready for instant use 6 models are available to cover flow capacities up to 360 l min and each incorporates a direct reading uni directional flow Tre are meter The meter which is both self cleaning and reasonably 5 tolerant of contaminated fluids is coupled to a manifold that lt houses a glycerine filled pressure gauge calibrated O to 350 bar and a dial type thermometer with a O C to 100 C range Safety Unit can only operate up to 90 C An axial flow restrictor valve is fitted which can be adjusted For further convenience the scale on the flow meter can be under full load from open to fully closed and to complete the rotated to ensure visibility in any situation and the installed specification a safety blow out disc set to fail at 455 bar is attitude of the assembly is not critical though whenever possible fitted to the manifold in a position facing away from the the unit should be mounted with pressure gauge vertical and operator when reading the gauges normally Two spare blow gauge case relief valve uppermost The unit is designed for flow out discs are supplied which are easily replaced by removing to be in the direction of the arrow on the
165. al Micro din 48650 SB 1 6 Vdc 060 0 60 12 4 20 100 0 100 RB 0 5 4 5 ratiometric O 250 0 1 4 9 O 400 700 O 700 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Examples of standard part number product ordering PTXB0201A1C2 4 20 output transmitter PTDVB2501A1C1 O 5 volt output transducer 20 bar maximum pressure 250 bar maximum pressure 1 4 BSP with bonded seal 1 4 BSP with bonded seal M12 connector DIN43650 connecting plug See cable selection for IP68 protection 276 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 42 Flowmeters amp Monitors 42 E og 42 o 4 LL Flowmeters amp Monitors oFlow Oil and Water Flowmeters Features amp Benefits Specification Construction Body Grillon TR55 Back body half ABS 7020 Ball retainer ABS 7020 Back panel PVC Float See below Maximum working pressure 10 bar Installation Details Outlet port R du Inlet port R 4 R 4 Maximum working temperature 60 C Accuracy 2 typical Repeatability 70 Connections 1 4 and 3 4 tapered threads 4 off push out fixing slots 06 X 8 LG e Easy to read permanent printed scales e Larg
166. all size MP filter T port Length 1 123 Item is semi standard Medium size MP filter T port Length 2 125 Item is non standard Large size MP filter T port Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 3 Box 4 Element media Glass fibre Seal material Code 2 media 5u media 10 media 20 media Fluoroelastomer Ecoglass III element 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Nitrile B Note When using Ecoglass Ill elements bowl with reusable Eco adaptor is required Filter assemblies with Microglass lll elements are available by request 6 7 Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Ports Code No indicator port N 1 7 bar V2 bar G 15CN Thread Gs eie Visual indicator 3 5 bar 2 5 bar Thread G1 Electrical indicator When filter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Thread SAE 12 512 Plugged with steel plug code denotes bypass setting Thread SAE 16 S16 Electronic 4 LED PNP N O F1 Thread 27 1506149 27 Electronic 4 LED NPN 2 4OCN Thread G1 4 G20 Electronic 4 LED PNP N C FS Thread G1 Electronic 4 LED NPN N C F4 Thread SAE 16 SIG Thread SAE 24 524 Thread M83 ISO6149 M
167. alve 5 1 Element 14 1 Ring 6 1 O ring 15 1 Spring 7 1 Filter housing 16 1 Valve housing 8 1 Gasket 17 1 Bonded seal 9 1 O ring 18 Suction Filters AlZ series Specification cont ATZ 120 Min element clearance 3 a Indi dicator Sg a sp O 212 S IN gt NW lo Q D le 2 or QI O a 01250 Tankhole ISO 228 G11 2 BSP Max torque load filter tank 18Nm The Parker suction filters type ATZ are designed for submerged operation The filters contain a unique check valve which automatically closes when the filter insert is removed from the housing thus enabling element change below oil level Construction is based on the field proven Parker Filter System ATZ 300 224 Min element clearance SP Visual 130 ISO 228 11 21 ISO 228 G11 A 21 2 SAE 3000psi Max torque load 1 filter tank 45Nm 78 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for suction filters is 0 03 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 32cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap32 x viscosity of medium used 32cSt Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density ATZ 1 120 G11 2
168. am of the CM20 or HzOil Ensure valve is closed A Connect P2 on monitor B to P2 on Single Point Sampler SPS C Connect drain line on SPS D Connect P1 of monitor E to the system F The SPS is ready to operate Open valve A slowly until the oil flows continuously from the drainline D owitch on monitor and begin testing Carry out flow test as shown in the manual If test is showing below At 3 6 C then carry out test as normal If however test is above At 3 6 C then increase oil flow by turning valve A anticlockwise and then carry out flow test Do this until At is below 3 6 C and carry out test as normal once this is achieved WARNING Ensure that SPS valve is closed and monitor is connected to the SPS BEFORE connection to system Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 35 Specification Fluid compatibility EE Mineral oil and petroleum based fluids standard version Aggressive fluid dual seal version for other fluids consult Parker Hannifin Seals Fluorocarbon or Perfluoroelastomer Maximum working pressure 420 bar 6000 psi Weight 500 grams max Not including hoses Packaging standard Cardboard carton military usage plastic carry case Unit size 45mm dia x 123mm long System connection Standard minimess M16 G1 4 BSP with cap Aggressive 5 8 BSF Operating temp range 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 F Storage temperature r
169. and stainless steel media BGT390 Filter Element Length 11 BGT500 Filter Element Length 12 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM I T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 0 07 26 53 79 106 132 0 _ 0 2 jg Ja lt 4 lt Flow l min Flow l min BGT600 Filter Element Length 13 BGT800 Filter Element Length 14 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T FT d T T T T pr d T T TITI IF ke T T T T 0 06 26 79 106 132 159 185 211 u E 0885 o 10 a 2 0 03 0 440 BET ig a lt 0 02 PG 0 291 E 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Flow l min Flow l min BGT1000 Filter Element Length 15 BGT1500 Filter Element Length 16 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM ee a VS ee DES s 0 060 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 2687 18 a 4 18 9 00 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 Flow l min Flow l min BGT2000 Filter Element Length 17 Flow US GPM da de jg Je lt 0 Le 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 Flow l min Cellulose and stainless steel media Example BGT2000 Filter Element Length 17 cellulose and stainless steel media Low pressure filters 29 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG I Serie Ordering Information Standard products table
170. anel PGC 0631 060 0 60 bar G 4 Panel PGC 0631 100 0 100 bar G Panel PGC 0631 160 0 160 bar G Panel PGC 0631 250 0 250 bar G Panel PG 144 PGC 0631 400 0 400 bar G Panel PGC0631004 PGC 0631 004 0 4 bar G Panel PGC0631600 PGC 0631 600 0 600 bar G Panel Panel Mounted 3 hole flange 13 32 68 62 54 14 24 PGF 0631 060 0 60 bar G 4 Panel Flange PGF 0631 100 0 100 bar G a Panel Flange PGF 0631 160 0 160 bar Gt 4 Panel Flange PGF 0631 250 0 250 bar G Panel Flange PGF 0631 400 0 400 bar G Panel Flange Wote Pane 08 PGF0631004 PGF 0631 004 0 4 bar G Panel Flange Note 2 13mm on the outside radius required to allow for fixing clamp PGF0631010 PGF 0631 010 0 10 bar G Panel Flange PGF0631016 PGF 0631 016 0 16 bar 9 Panel Flange Panel Mounted 3 hole flange PGF0631025 PEF0631025 0 25 bar G Panel Flange QD PGF0631040 PGF 0631 040 0 40 bar G a Panel Flange Note 1 Gauge dimensions as for PGF0631600 PGF 0631 600 0 600 bar G Panel Flange panel mounting option above with flange as shown below Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure Note 2 Panel cut out for 3 hole a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Any subsequent changes to gauge accuracy will be notified
171. ange 26 C to 80 C 15 F to 176 245 0 Construction Body Aluminium BS 1470 pressurised end stainless steel Finish Anodised blue standard version Anodised red dual seal version Ordering Information Standard products table N A Mineral single point sampler SPS2061 N A Aggressive single point sampler B84784 B 84 784 Mineral or aggressive bottle assembly B84224 B 84 224 Mineral oil extension hose coupling B84225 B 84 225 Aggressive oil extension hose coupling B84788 B 84 788 Mineral oil waste hose B84787 B 84 787 Aggressive oil waste hose Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 241 Notes 242 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK system 20 Fluid condition monitoring Inline Sensors amp Monitors system 20 Features amp Benefits Covering a wide range of flow rates fluid tyoes and applications Parker s System 20 sensors are designed to be used with System 20 electronic or analogue monitors contamination monitors and the Specially developed System 20 sensors are available for use with aggressive fluids EPDM Seals e system 20 monitors combined with the inline sensor give the user accurate and instant readings of flow
172. ar via either system 20 sensor or single point sampler 90 second test time ocroling memory for 500 tests plus memory for Instant accurate results are available on the display or the built in printer ensuring maintenance decisions can be taken immediately Computer interface available for downloading data on to the computer through the RS232 serial port Internal diagnostics features ensures H2Oil will work accurately and reliably oupplied in a robust aluminium carrying case Optional oil delivery kit for simple offline 20 different oil calibration curves e Routine water monitoring of oil systems with saves time and money promoting oil longevity e Samples that are tested are truly representative of water in the system Analysis carried out before sample hydrodynamics change e Data entry facility enables user to store unique data test log details with every test carried out sampling see fig 1 Typical Applications e Off shore amp power generation e Marine e Construction machinery e Paper mills e Hydraulic equioment amp system manufacturers e Research amp testing institutes e Military equipment application The is a two channel non dispersive absorption spectrometer designed to measure the level of water content polluting the oil reducing system efficiency promoting wear and affecting safety The H2Oil makes it possible for an end user or service engineer to carry out quick accur
173. ards the use of genuine Parker parts Integrated air breather with optional water removal media Air flow through air breather labyrinth Return line connection Integrated return line filter type IN AGB filter has In to Out flow direction Pressure gauge or switch Oil level indication LEIF elements e Environmentally friendly filtration He usable steel element sleeve Patented elements result in guaranteed quality of filtration Saves element disposal costs typically by up to 5096 Supports ISO 14001 certification IN AGB with LEIF element Cost effective The advantages of this co polymer concept are obvious Lightweight Flexibility with respect to tank shapes e Characteristics of plastic material can be customised to meet specific requirements e Integration of several functions limits the use of individual components e he tank can be purchased and supplied as a complete unit Low pressure filters 65 Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Steel Reservoirs Features Benefits amp Specifications Parker steel reservoirs designed to withstand extreme conditions Standard steel tanks are often specified for commercial vehicle side mounting Parker steel tanks are built to last in extreme conditions Extreme weather conditions and heavy duty vehicle movements can be resisted by our tank design Quality design As with co polymer tanks steel tanks offer leak proof connections and are vigorously tested against leakag
174. ared by looking at one me f i 3 1 zm Q3 Q3 03 10 03 20 B value only The focus on high B values is misleading and An indication of recommended fluid cleanliness levels is given in this table It is common use in the industry that manufacturers of components prescribe required fluid cleanliness level for the reliable functioning of their products Comparison B value Beta value Number of particles at upstream of filter gt 10 micron Removal efficiency Number of particles at downstream of filter gt 10 micron Servo control valves 16 14 11 Statements that a B200 filter improves the fluid cleanliness Proportional valves 17 15 12 level by a factor 2 6 66 500 25 000 are misleading Fluid MEETS 7 rare cleanliness codes are based on several particle sizes More piston pumps motors information is needed to determine the overall removal Directional amp pressure control valves 18 16 13 performance of filter media Gear pumps motors 19 17 14 A comparison between two 10 micron filter medias Flow control valves 20 18 15 Cylinders 20 18 15 EE The ISO codes are indicative values only Filter element blue 810 c 75 Filter element red Il 10 gt 200 Filter element has a lower removal efficiency for smaller sized particles Smaller sized particles can easily flow in narrow tolerances areas Smaller sized particle
175. ase refer to MS150 section of the catalogue reference DDU1001 and DDU1002 indicators Diagram 1 Diagram 2 4 to 20mA On Site Calibration Flow setup Plug wiring Set full flow Set zero flow oet your system to zero flow Connect a multimeter across t0 4MA gap terminals 1 20mA and OmA Dia 2 Set the zero to read 20 4mA on your multimeter Dia 1 Set your system to full flow and set the span to read 20mA on your multimeter Dia 1 Note Minimum span setting 30 l min Barker Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 45 Flowmeters amp Monitors Dataflow Compact Inline Flow transmitter Features amp Benefits Specification Construction Body Grilamid TR55 Hotor 1896 PTFE filled nylon Shaft Stainless steel Shaft Retainers Grilamid TR55 Operation Infra red Maximum working pressure 20 bar Pressure drop Max 0 1 bar at 15 l min Flow range 156225 min Accepts reverse flow Calibration K Factor 752 pulses per litre typical Subject to application Accuracy C 2 typical Installation Details Red wire 5V supply Green wire Output signal Blue wire OV supply Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 46 Pulse output signal for flows up to 25 l min Lightweight and robust Operates in any plane Simple to install Low cost flow measurement Negligible pressure drop
176. at 20 C BS 970 3165 16 Seal Water Specific gravity Viton 1 0 at 20 Note ote To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Oil Standard products table FM 26 232 112 1 2 JE 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 FM 26 332 112 9f 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 FM 26 332 212 9 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 75 FM26132112 FM 26 132 112 Yq 025210 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132212 FM 26 132 212 a 0 5 4 5 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM26132312 FM 26 132 312 Va veo 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 26232212 FM 26 232 212 Ve 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 12 5 46 0 9 FM26432112 FM 26 432 112 1 20 180 350 8 0 FM26432212 FM 26 432 212 11 30 270 350 For intallation details for 11 4 flowmeters see above 8 0 FM26432312 FM 26 432 312 1 40 360 350 8 0 Ordering Information Water Standard products table FM26132122 26 152 122 4 0 2 2 0 350 22 29 19 123 if 52 0 4 FM26132222 1 26 132 222 4 45 350 32 29 19 12 D S2 0 4 FM26132322 26 152 622 a 1 9 350 og 29 19 20 7 52 0 4 FM26232122 FM 26 232 122 2 2 20 350 41 38 SE 1655 125 46 0 9 FM26232222 3426 282 222 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 1255 46 0 9 FM26332122 34 26 332 122 3 4 5 55 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 179 FM26332222 EM26 552 222 3 4 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1875 FM26432122 FM 26 432 122 11 4 20 180 350 8 0 FM26432222
177. ate measurements taken in the field instead of remote laboratory analysis With its secured hoses the HzOil connects to an in line oystem 20 sensor or single point sampler and features a re chargeable 12Vdc power pack diagnostic computer and on board printer for effective logging and retrieval of data Barker Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 38 Specification Construction Case Noryl structural foam and ABS printer cover Key pad silicone rubber Mechanical composition Brass plated steel stainless steel Seals Fluorocarbon Hoses Nylon Kevlar braided microbore Hose length Fluid connection hose 1 2 metre 3 9 feet Flow rate Up to 400 l min 100 US GPM System 20 Sensors Higher flows with SPS Max working pressure Up to 420 Bar 6000 psi Fluid compatibility Mineral oil and petroleum based fluids Power Re chargeable battery pack 12Vdc trickle charger supplied Fuse 5 0 amp fast blow fuse included for overload protection H20il technology Infrared absorption spectroscopy Measurement and range PPM 0 3000 or content Max operating temperature 5 C to 80 C 41 F to 176 C Environmental temperature 5 C to 40 C 41 F to 104 F Test completion time 90 seconds Memory store 500 TEST scrolling memory capacity Printer facility Integral 16 column thermal printer for hard copy data Computer interface RS232
178. ather No oil leakage on the tank in the environment Second port and dipstick available Filler port and level glass function can be integrated in filter Significant reduction of reservoir accessories Airbreather element always supplied with spare return line filter elements Both filter elements can be replaced during the service event Improved protection of system due to change of airbreather element LEIF elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Heduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level oignificant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications TPR e Fork lift trucks e Power packs e Mini excavator TPR The Parker Filtration Tanktopper Series I II amp III Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters The TPR Series I Il amp Ill offer a total filtration solution
179. atum A sealed keyboard and fingertip control make the unit maintenance free and simple to use anywhere System 20 The Key To Predictive Maintenance The risk of fluid contamination by intrusive test devices is eliminated Using System 20 Sensors and the monitor together hydraulic fluids need never be disturbed The monitoring procedure takes only a matter of minutes With one System 20 monitor a user can check a complete fleet of vehicles or a factory full of hydraulic plant equipment Predicting a problem means it can be put right as part of a planned maintenance programme Simple routine monitoring with System 20 keeps machines running at a high level of operational efficiency 246 System 20 Saving 325 000 A Day Lost Production The mining industry puts a considerable demand on hydraulics and there are others such as agricultural machinery harvesters or tractors and for example cement manufacturing plants that are equally demanding of hydraulic efficiency A grinding and conveying plant processes in excess of 1000 tons of ore per day in the manufacture of cement products A days lost production costs 32 000 After one year of operation the Plant Engineers decided to invest in System 20 equipment strategically placed to allow the Engineers to fault find the major components quickly and easily The result is that downtime and loss of production have been reduced by 8096 System 20 The Proven System For
180. ause partially contaminated filter elements to shed particulate into the system Samples should therefore be extracted when the system is in a steady state condition and the result less likely to be distorted by contaminant peaks There are a number of proprietary sampling valves available which adhere to good theoretical principles However they do tend to generate a level of precision and cost which is unnecessary for trend monitoring Sampling points should enable extraction of a sample without changing the system s condition Fine control needle valves are not desirable as they have a tendency to silt up under some operating conditions causing the distribution of contaminants in the fluid to be changed The sampling port should be protected to maintain cleanliness and thoroughly flushed before collecting the sample for analysis Allow sufficient airspace in the bottle to enable 80 fill Bottle Cleanliness It is preferable that bottles have sealing screw caps and both parts are cleaned to a suitable level in accordance with ISO3722 The bottle should not contain more than one tenth the number of particles per 100ml than are expected to be monitored Standard Parker bottles are supplied clean to ISO13 11 NAS Class 4 and should not be used to accurately count oils cleaner than ISO 15 12 NAS Class 6 although they may be used for trend monitoring at lower levels The bottle should remain capped until time of sample f
181. avators e Deck cranes e Fire fighting equipment e Hydraulic presses e VVaste balers e Industrial power units e Fork lift trucks The Parker Filtration BGT Series Tank Mounted Return Line Filters BGT tanktop mounted return line filters feature pre filtration by means of a magnet column and a full flow bypass with low hysteresis Thanks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system BGT Filters are available in versions capable of handling flow rates up to 2400 l min They can operate with a maximum working pressure of 10 bar LEIF elements are available for environment friendly filtration for versions up to 1500 l min 22 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Specification Operating pressure Max 10 bar Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Flanges SAE2 3 Threaded ports and multiple ports available Filter housing Aluminium head and cover Seal material Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene Operating temperature range 40 to 120 C Bypass setting Opening pressure 0 8 1 5 or 2 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass and Ecoglass Ill for LEIF elements Also available 10um Cellulose and 40um stainless steel m
182. c data remains directly comparable to new data ISO 4406 1999 cleanliness classes Number of particles per 100 millilitres greater than indicated size 1 456 16 5 x 9 50 9 7 9 9 10 Particle size micrometers Guide to contamination control 291 Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Control Cleanliness Level Examples of cleanliness level are given in the ISO graph These lines represent Low pressure systems code 21 20 17 Low pressure control systems code 19 18 14 Sophisticated pumps motors control valves code 18 17 13 Highly sophisticated systems and hydrostatic transmissions code 16 15 11 Sensitive servo systems code 15 14 10 High performance sensitive systems code 12 1 1 8 We recommend verifying the required cleanliness level based on the components used for the system Manufacturers of system components often provide information related to the required fluid cleanliness level for their products Condition Monitoring Equipment Over the years fluid condition monitoring has become increasingly important By offering system matched filtration solutions the stringent customer demands related to extended component lifetime or improved system reliability can be met Parker has developed a complete range of instruments and components for maintenance programmes and local fluid condition analysis such as the LaserCM below LaserCM Parker s
183. ches 279 Dataflow 4 to 20mA and Pulse Output Flow Transmitters 280 Dataflow Compact Inline Flow Transmitter 281 Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Brass and Aluminium 282 Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Stainless Steel 283 Flowline Flowswitches 284 Hydraulic Test Equipment 285 Flow Products For Compressed Air Applications 286 Guide to Contamination Control 287 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Monitoring Products Important changes to our product ordering information Standard Product Tables and a Product Configurator Parker Filtration has recently undertaken a review of its part numbering with a view to standardising on a common part number for all Filtration products As a result of the many acquisitions we have made over the past 10 years it became clear to us that there was a need to standardize on a clear format for our part numbers The examples below using the BGT Series Ordering Information are included to explain how the Standard products are presented in the Ordering Information section of the catalogue and also how the new Product Configurator works Explanation Example 1 The Standard Products Table We have created a new catalogue ordering code and included in this table are details of these new part numbers Alongside this we have put the part number that has been superceded from previous catalogues It is
184. cifically designed for application stainless steel Solid state heater contacter Longer more reliable service life Reduced downtime Portable filtration systems Portable Purification Systems PVS Series ISO cleanliness code 14 13 10 attainable Solid particulate Water Removes 100 of free water 80 90 of dissolved water Air Removes 100 of free air 90 of dissolved air Gases Removes 100 of free gases 90 of dissolved gases When utilising 2Q media PVS Vacuum dehydration compared to other technologies Centrifuge units Removes free water only has difficulty breaking stable emulsions larger envelope dimensions but lower flows higher initial and operating costs Desiccant units Have limited water removal capability due to absorbing material only removes air ingressed particles expensive compared to the volume of water removed Coalescer units Removes free water only has difficulty breaking stable emulsions does not work well in viscous fluids gt 23cSt much larger in size compared to PVS Typical Performance Tank size 227 litres 50 gallons Run time 62 minutes Parker model PVS 600 37 9 l min Water content ppm Start 10 000 PPM 1 0 Stop 50 PPM 0 005 Total Hours Contamination level Start Start ISO 21 18 16 Stop ISO 16 14 11 Ec Stop Estimated Water Removal Time 5000 ppm 0 5
185. ck flow of element is expected Bottom access bowl Only bottom of the bowl must be opened for Easy service element change Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value and efficiency Heliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Heduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Visual and electrical indicators Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents available bypassing Hight style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Drilling rigs e Power packs e Oil gas industry e Flight simulators e lest rigs The Parker Filtration Model 100P High Pressure Filters The 100P Series is designed to meet the growing demand for high pressure filters with a flow rate capacity of up to 1000 l min at 414 bar working pressure For systems where reverse flow can be expected an optional integrated reverse flow valve avoids back wash of contamination When changing the element only the end cap of the bowl has to be removed The filter is ideal for applications where space is at a premium The filter media used in the elements is high quality Microglass Ill glass fibre 110 Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 14 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 414 bar
186. cond narrow wave band selected is unaffected by water and serves as a reference By taking the transmission ratio between the two points an effective measurement of water can be made Effective Oil Maintenance Take a typical application where water can have a very detrimental effect on bearings Cracks are generated early in life of a bearing and water once condensed in the crack leads to corrosion and early damage Loss of bearing life due to water contamination See below can be prevented by stopping the water from entering the system in the first place Introducing a regular water content monitoring function into the programme such as the 20 would support such efforts 250 amp 200 E o 150 oc o 100 E 5 m 50 0 0025 0 01 0 05 0510220515 Water In Oil Effect of water in oil on bearing life based on 100 life at 01 water in oil Reference Machine Design July 86 How Dirt And Water Effect Bearing Life by Timken Bearing Co 0 25 0 50 Infrar d Source Water molecules contained in sample ruter iin Adusia Core Technology H Oil uses true infrared IR analysis technique the principle used in all laboratory spectrometers to measure absorbed water before saturation point Channel one 2 61 is the reference point whereas channel two is The IR source is a tungsten halogen bulb Whatever the application whether it be offshore in the oi
187. cost savings Because of the differing features and benefits between the metal and co polymer tanks Parker is able to offer customers the most appropriate tank concept Agriculture X X to meet their specific requirements Construction equipment X X Marine X Saving costs with complete Parker Hydraulic Tank Material handling X Solutions Mining X e partnership in supply chain management reduces costs Road building equipment X X e An integration of reservoir functions Transportation X X Reduction of component parts Waste management e Integrated hydraulic filter and air filter benefits Environmental control X X e Integrated oil level measurement benefits e Standard amp customised solutions offered An introduction to Parker Hydraulic Reservoir Solutions Parker s experience in designing fluid power equipment will help a system designer to save costs at every stage of e Leak proof connections hydraulic system develooment e Patented element for guaranteed quality filtration e Flexibility related to shape amp dimension of each tank Original Equipment Manufacturers are continually looking to reduce manufacturing costs and increase operating efficiency and it s here that Parker Hannifin s European Filtration Division offers complete solutions Beside high quality steel tanks designed and supplied by Parker and featured in this brochure Parker also designs and supplies revolutionary lig
188. ct Configurator Standard products table R GIE ATOS EUR o Gil4E 1 100 1 EUR Fo 2100 1 IND Product configurator 220 240 VAC None United Kingdom 020 5 Quick disconnect hose connections ANd 050 Industrial B 110 version only Battery clamps 200 24Vdc Only 25W 40W Wire mesh 74W WR Water removal Replacement elements Microglass III G04394Q 2 Microglass III G04395Q 5 Microglass III G04397Q 20 Microglass II G04400 29 Wire mesh G04401 40 Wire mesh G04402 74 Wire mesh G04403 WR Water removal Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 140 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 18 Filtration Unit MAX 15 I min 6 bar Portable filtration systems Hydraulic Service Equipment Filtration Unit Features amp Benefits Single phase and three phase Flexibility of power output End user choice dependent on motor options application 15 l min flow Fluid transfer at a controlled rate Reliable fluid transfer from drum to system Hed green visual indicator Clear indication of condition during operation High visibility during operation Hobust con
189. d Suppose you would like to remove water from contaminated oil stored in a 750 litre tank The tank is found to have 1000 ppm of water very contaminated The circulation rate will be 40 lom for the 40cSt fluid Example How many single length Modulflow elements will be needed to reduce the water to normal saturation levels To find the answer use the conversion charts and capacity curves for the Modulflow element 1 1000 ppm start 300 ppm finish 700 ppm removed 2 700 ppm water x 0 001 07 07 x 750 litres 0 53 litres water total 3 Use the capacity curve for Modulflow element P N 927584 Capacity 80cc at 40cSt amp 40 lom to pressure drop of 1 7 bar See graph 80cc x 0 0001 lpm 0 076 lpm element CC 4 0 58 litres total water 7 elements 0 076 lpm element The replacement value of this fluid may range from 1500 00 to 4500 00 2 to 5 gallon An estimated element cost of 150 00 each the saving could be as much as 3000 00 Using Par Gel filter elements saves money in fluid and replacement component costs Also the frequency of fluid disposal and the problems associated with it are greatly reduced Filter capacity There are no accepted and approved water capacity testing or reporting standards Consequently there is virtually no way to compare one element capacity with another It is also difficult to simulate a specific application in testing making it hard to predict field pe
190. d fed into the closed loop hydrostatic circuit via port S 3 Surplus filtered oil is fed back to the tank via the back pressure valve assembly 4 Emergency suction anti cavitation valve This valve is fitted as standard to ensure oil is always available to the closed loop system even on emergency occasions when the return flows do not meet the flow demands of the closed loop circuit Additional installation guidance notes 1 Return oil flow should always be greater than the oil flow rate demanded by the closed loop charge pump 2 Oil level at all times should not fall below valve assembly at the base of the filter bowl Low pressure filters bf Visual indicator 2 bar Thread connection Ge Code FMUGSHBMGO2L Pressureswiteh Elec rating 42N 2 Thread connection Give Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3 x 0 8 Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Setting 2 bar Switch type NO or NC Code FMUS6HBMGO2L NO switch FMUS7HBMGO2L NC switch Note Vacuum indicators visual or electrical are available on request for filter type SR2 only Benefits 1 Only one filter is required to supply filtered oil to both open and closed loop circuits 2 Feeding the closed loop circuit with filtered oil at a nominal pressure of 0 5 bar ensures excellent cold start characteristics thus reducing the risk of cavitation 3 Four hole mounting with gasket seal 4 Microglass Ill filter
191. d regulators e Fluoropolymer fittings valves pumps and regulators Analytical systems CD Key Products e Elastomeric O rings Homogeneous and inserted elastomeric shapes and diaphragms e Metal and plastic retained composite seals e Polymeric and plastic dynamic seals e Rubber and plastic boots bellows e Extruded and precision cut fabricated elastomeric seals e Thermoplastic engineered seals The Choice IS Perfectly Clear Parker Sales UK Tachbrook Park Drive Tachbrook Park Warwick CV34 6TU UK Tel 44 0 1926 317 878 Fax 44 0 1926 317 855 Email psuk marketing parker com For international sales enquiries contact the appropriate worldwide sales location Distributor Worldwide Sales Locations Argentina 54 11 4752 4129 Australia 61 2 9 634 777 Austria 43 2622 23501 0 Belgium 82 67 280900 Brazil 55 12 3955 1000 Canada 1 800 272 7537 Central amp South America Caribbean 1 305 470 8800 China 86 21 6445 9339 Czech Republic 42 0 2 830 85 221 Denmark Finland France Germany Hong Kong Hungary India Indonesia Italy Japan Jordan Korea Malaysia Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway Philippines Poland Russia Singapore South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan Thailand 45 0 43 56 04 00 358 20 7532 500 33 4 50 25 80 25 49 0 2131 40160 852 2 428 8008 36 1 252 8137 91 55907081 85 60 3 5638 1476 39 02 451921
192. dicator ac To FMUS4FBMGO2L e e Indicator PS pressure switch Indicator PS NO NC pressure switch Protective cap Protective cover with dual cable duct for 1 7 2 8mm diameter cable Normally open contacts _ 2 e a 4 Amp 6 3x8 4 terminals Al Normally closed contacts Switch e 1 COM og 2 NC e ai 27 A F SENO Ri ol 10 1 G s BSP 0805 Mod 098 Elec rating 42N 4A Elec rating 42N 2A Visual indicator 1 2 bar Thread connection M10x1 Thread connection G1 g M10x1 M10 code FMUG1EBPM10L Elec connection AMP 6 3x0 8 terminals protective cap Elec connection AMP terminal 6 3x0 8 G s code FMUG2EBPGO2L Protection IP65 with cap terminals IPOO Protection IP65 terminal IPOO Code FMUS1EBMM10L Switch Switch type NO or NC Visual indicator 1 2 bar Code FMUS2EBMGO2L NO switch M10 code FMUS1EBMM10L FMUS3EBMGO2L NC switch G1 s code FMUS4EBMGO2L SI indicators 173 Notes 174 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Reservoir Equioment Reservoir equipment VES co polymer hydraulic reservoir solutions for equipment manufacturers forma Ch 1 Tol T rog oe ese m a ee customers specications wilh the bene ES Wil fi ICUO0fns and AKT Le A Darnnersniqip in sii RIT B zt sad Lp Feral j EU TU i L CO miri nid ee ur Headed FC es FET Gr
193. durance testing was carried out to ax YT A ensure durability and efficiency 224 4 0 hole Filler Br her hol vail Note Form off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 4 4mm dependent on the 3 hole eathers 6 ole availab e material and thickness see chart for guide equispaced on 41 3 P C D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied AB68110 10 micron filler breather without strainer AB68118 10 micron filler breather with 95mm strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 Not suitable for use with B 68206 207 Note 4 6 hole AB 68910 AB 68918 option available Dipstick Options Dipstick Ordering DIP 206 10 x 200mm Dipsticks DIP 207 10 x 400mm Dipsticks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Dipsticks The dipstick available in 2 lengths 200mm and 400mm can be cut to the required length or left as it is and the Hi Lo indicators moved and positioned on the dipstick itself by squeezing the sides of the indicator and repositioning along the dipstick 188 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Sect
194. e Filter house Airguide Tank gasket Funnel th I l Dipstick assembly 44 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 5 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series amp Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density Length 1 TPR I 40 Empty Housing Flow US GPM PP PP PPT 3 5 9 N to EI J 2 1 5 2 0 0 E HET 10 15 40 45 50 Tw Win TPR40 Filter Element Length 1 Flow US HEN nanas L e j Lora rni dina Ap PSID Ap PSID 8 0 8 11 6 2 0 6 8 7 0 4 5 8 0 2 2 9 0 Flow l min TPR40 Filter Element Length 1 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM 0 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 11 12 15 5 0 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Flow l min Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper II Ap PSID Length 2 TPR I 80 Empty Housing 05 SEM Ap bar 0 E 60 70 80 90 aw l min TPR80 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US 0 0 10 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Flow l min TPR80 Filter Element Length 2 cellulose and stainless steel Flow US GPM 0 10 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 24 Flow l min Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR 120 Emp
195. e Additionally they are painted with primer and topcoat to ensure maximum protection against corrosion Steel tank with Tanktopper II filter To help reduce dirt build up our steel tanks are designed with smooth corners and the upper front part of the tank can be sloped which offers extra benefits e Easier service access for the filter and tank air filter e Dirt water snow and ice will not adhere to the tank surface next to the breather and filter Suction port s covered with anti vortex plate s allow low oil levels giving the operator an increased operational capacity Before delivery the steel tanks are thoroughly washed inside and ready for system assembly Diverse tank size options are available With space at a premium in most truck chassis configurations and the need to deal with toolboxes compressed air reservoirs and other equioment tank dimensions are always an issue To meet the specific environment requirements Parker Filtration offers several tank sizes Steel tanks are fully equipped Our customers can choose from a wide choice of filter options Parker considers care for the environment The environmentally friendly LEIF element is also applied to steel tank solutions Additionally Parker steel reservoirs are equipped with an efficient air filter a level gauge plugs a suction kit and mounting brackets The level gauge can be re located on the other side of the tank if user visibility is an issue Techn
196. e counter CM20 the progression to the LaserCM with its opto mechanical continuous wave single point source laser SPSL is both a natural and customer driven development 276 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Specification Automatic Particle Counters APC s have been widely used for many years in condition monitoring of hydraulic fluids However it is only recently that APC s have become flexible enough to enable the instruments to be taken out of the laboratory and used on line in order to obtain the most credible form of results Unusually the move from fixed laboratory use to portable field use has not been at the expense of accuracy or user flexibility but has actually enabled the instruments to be used over a wider range of applications and situations The most common monitoring technique used in APC s is that of light obscuration or light blockage Here a focused light source is projected through a moving column of oil in which the contaminants being measured are contained causing an image of the contaminant to be projected on to a photo diode cell changing light intensity to an electrical output The electrical output of the photo diode cell will vary in accordance with the size of the particles contained in the column of oil the larger the particle the bigger the change in the photo diode electrical output On line APC s must be able to test the oil sample at what
197. e forms to identify your fluid and its use An independent lab performs complete spectrometric analysis particle counts viscosity and water content Hesults are sent directly to the requester Excessive free water must be removed from the system before filtering is attempted In systems with gross amounts of water 196 to 296 by volume settling or vacuum dehydration should be considered before using Par Gel filter elements Water removal filter elements 163 Water Removal Filter Elements Par Gel Features amp Benefits Removing water Using a Par Gel water removal element is an effective way of removing free water contamination from your hydraulic system It is highly effective at removing free water from mineral base and synthetic fluids The Par Gel filter media is a highly absorbent copolymer laminate with an affinity for water However hydraulic or lubrication fluid passes freely through it and the water is bonded to the filter media Photo above shows dry Par Gel filter media and the same media swollen with absorbed water Parker technology and expertise at your disposal Choosing the correct filters can save money and minimise problems caused by particulate and water contaminants in hydraulic and lubricating fluids Parker provides hard data and advice on choosing from a wide range of filter configurations flow patterns and flow oressure Capabilities How many filter elements will nee
198. e FMUF electronic Ap indicator FMU Ap Indicators Indicators Series Ordering Information Product configurator Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 FW ms J k M H Box 1 Indicator series Code Filter monitoring unit Box 2 Box 3 Differential pressure indicator Code Indicator setting Standard Code Visual manual reset 1 0 bar 14 psi Visual autoreset 1 2 bar 17 psi a Electrical 1 5 bar 21 psi C Electronic 4 LED PNP N O 2 5 bar 35 psi b c Electronic 4 LED NPN N O 5 0 bar 70 psi b Electronic 4 LED PNP N C 7 0 bar 98 psi Electronic 4 LED NPN N C 8 5 bar 125 psi Programmable with memory logs L1 Standard settings Ex version X1 a U14M former W3 available only with U12 thread b U14H former W6 C U12H former F6 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 HEN ee Indicator body Code Thread connection Nitrile B Aluminium Box 7 code M 8 4 16UNF 2A Fluoroelastomer Brass Box 7 code H 7 8 4AUNF 2A EPDM Stainless steel Neopren N Box 7 Box 8 Medium pressure housings lt 250 bar Standard High pressure housings lt 420 bar Other options factory supplied Note F and L type indicators Non standard thermal lockout settings shown here Indicator type X1 ATEX Ap indicator Electronic indicator accordant with ATEX 94 9 EC directive Ex 2
199. e Negligible pressure drop e Pressures up to 10 bar e Low cost Simple to install e For use with most liquids e Factory calibrated Accuracy 2 e DIN 43650 plug connection included Specification Installation Details Connections 1 BSP parallel threads Construction Borosilicate glasstube Nitrile seals Weight Body Glass filled nylon 0 7Kg Rotor and locater Acetal Calibrati 20MA Washers and shaft Stainless steel E vo ua nd es steel pill ax working pressure m 4 te pulse output per litre LA a Flow indication O 51414 C C D Min 2 l min Water 44 25 Max 150 l min Accepts reverse flow Electrical details 4 to 20mA Supply 24Vdc Accuracy Pul ulse output s Supply 24 Ordering Information emp range open collector transistor 5 C to 80 C oll 5 C to 60 C water Standard products table DFT 980 Dataflow Pulse output transmitter DFT 990 Dataflow 4 20mA transmitter Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Dataflow 4 20mA transmitter can be connected to a Digital Display Unit 0001001 or DDU1002 Digital Display Specification prr 990 onty For indicator options ple
200. e filters Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters ETF series Ordering Information Standard products table 21 164 FK1230 Q010 BK16 GX16 Length 2 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged FC1230 Q010 XS 3164 FK1230 Q020 BK16 GX16 60 ETF60 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1230 Q020 XS G164 FK1240 Q010 BK16 GX16 90 ETF90 Length 3 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P 1240 09105 1 FK1240 Q020 BK16 GX16 90 ETF90 Length 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 6 Bar 22 Psi 2xG1 one port plugged Diffuser type P FC1240 Q020 XS Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example of an ETF Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 3 2 F 1 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Glassfibre media ETF 1 45 Microglass Ill for disposable elements ETF 1 60 2 media 5 media 10 media 20 media ETF 1 90 3 Disposable element 02Q 05Q ETF 1 120 4 ETF 1 140 4A Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code N
201. e oil sample requires agitation and de gassing before carrying out the contamination test A de gassing kit option is available and consists of a vacuum chamber and pump Standard with UBS 9002 234 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 34 Specification Viscosity range 2 to 250 cSt Operating temp 5 to 80 C Test time 2m15s 4m15s Flush 2m 12 Vdc power supply Extruded aluminium construction Unit weight Kg 4 Mineral oil and petroleum based compatibility Fluorocarbon seal Phosphate Ester group compatibility EPDM seals CE certified Military approved Manual operation Bottle pack De gassing chamber Manual Sample tube pack Interface cable to LCM20 etc Installation Details 100 CTRS Fluid condition monitoring 235 Offline Sampling Universal Bottle Sampler Usage Specifications System Flow Rate Samples are best taken from a point in the system where the flow is TURBULENT Reynolds No greater than 4000 The turbulent flow creates a mixing action Where flow is streamline or LAMINAR larger particulate may tend to settle toward the lower pipe surface and not be sampled System Condition Changes Changes in the system operating condition flow temperature pressure or vibration can result in previously sedimented contaminant being retrained into the flowing oil It is also possible that these changes may c
202. e scale definition for precise measurement e Easy panel mounting assembly e Negligible pressure drop characteristics e 10 bar pressure rating e Simple to use Installation Details Simple to fit easy to use The LoFlow meter has been designed for those industries where the need exists for a low cost solution to small measurements of flow with an accurate reading LoFlow uses the well tried and tested principle of variable area flow measurement utilising the movement of a ball or float inside a calibrated tapered bore Typical Applications Water treatment Photography and X ray Equipment owimming pools Pharmaceutical industry Filtration systems Hospital equipment For water applications Ordering Information Standard products table LF 2020 Water 02 20 Acetal LF 2100 Water fa 20 40 0 S Steel 02414 262220 Water Ya Ya 20 220 S Steel LF801431 LF 1002 Oil Ya Ya 0010 1020 S Steel LF802432 LF 1009 Oil Ya Ya Acetal LF802434 LE 1090 Oil Ya fa 10990 S Steel LF801411 LF 2005 Water Ya Ya 0 06 0 55 S Steel Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 43 Flowmeters amp Monitors asiflow Meters and Flowswitch
203. e the No recontamination of system during element change of elements Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low Improved protection of system hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Optional funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the Significant reduction of oil foaming oil level Typical Applications e Lorry mounted cranes e Agricultural equipment e Container hook loaders Fat svor aT The Parker Filtration ETF Series Low Pressure Filters For tank top mounting installation The ETF Series applies a reinforced co polymer head equipped with Em two return ports and quick release cover This filter CELL represents an economic solution for hydraulic systems with nominal flows up to 140 l min LR UA HG di je eS um m 1 IE LHL HH F ave IN 1 wu mar me Lex ER uu reg ss ms PPP i 6 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 1 Specification Pressure ratings Max 6 bar Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Threads G1 G1 ISO 228 port B supplied as plugged connection Filter housing Glass reinforced co polymer material Funnel made from steel Seal material Nitrile Operating temperature range 20 to 80 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 1 6 bar
204. ed as um c with c referring to certified Therefore the CM20 reported sizes are as follows ACFTD MTD 2H 4u c oH c 15u 140 C 25u 21 50u 38u 100p 70H MTD offers true traceability improved particle size accuracy and better batch to batch reproduction Fluid condition monitoring 229 Portable Particle Counter aser OM Why On Site Fluid Contamination Monitoring e Certification of fluid cleanliness levels e Early warning instrument to help prevent catastrophic failure in critical systems e Immediate results with laboratory accuracy e lo comply with customer cleanliness requirements and specifications e New equipment warranty compliance e New oil cleanliness testing Datum Data Management Datum dedicated software provides the link between a Laser CM20 System 20 EM20 or the Water in Oil and your computer management system Features e Windows based Icon driven program e Full graphic output e lables results download e rend analysis and predictive maintenance e Auto test communication allows Datum to control particle counter testing and water in oil monitoring e Certification creator using downloaded data e Customer customised fields 230 16 column printer for hard copy data A feature of the LaserCM is the on board printout data graphing option developed to support predictive maintenance procedures Laser CM Test ON LINE TEST TEST NUMBER 0
205. ed is changed into a positive voltage and then in turn changed into a capacitance value This value is counted and stored in the LaserCM computer in one of 6 channels gt 2 5 gt 15 gt 25 gt 50 and gt 100 according to particle size Readouts are displayed on the hand held LCD in the accepted ISO and NAS standards ready for hard copy printing or RS232 computer download on board computer allows storage of up to 300 test results Fluid condition monitoring 227 Portable Particle Counter aser OM Specification A Lexan structural foam and ABS case B Parylene coated ABS handheld display e Mechanical composition Brass plated steel stainless steel and aluminium o e Fluorocarbon seals Perfluoroelastomer seals Nylon hoses kevlar braided microbore Stainless steel armoured hose ends 1 2m fluid connection hose System 20 sensors Higher with single point sampler Rechargeable battery pack 12Vdc power supply Fast blow fuse Unique optical scanning system Bonded glass optical window enclosed in SS plate Micron channels analysis 2 5 15 25 50 amp 100 Analysis range ISO 7 to 22 incl NAS 0 to 12 32 character dot matrix LCD Alpha numeric keypad Data retrieval Calibration to ISO standards Viscosity range 2 to 100 cSt 500 cSt with SPS Operating temp 5 to 80 C Ambient temp 5 to 40 C 2 minu
206. ed top wand offering the end user greater flexibility thermoset polymer for capacitive sensing that is capable of absorbing water molecules due to its micro porous structure e Uses a thermistor for temperature compensation correction Offering total confidence in reporting the 96RH relative humidity over the sensors temperature range Typical Applications e Pulp and paper plants e Marine hydraulics e Power transmission amp distribution e Oil reclamation e Industrial hydraulics e Earth moving applications e Agricultural In Line Moisture Measurement of Hydraulic amp Lubricating Oils Parkers MS100 Moisture Sensor offers fast reliable and accurate in line detection of moisture in fluids The MS100 transducer type technology has been especially designed with the preventative maintenance programme environment in mind The industry accepted sensing cell device will monitor and report Relative Humidity RH moisture content in oils The water content measurement technique offers the end user benefits over the current standard form of water content reporting PPM This allows for real time preventative maintenance to be undertaken and corrective actions to be made By knowing that the water contamination is still within the oils absorbing range less than 10096 reclaiming fluid properties before additive damage occurs can initiate calculable cost savings 258 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Sec
207. educe the possibility of delivery pressure exceeding the bypass valve setting It should not be less than 10mm 0 39 internal diameter The discharge end of this pipe should always be below the oil surface to minimise aeration It is equally important to ensure the ends of the inlet and outlet pipes are as far apart as possible It is recommended that a baffle be positioned between the suction and return pipes to give maximum circulation of oil Outlet 10u Multipass tested element Enlargement of bypass valve Installation details 2742 The Filtration Unit is available without an electrical motor any type motor may be used of identical frame flange and shaft size to that stated in the specification Remove the key fitted to electric motor shaft There are four nuts and bolts M8 1 25mm thread supplied loose the pump housing is complete with a shaft adaptor with internal drive pin To fit pump to electric motor simply insert drive shaft of motor into the pump drive adaptor ensuring the drive pin engages in shaft keyway and that the locating spigot are correctly engaged Complete the assembly by fitting the four nuts bolts and washers Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 19 Ideal Application Element withdrawal clearance minimum Inlet G 2 1 2 BSP em Outlet Suction flange G3 3 BSP Return bush baby By 112 CTRS 4 41 12 bore minimum
208. el unit and filter system assembly connections DN80 PN16 or DN100 PN16 Assembly of two four six or eight filters to the same system by using L bore valve assembly only one side in use Filter housing Material aluminium Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Installation Details Single Assemblies 130M Body flange SAE 2 3000 M SAE 21 2 3000 M G11 2 Adaptor flange G2 SAE 3 3000 M 90 elbow Single 24 5 525 Dual D2 10 2 86 2 Parallel P2 EOE 91 2 System S2 Wee TO System S9 204 0 45510 System 56 2612 309 2 System S8 341 4 7054 Dimensions in mm Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is Supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO STD Ecoglass Ill Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass III contributes to ISO 14001 quality Also available with Microglass Ill elements Contact Parker Filtration for details Visual indicator Includes M3 full part number FWUMSKVMU 12H as standard Optional Indicators mounted to lower indicator port electrical
209. embly Connection T Model Length 2 780 Length 3 1340 Dimensions in mm Out Slow fill valve 493 503 Valve supported from base L Model C Model G x2pos Gi s Venting valve G x2pcs Gils Venting valve Handle turns counter clockwise Indicator port 393 403 ET 10 _ 293 303 462 513 491 501 Valve supported from base Valve supported from base 100 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 0 8 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 130M Eco Single Empty Housing 130S Eco System Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM D TITT TT TT d I TITI TITI TITI TT Foi T E m T TT T T T T T Fr TITI TI TT T Tr Ld TT TI T TITI 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 264 0 53 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 1 14 5 3 2 29 E 1 75 _ is Neu 8 20 5 2 E Boss js E 0 5 E M 3 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Flow l min Flow l min 130 Elements 02QE 130 Elements 05QE Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Toh ok Tp TT TT TT
210. end caps The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to ISO 14001 quality standards TSR LLLA wise 81 G1 s BSP Free element clearance 041 7 81 36 81 102 1 Mounting hole H Min oil level p c Dimensions in mm Ref No Description 2 ange nut G1 BSP G1 4 BSP over 4 1 Cover seal SAS 6 SEU 5 1 Top spring Note All ports for return flow only 6 1 Insert 1 1 Insert seal 8 1 Element Max nominal return flow 120 200 250 l min 9a 0 1 Indicator Max working pressure 10 bar 9b 0 8 Plug M10x1 Temperature range 30 C to 100 C 10 0 3 Unitring Bypass pressure 1 5 bar 191 1 Housing LEIF filtration ratio 2u 5u 10y 20u 12 1 Gasket Seals NBR 15 1 Sleeve Options Dipstick 14 1 Funnel diffuser Indicator electrical visual 15 1 O ring 16 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Senes Specification cont FE Torqueload filter cover Torqueload filter tank TTF 1 4 Nm max TTF 1 15 Nm max TTF 2 10 Nm max TTF 2 40 Nm max Optional for TTF2 series 11 2 SAE 3000PSI CN Optional plugged filling port G1 2 for TTF1 series G3 4 for TTF2 series H2 Top view Note TTF2 40
211. enoy suction valve fitted as standard Construction Type SR1 Type SR2 Filter Precision pressure Precision pressure Housing die casting die casting Cover Precision pressure Glass reinforced nylon die casting high impact and temperature resistant Weight 1 4Kg 3 3Kg Filter Flement with LEIF element with reusable metal element steel end caps element sleeve The patented LEIF concept contributes to ISO 14001 and can only be applied to mineral oils For other fluid types consult Parker Filtration Suction Return Filter Hydraulic Circuit 1 7 bar Bypass valve E Filter element Optional strainer amp Power take off Anti cavitation 5 Closed loop valve circuit example Nominal Back pressure valve Y 05bar Note Suction return filter with optional strainer Tanktop Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters Types SR1 amp SR2 Suction Return Series Element removal SR1 distance C Table 1 Outlet port S G1 or Ga or 1 NPT optional Average filtration ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Code 2 10 75 100 200 1000 N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 Q010 6 11 12 18 20 22 Q020 2 holes 7 0 on A 115 0 PCD I max Tank hole out out J 2 holes 11 0 Alternative position for on a 115 0 PCD indicators Minimum oil level Plastic port plugs for transit SR2 Table 2 Average filtration ratio B ISO 16889
212. equipment Cleanliness service Filtration parameters and facts Filter selection and filter tyoes Types of Failures Component failure is often an invisible process In general three types of failure can be distinguished 1 Catastrophic Failures This failure occurs suddenly and without warning it is of a permanent nature It is often caused by larger sized particles entering a component and obstructing the relative movement between surfaces resulting in seizure of the component 2 Transient Failures Generally speaking this type of failure is short lived and goes unnoticed although the consequences rarely do It is caused by particles that momentarily interfere with the function of a component The particles lodge in a critical clearance between matching parts only to be washed away during the next operation cycle As a result components become less predictable and thus unsafe 3 Degradation Failures Gradual deterioration in the performance of a component results in its eventual repair or replacement This failure is caused by the effect of wear induced by contamination Additional generated contamination can lead to a catastrophic failure Failures or reduced system performance have a direct impact on the cost of ownership the efficiency rate and the perceived quality perception of the end users Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 52 Sources of Contamination Finding the balance
213. er b Corrosion protection c Cooling transfer of heat d Lubrication The lifetime of oils is influenced by the amount of oxygen oil temperature water content and presence of catalyser type elements The allowed water content varies for each type of oil Due to for example seal leakage or condensation the water content can easily reach concentrations far above the allowed water content value The combination of water and wear elements like iron or copper causes a catalytic effect and as a result reduces the lifetime of the oil The lifetime of oil is also influenced by the amount of generated static electrics Lifetime Reduction The lifetime reduction of oil is expressed by the degradation factor The influence of the catalytic effect of the degradation factor is shown below 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 Degradation factor Mineral Oil Oil Oil Oil Oil Oil oil water steel copper water water water steel copper copper steel Source Diagnetics Inc Oil degradation can reduce the protection against corrosion and lubrication performance Regular oil analysis is important to monitor the condition of the hydraulic or lubrication fluid This analysis is also used to obtain information related to the process of selecting system matched filter components Tanktopper II return line filter with integrated air breather and patented LEIF element The Balance between System Requirements and Filtratio
214. er Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 BG Series MAX 2400 I min 10 bar 21 Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters BG Series Features amp Benefits 10 bar rated filter Can be utilised for severe return line applications Reduced downtime due to premature filter failures Cast aluminium head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance LEIF elements Patented element safeguards the use of genuine parts Guaranteed quality of filtration Contributes to ISO 14001 certification Magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass conditions Improved fluid cleanliness levels Extended element life time In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains inside the element No recontamination of system during change of elements High level of customisation Dedicated system matched solutions can be easily made available Improved integration of filter in system combined with lower initial system costs Full flow bypass with low hysteresis Reduction of bypass period due to low hysteresis Only a small part of the total flow is bypassing the element Improved protection of system Standard or customised funnel Ensures that oil enters the tank under the oil level Significant reduction of oil foaming Typical Applications e Mobile cranes e Exc
215. ering Information Standard products table Float Switch Features Include e Float switches can be adjusted on site e hey can be fitted with a thermostatic switch e Reliable design using reed switches e Different types of mounting can be specified e lengths available 500mm 1000mm and 1500mm The FL Series is designed to be adjusted by the user to fit their tank The unit consists of a stem with the reed switch thermal switch if fitted and float already set in position The customer can cut the stem to fit their tank and assemble it to the header The unit is then ready to be fitted to the tank The unit has a factory set Open On Hise switching configuration but this can be changed by reversing the float The common temperature switches used are 60 C Open On Rise or 60 C Close On Rise However other temperature specifications may be obtained on request A standard DIN 43650 connector is supplied with the unit Installation Drawing approx 1 BSPP thread Customer Adjustable Polypropylene float F 228 5 FLO50010R FL 0500 1 0R 500mm long float level switch FL100010R FL 1000 1 OR 1000mm long float level switch FL150010R FL 1500 1 OR 1500mm long float level switch Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability
216. ernate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 201 Notes 202 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Reservoir Float amp Level Switches Reservoir Equipment FL series Adjustable Float Switch Features amp Benefits The FL Series is a range of vertically mounted single float level switches operating on the proven reed switch and magnet principle The FL Series float switch can be tailored by the user for a particular application by adjusting the length of the float switch tube It is also possible for the user to select the switching configuration by inverting the float giving either open on rise or close on rise operation The unit is supplied part assembled with detailed instructions for the user to complete assembly to the specifications of the application and to install the unit Typical Specification Installation Mounting 1 BSP threaded header Gasket 2 0mm thick sealing washer Length Adjustable up to 1500mm Electrical specification Supply voltage 240 Vac maximum 300 maximum Switching current 0 5A Thermostat ratings Normal voltage 250V Current rating 4A 10A max Material specification Header Brass Stem Brass Float Polypropylene Gasket Klingersil grade C4324 to BS7531 grade Y Other parameters Fluid types Any liquids compatible with brass and polypropylene Ord
217. ers Pressure Transducers and Transmitters ASIC Performer Ordering Information Standard products table O 5 Vdc 250 bar BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 1 O 5 Vdc 400 bar BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 VB 400 1 A1C1 O 5 250 bar 4 BSP bonded seal M12 BID VB 250 1 A1C2 O 5 Vdc 400 bar BSP bonded seal M12 VB 400 1 A1C2 O 5 Vde 20 bar BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 BID VB 020 1 A1C1 O 5 20 bar BSP bonded seal M12 VB 020 1 A1C2 20 mA 400 bar BSP bonded seal M12 B 1 4 20 mA 20 bar 4 BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 PTX B 020 1 A1C1 20 mA 20 bar 1 BSP bonded seal M12 PIX B 020 1 A1C2 4 20 mA 400 bar 4 BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 PTX B 400 1 A1C1 4 20 mA 250 bar BSP bonded seal micro din 43650 PTX B 250 1 A1C1 4 20 mA 250 bar BSP bonded seal M12 PIX B 250 1 A1C2 Accessories P 833PVC 2M 2 meter PVC coated 4 core cable P 833PVC 5M 5 meter PVC coated 4 core cable P833PVC10M P 833PVC 10M 10 meter PVC coated 4 core cable Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Product configurator 0 5 Vele 0 20 1 4 BSP with bonded se
218. es 40 C to 66 C Nitrile Portable Filtration Trolley TOME Serie Ordering Information Standard products table 1OMF 1 40SA 10Q 1 UK 924448 924453Q 1OMF 1 40SA 10Q 1 EUR 10MF 1 40SA 10Q 1 EUR 924448 924453Q 10MF 2 40SA 10Q 1 IND 10MF 2 40SA 10Q 1 IND 924448 924453Q Product configurator 220 240 VAC Synthetic Microglass Il None Moulded 3 pin Stainless steel 110 VAC 40W me 02Q Microglass Il 3 Magnet pack Moulded 2 pin zs Stainless steel Wi an Q d 05Q icroglass 3 pin industrial Jaer Stainless steel 5 um 00 icroglass Par lt gt Gel water WR removal Replacement elements Nitrile seals Nitrile seals 40 Synthetic 10 Microglass III 933742Q 20 Microglass II 933068Q 2 Microglass 924455 40 Stainless steel 924452Q Microglass III 924456 74 Stainless steel 933742Q 20 Microglass III Fluorocarbon seals 927584 WR Water removal 933743Q 20 Microglass lll Fluorocarbon seals 925042 40 Stainless steel 933069Q 2 Microglass 925035 40 Synthetic 925039Q 5 Microglass III 925043 74 Stainless steel 925040Q 10 Microglass III Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will 9337430 20 Microglass 11 ensure standard product selection 928908 WR Water removal Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 150 Parker Hann
219. es Features amp Benefits Easiflow Meters Specification Flow rate Construction Cone Acetal Viewing glass Borosilicate glass Calibrated spring Stainless steel Seal Nitrile Bod Glass filed nylon Accuracy n 5 FSD Maximum working pressure 10 bar Repeatability 5 Minimum working pressure 1 bar Connections 1 BSP parallel threads Temperature range 5 C to 80 C Oil 5 C to 60 C Water Weight 0 4kg Installation Details 42 A F HEX Ordering Information Standard products table Viscosity range 10 to 200 centistokes oil Oil and water calibrated Works in any plane Pressures up to 10 bar Flows from 1 to 150 l min Accuracy 3596 FSD Repeatability 1 FSD Switches fully adjustable flow rate signalling Plant and equipment protection Flowswitch Specifications The Easiflow switch is a flow measuring device incorporating an AC DC switch suitable for controlling valves or pump motors or for activating alarm signals General flowmeter specification See material details opposite Switch type specifications Magnetically operated reed switch Electrical details Voltage range Maximum current Maximum load 300Vac dc 2 5Amps 100W resistive inductive 4 Standard products table EFW 0302 Water 255 EFW 015S1 Water 5
220. esh Ref No Description 1 1 Nut 2 1 Washer 3 1 Cover 5 4 1 Cover seal 24 5 1 Top spring 6 1 Housing 2 7 1 Insert seal 8 1 Plug M10x1 er 9 1 Bonded seal 10 1 Insert 11 1 LEIF element Vor 2 1 Element sleeve Fu 13 1 Gasket oe 14 1 O ring il 15 1 Bypass set gt 16 1 Diffuser n Ref No Description p 1 1 Nut 2 1 Washer 9 1 Cover 43 4 1 Cover seal 1 Top spring 6 1 Housing i 1 Insert seal 8 1 Plug M10x1 a 9 1 Bonded seal i 10 1 Insert 11 1 Element seal 12 1 Element 13 1 O ring 14 1 O ring 15 1 Bypass set 16 1 Diffuser 36 Low pressure filters 23 BGT 3 LEIF version Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options Setting 0 7 or 1 2 bar Other settings on request Visual pressure gauge Electrical pressure switch Options Diffuser with and without type P perforated flow area for optimum flow path in the reservoir Magnetic pack Standard Filling port in cover optional Plugged G1 1 2 Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Conventional style element with steel end caps The LEIF element is patented and safeguards the use of genuine parts Note LEIF element can be used with mineral and HEES type oils For other fluids consult Parker Filtration LEIF contributes to
221. etable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration i Torque 74 95 Nm 55 70 Ft lbs dua 5 23 6 83 0 9 15P 1 Optional 5 16 SAE 5 drain port torque 20 27 Nm 15 20 ft lbs High Pressure Filters 15P 30P Series Installation Details cont 30P Series Torque 74 95 Nm 65 70 Ft lbs mm inches Side view Torque 88 95 Nm 65 70 Ft lbs d Optional str thd drain port cartridge 5 16 SAE 5 1 20 UNF 2B removal Torque 20 27 Nm 15 20 Ft Ibs clearance 10 3 dia thru 2 total 406 ry 52 3 2 06 75 ES Optional mounting bracket 925563 Head Bypass assembly Element See chart in product configurator Bowl O ring buna N92138 N92151 Bowl O ring fluoroelastomer V92138 V92151 Bowl Drain plug c w buna seal Drain plug c w Fluoroelastomer seal Nameplate Blank indicator kit Indicators M3 Visual auto reset indicator FMUMSKVAU 14M T1 Electrical indicator FMUT1KVAU14M F1 Electronic indicator PNP with 4 LED FMUF1KVAU14M F2 Electronic indicator NPN with 4 LED FMUF2KVAU14M 106 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 13 Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be e
222. etal components can be sprayed to match a vehicle livery or plant installation and if installed properly should require no maintenance Installation is simple and requires no experience Anyone can use Multiclamp and only the basic everyday tools are required From one pipe to almost any number because each Multiclamp position can be visually sighted and its position adjusted an almost guaranteed straight run can be obtained Equally changes of plane or direction can be achieved simply and securely Series 10 6 0mm 20 0mm 1 4 3 4 Series 16 6 0mm 28 0mm 1 4 1 Series 32 10 0mm 50 0mm 3 8 2 Your maximum pipe size will determine the series to use There is a degree of versatility provided by the rubber bushes You choose from single or multistacked Multiclamp whichever suits your particular installation requirements 214 varying diameter tubes pipes hoses and cables in all industries Group pipe sizes together to obtain the most economical use of three basic Multiclamp Series Some sites will require all pipes mounted in one single plane either vertical or horizontal When stacked modules are preferred the only work to be done on the Multiclamp is to saw off the desired length If a large number of pipe lines are to be run it is recommended that the upper clamping unit is simply cut into two lines only and progressively assembled by securing two pipes at a
223. ever cleanliness it is delivered to the machine Parker therefore had to develop technology to ensure the on line APC was able to test a sample without the conventional laboratory technique which requires dilution a practice that would have been simply impossible with a portable unit By careful design and window sizing gravimetric levels as high as 310mg of dirt per litre equivalent to up to 4 million particles gt 5 micron per 100 ml can be achieved without making the instrument susceptible to counter saturation These high saturation point on line APC s whilst losing none of the accuracy of their laboratory counterparts enable particle counting to be carried out quickly and accurately A focused light source is projected through a moving column of oil Laser Optical Sensing Core technology that proves itself in LaserCM The LaserCM portable particle counter features microprocessor controlled optical scanning for accurate contaminant measurement with a calibration range from ISO 7 to ISO 22 with no counter saturation How does LaserCM work The particles are measured by a photo diode that converts light intensity to a voltage output which is recorded against time As the particle moves across the window the amount of light lost is proportional to the size of the particle This reduction in voltage is measured and recorded This voltage lost relates directly to the area of the particle measur
224. eviously 7000 123 22PD 32PD Series 131 4 Portable filtration systems Guardian 137 Filtration Unit 141 10MF Series 147 PVS Series Models 185 600 1200 1800 and 2700 151 Fluid Condition Monitoring and Flowmeters 8 Fluid condition monitoring LaserCM 225 Universal Bottle Sampler 233 Single Point Sampler 239 System 20 Monitors and Sensors 243 MCM20 249 H Oil Water in Oil Monitor 203 MS100 and MS150 Moisture Sensors 251 Oilcheck Monitor 265 Par Test 269 9 Transducers amp transmitters Asic Performer 213 Par Gel Water Removal Elements 161 6 Filter indicators Indicators Series 167 7 Reservoir equipment Environmental Air Filters EAB Series 178 ABL Series 181 Glass Filled Nylon Air Breathers IP65 Rated Filler Breather Filters 186 Filler Breather Filters 188 Screw On Type Air Breathers 189 Metal Filler Breathers Filler Breather Filters Metal 192 Lockable Filler Breathers 194 Air Filters Spin On Air Breathers 195 Fluid Level Indication Fluid Level Temperature Gauges 200 FS Series 204 CLS46 205 Fluid Power Products Suction Elements 208 Diffusers 209 Inline Filters 210 Drive Couplings 211 Multiclamp 213 Speed Control and Needle Valves 218 Inline Check Valves 220 Single Station Gauge Isolator Valves 221 63mm Dia Pressure Gauges 222 100mm Dia Pressure Gauges 223 10 Flowmeters amp monitors LoFlow Oil and Water Flowmeters 2 8 Easiflow Meters and Flowswit
225. f continuous product improvement Parker Hannifin UK Ltd reserve the right to alter product data and specification without notice This does not affect your statutory rights Notes 1 Within this catalogue each product has been allocated an operating temperature and pressure range 2 The range listed for each filter is dedicated by the materials of construction and the capability of the seals specified 3 Consideration should also be given to the characteristics of the system fluid when specifying filters for extreme temperature and or pressure applications 4 The use of non Parker replacement elements and spares may invalidate your warranty Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK EIF Series MAX 140 l min 6 bar 22 Da res es Pa TP uev D led pu LN vaa I Y Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters ETF series Features amp Benefits Co polymer head Compact profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelope and cleaner appearance Multiple return line ports Flexibility related to return line hose s More compact solutions can be arrangement realised Quick release cover No tools required to release the filter cover Easy change of filter element Optional magnetic pre filtration Removes ferro particles even during bypass Improved fluid cleanliness levels conditions In to Out filtration All captured contamination retains insid
226. ffect Bear e b ge 0 0025 0 01 0 05 0 25 0 50 152 Principles of Operation Contaminated oil is drawn into the Parker portable purification system by a vacuum of 25 In Hg The oil passes through the in line low watt density heater s where the oil is heated to an optimum temperature of 66 C 150 F The oil then enters the distillation column where tt is exposed to the vacuum through the use of dedicated dispersal elements This increases the exposed surface area of the oil and converts the water to a vapor form which is then drawn through the condenser by the vacuum pump The vapour returns to water and drops into the condensate holding tank this can then be drained off at a later stage The water free oil falls to the bottom of the vacuum chamber and is passed through a final particulate removal filter by a heavy duty lube oil pump Clean dry oil re enters the reservoir system via the outlet port Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 21 Applications for PVS Portable Purification Systems e Paper mills Dryer lubrication Hydraulic Air Cooled ical Condenser Compressor lubrication Self diagnosing controls include Calenders Programmable thermostat e Steel mills Bearing lubrication Continuous casters Press roll lubrication Reverse pole switch phase fail RH display Condensate e Power generation holding tank Turbine oil Transformer oil Liquid level sight
227. flowmeter scale and the hexagonal plug on the gauge manifold must not be installed with the flow reversed Additional blow out discs can be ordered 41203B Bag of 10 Ordering Information Standard products table 10 110 7 4 46 4120 O 55 mA 46 350 35 4123 2 110 11 8 46 350 35 4168 20 180 13 85 75 496 87 4169 30 270 18 85 75 496 87 4170 40 360 18 85 75 496 87 212028 Safety blow out discs x 10 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Note 3 4123 Hydrotrac unit features 2 flowmeters 2 20 and 10 110 l min and 2 pressure gauges Flowmeters amp monitors Parker Hannifin 285 Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 50 Flowmeters amp Monitors Flow Products For Compressed Air Applications Features amp Benefits Loflow Air Flowmeters e Flow measurement from 1 1 to 720 l min Max 10 bar rating A Flowline Flowswitches and Flowmeters e Calibrated for direct reading of compressed air at 7 bar e Works in any plane Brass or stainless steel models available in 4 sizes Calibrated at 7 bar and 20 C Flow ranges from 2 to 600 SCFM Pressure 1 41 bar max Optional reed switch upgrade C Compressed Air Test Equipment e 6 models available 1 4 3 4 and
228. from Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors the extent that Parker or its subsidiaries or authorized distributors provide component or system options based upon data or specifications provided by the user the user is responsible for determining that such data and specifications are suitable and sufficient for all applications and reasonably foreseeable uses of the components or systems The operation of the products described here in is subject to the operating and safety procedures details of which are available upon request Sales conditions The items described in this document are available for sale by Parker Hannifin Corporation its subsidiaries or its authorized distributors Any sale contract entered into by Parker will be governed by the provisions stated in Parker s standard terms and conditions of sale copy available upon request 296 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Throughout the world Parker is serving more than 400 000 customers to improve productivity and reliability in thousands of industries Parker motion and control systems are in operation on satellites orbiting the Earth in machine tools and mobile equipment on oil rigs and refineries in hospitals and laboratories in fact wherever there s a need for motion and control you ll find Parker components and system solutions hard at work For more information visit Parker s web site at www parker com eu or call freefone 00800
229. fully compensated temperature based sensors the new Performer range uses a high grade range 40 C to 125 C The Performer is now available in a stainless steel element which is coated with layers of both variety of thread form and connector options insulative and alloy materials These are trimmed to a very close tolerance using state of the art semiconductor grade laser and lon beam methods This extremely accurate front end is then coupled with Application Specific Integrated This new design offers a high stability very low drift device which can operate over a wide thermal range Powered from an extended working supply range 11 30Vdc PTD and 11 35Vdc PTX In addition to the standard 6 pressure ranges available using the ASIC technology Application Specific Integrated Circuit programmable software any variation can be manufactured Consult Parker for any J additional information A comprehensive range of Pressure Transducers and Transmitters are available from Parker Filtration e One piece body and diaphragm machining ensures long term product stability e All stainless steel construction e transducer pressure ratings with O 5Vdc and 1 6Vdc outputs e transmitter pressure ratings with a 2 wire 4 20mA output e Micro plug and M12 connector options 274 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 42 Specification Pressure ranges 20 100 250 400
230. fuser type P without perforated plate area 4 3x11 s SAE flanges 1x 2 SAE for BGT 4 3R20 Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request No magnets Dipstick 6 Plugged filling port 8 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Diffuser type T and no magnets A Emm type and no magnets 2 Diffuser type T no magnets plugged filling port C Item is standard with green options Dif Set een TEES D Item is semi standard Se T T 2 EEE TEEN 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 30 Parker Hannifin UK Limited Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 3 Ordering Information cont Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A N A 45 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 05Q 05QL N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 li 17 18 20 22 20Q 20QL BGT390 TXWL8A 2 TXWL8A 5 TXWL8A 10 TXWL8A 20 Part number spare element 937832Q 937843Q 937858
231. ge DC42M20 DC 42 M20 20 0mm 6 0mm 22 9mm from 0 436Kg DC42M22 DC 42 M22 22 0mm 6 0mm 24 9mm DC42M24 DC 42 M24 24 0mm 8 0mm 27 5mm DC42M32 DC 42 M32 32 0mm 10 0mm 35 5mm DC42BO5K DC 42 B05K 5 8 0 188 ins 0 72 ins DC42B06K DC 42 B06K 3 4 0 188 ins 0 84 ins DCA2BO7K DC 42 B07K 7 8 0 250 ins 0 99 ins DC42B08K DC 42 B08K 1 0 250 ins 1 12 ins DC42B09K DC 42 BO9K 11 8 0 313 ins 1 24 ins DC42B10K DC 42 B10K 11 4 0 313 ins 1 07 ins DC42B11K DC 42 B11K 15 8 0 375 ins 1 49 ins DC42B12K DC 42 B12K 11 2 0 375 1 61 ins DC42B13K DOAZ Bick 15 8 0 439 ins 1 76 ins Model DC 55 PERSS PE N A 16 0mm N A DSSS N A N A N A DC55M25 DC 55 M25 25 0mm 8 0mm 28 5mm DC55M28 DC 55 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 33 5mm DC55M30 DC 55 M30 30 0mm 8 0mm 33 5mm DC55M32 DC55 M82 32 0mm 10 0mm 35 5mm DC55M35 DC 55 M35 35 0mm 10 0mm 38 5mm DC55M38 DC 55 M38 38 0mm 10 0mm 41 5mm Range DC55M42 DC 55 M42 42 0mm 12 0mm 45 5mm from 1 248 Kg DC55M55 DC 55 M55 55 0mm 16 0mm 59 5mm 2 046 Kg DC55BO9K DC 55 BO9K 11 8 0 313 ins 1 24 ins DC55B10K DC Sa EDI 11 4 0 313 ins 1 57 ins DC55B11K DE 5SBIIK 15 8 0 375 ins 1 49 ins DC55B12K DESS 11 2 0 375 ins 1 61 ins DC55B13K DC Sa Bick 15 8 0 439 ins 1 76 ins DC5SB14K DC 55 B14K 18 4 0 439 ins 1 89 ins Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes wil DC55B15K DC 55 B15K 17 s 0 501 ins 2 01 ins ensure a standard product selection DC55B16K De 52 12106 2 0 501 ins ES Note 2 Alternate displayed part
232. he main system when permanently installed to facilitate the simple changing of the filter element without interrupting the main system Filtration unit description The Parker Filtration Unit consists of an electric motor directly coupled to a hydraulic pump which has a built in bypass fitted and spin on filter element Fluid drawn in at pump inlet is circulated through the filter element and is thus cleaned before being delivered from the outlet port A built in bypass valve safeguards the element in the event of blockage and returns oil to the pump inlet this ensures that all fluid output from the unit is filtered whatever the operating conditions A visual element condition indicator is fitted to the pump A unit is available without electric motor for customers who prefer to supply their own See installation notes and part numbers for ordering Installation Details and needs replacing This condition will be made clear by the visual indicator The Bypass Valve could also open when being used with high viscosity fluids thus effectively reducing the unit output Filter and condition indicator Filter Type Rapid replacement spin on can with 10 cellulose element Ensure that end clearance 20mm is available to permit element withdrawal 10u nominal MXR8550 Visual indicator Has green and red zones on the dial Needle in the green zone indicates normal operation When the needle enters the red zone the bypass valve will
233. he oil industry the company can operate as an independent laboratory The development laboratory at Parker Filtration BV in Arnhem the only laboratory of its kind in Belgium the Netherlands and Luxembourg has at its disposal all the facilities for its extensive R amp D department In addition the services are offered on a commercial basis to third parties Equipment The laboratory uses state of the art test equipment The company has invested in the latest Karl Fischer coulometric equipment that prevents tests from being influenced by among other things additives in the oil The particle counting equipment is calibrated according to the recent ISO 11171 standard It is now possible to indicate the measured cleanliness according to ISO 4406 1999 Standard Test The high quality standard test carried out in Parker s laboratory consists of a water analysis and a cleanliness calculation according to ISO 4406 the new ISO 4406 1999 and the NAS 1638 standard as part of which particles from 2 to 100um are measured and reported Membrane research and digital photography of the membrane are also part of the standard test The results of each test are described in a report that contains clear conclusions It is also possible to conduct a spectral analysis In Practice How do the laboratory services work Only three days after receipt of the oil sample the standard analysis is completed The results of a spectral analysis are known
234. hlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 96 Reservoir equipment 189 93 preathers Pressurisation valve Nylon Nitrile Dipstick Available for use with all options Dipsticks are available in 2 lengths and in packs of 10 Dipstick material ABS Hi Lo indicators Acetal Adjustable red green level indicators Dipstick lengths 200mm and 400mm Breather weight 0 2K9 Anti splash feature The unique design anti splash feature is standard on option 1 and allows for a dipstick to be fitted if required 2101 ie 30 A F HEX BO A F HEX Reservoir Equipment ocrew On Type Air Breathers Compact Screw On Breathers Specification Option 2 G 4 G s R 2 and R3 4 040 Construction Hi Lo indicators G1 4 GS s R1 2 and R3 4 cap and base plate mouldings in nylon 66 Acetal adjustable red green level indicators Element Dipstick lengths Expanded Polyurethane foam 10 micron 200mm and 400mm packs of 10 Dipstick Breather weights Available for use with R1 2 and R3 4 0 028Kg Dipstick material ABS Pressure Drop Flow Curve Ordering Information 0 20 219 Option 2 G 4 G3 s R1 2 and R3 4 op _ rer 016 1 Si E ex eee 0 14 4 AB68X101 AB 68X101 UC 10p G Un d T oa 32 en T o 2
235. htweight co polymer reservoirs with tank top mounted or integrated filter and tank air filter options Co polymer tank example Typical Applications Unique tank solutions designed to meet customer needs Parker designs and supplies both co polymer and steel reservoirs Today Parker steel tank solutions are typically applied to commercial vehicle applications for example waste management and the transportation market Customers manufacturing hook arm systems truck manufacturing or vehicle body builders are further examples of potential customers for a complete steel tank assembly with the courtesy of more common use of co polymer tanks can be seen in materials Gossip V handling equipment agricultural and construction equipment markets Typical applications are warehouse trucks smaller sized wheeled loaders telescopic handlers dumpers mini excavators and agricultural machinery 62 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 7 Specifications Product Architecture Type of tank Filters amp accessories Co polymer tank with integrated filter amp air filter Steel tank with integrated options Complicated shapes X Styling of reservoir meets overall styling of vehicle X Weight reduction X Long term temperatures depends of Tmin lt 30 C material properties X Tmax gt 120 C High mechanical load on tank tank contributes to strength of chassis X
236. ia Pressure Gauges Specification Construction Glycerine 99 7 Working pressure Max 75 of the full scale value Process temperature Case Natural finish stainless 60 C maximum steel Accuracy Window Non splintering clear 1 695 FSD acrylic glass Movement Cu alloy Wetted parts connector Dial White plastic with Copper alloy pointer stop pin Bourdon tube Pointer Black plastic lt 60 bar Cu alloy C type Liquid filling soft soldered gt 60 bar Cu alloy helical type soft soldered Ordering Information Bottom Connection PGB 0631 010 0 10 bar G 4 Bottom PGB 0631 016 0 16 bar G Bottom PGB 0631 025 0 25 bar G Bottom PGB 0631 040 0 40 bar G Bottom PGB 0631 060 0 60 bar G Bottom PGB 0631 100 0 100 bar G Bottom Note It is recommended that all PGB 0631 160 0 160 bar GA Bottom 4 glycerine gauges should be mounted PGB 0631 250 0 250 bar G Bottom Snubber fitted in the vertical position with gauge 0631 400 0 400 bar G A Bottom G1 4 4 BSP case relief valve uppermost Pressure PGB 0631 600 oo Gi Bottom k T4 A F HEX range up to 1000 bar available 5110 DEN Gi Bottom Installation Details Panel Mounting Bottom Connection Panel Mounting Centre Back PGC 0631 010 0 10 bar G Panel PGC 0631 016 0 16 bar G Panel 0631 025 0 25 bar G 4 Panel PGC 0631 040 0 40 bar G P
237. ical data steel tanks Material 2mm steel plate applied for standard reservoirs Suction connection Suction connections at the back and the bottom of the tank swivel type nominal size 2 21 2 and 3 Air filter Ref product selection for types IP65 ABL EAB Tank top mounted return filter TTF Tanktopper amp II with integrated air breather SR series Suction amp Return filters Support frame and fasteners Included as standard Holes must be drilled into the plate 160 x 280mm for attachment to the frame for standard steel reservoir Steel tank with with customised chassis mounting straps Detailed sectional view of Tanktopper II with integrated air filter Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 7 Ordering Information Product configurator Configurator examples SR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 s 10 J R 8 J J Box 1 Box 2 Material Code Operating volume L Gross volume L HxDxW Code Steel standard tank shape S 55 74 500x650 250 055 Steel customised tank design on request 70 89 500 x 650 x 300 075 Co polymer customised tank design on request 90 118 500 x 650 x 425 100 12 168 500 x 650 x 620 150 160 208 500 x 650 x 795 200 215 275 500x650x 975 250 Box 3 Box 4 Location Code Suction port connections Code Right hand side R Swivel ty
238. ies Typical Applications The Parker Filtration ABL 1 and ABL 2 Series Air Filters e Saw mills e Agricultural machines e Articulated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubricating systems e Excavators e Industrial power units e Mobile cranes Technical Data Assembly Vacuum indicator Tank top mounted ABL 1 on request only ABL 2 0 04 bar Visual with latch out memory Connections Breather housing Threads G11 4 ISO 228 11 2 UN 16 2B High impact strength composite Seal material Filter element Seals integrated in element LEIF element Operating temperature range Options 20 to 80 C e Adaptor with filter connection Filtration media Single adaptor 3 micron Breather with integrated pressure relieve valve for pressurised tank on request only LEIF elements can be applied for hydraulic fluids only For other fluids contact Parker Filtration Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Pressure Drop Curves Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 0 79 159 238 317 396 0 132 264 396 528 660 2 5 36 3 2 5 36 3 48 ig 10 8 10 Ta E p Ja J lt 9 7 4 0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 Flow l min Flow l min Reservoir equipment 181 Reservoir Equipment ABL Series Specification
239. ies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Product configurator Configurator example SR filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 SR2 2 52 0 1 Box 1 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability Model Code 123 Item is standard with green options SR1 Series with conventional element 123 Item is semi standard SR2 Series with LEIF element SRL2 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element media Glass fibre Reduced length on request Microglass Ill for disposable elements Standard length Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Extended length on request 2 media 5u media 10u media 20 media Disposable element for SRA1 only 02Q 05Q LEIF element for SRL2 only O2QL 05QL 20QL Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 2 0 bar G s G5 1 7 bar Fluoroelastomer Pressure switch 42V 2 0 bar setting NO with G s BSP S6 2 5 bar Pressure switch 42V 2 0 bar setting NC with G s BSP S7 Blocked bypass on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s on request Other bypass settings on request No indicator indicator port
240. ifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 PVS Series Models 185 600 1200 1800 and 2 00 Portable filtration systems Portable Purification Systems PVS Series Effects of Water Contamination Water is one of the most common and destructive contaminants in a fluid system When water contaminates a system it can cause serious problems such as e Corrosion by etching metal Fluid breakdown reduction of lubricating properties additive precipitation and oil oxidation Reduced dielectric strength Abrasive wear in hydraulic components Fluid type PPM Hydraulic fluid 300 03 Lubrication fluid 400 04 Transformer fluid 50 00596 Free water occurs when oil becomes saturated and cannot hold any more water This water is usually seen as cloudy oil or puddles of water at the bottom of an oil reservoir Water which is absorbed into the oil is called dissolved water At higher temperatures oil has the ability to hold more water in the dissolved stage due to the expansion of oil molecules As the oil cools this ability reverses and free water will appear where not visible before In addition to temperature fluid type also determines the saturation point for your system see chart above Bearing Life Remaining 0 10 0 15 Water In Oil Effect of water in oil on bearing life based on 100 life at 01 water in oil Reference Machine Design July 86 How Dirt And Water E
241. illing and re capped immediately afterwards Sample Mixing Sedimentation of contaminant in a sample will occur the rate of which is dependent upon both fluid and particle characteristics Samples should be analysed without delay once agitated and de gassed Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 34 Ordering Information Standard products table Universal bottle sampler inludes aluminium case and kit UBS9003 Universal bottle sampler UBS9004 Aggressive universal bottle sampler UBS9005 Aggressive universal bottle sampler Includes aluminium case and kit Accessories B 89 907 Sample bottle kit 2 Bottles B 89 910 Sample bottle pack 50 x B 89907 S840054 N A Power supply and socket S890005 N A De gassing kit and pump B89603 B 89 603 De gassing chamber B89802 B 89 802 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 237 Notes 238 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Fluid condition monitoring 239 Single Point Sampler SPS Features amp Benefits The Single Point Sampler provides a means to connect a CM20 or to a single pressure test point and balance the differential pressure across
242. iltration for availability Ordering Information With Bypass Standard products table SE75111111 SE 5100 15 1 2 125 105 5 46 36 0 08 0 17 bar SE75221111 SE 101 25 3 4 125 109 5 64 46 0 15 0 17 bar SE75231211 SE 5102 50 1 125 1 139 5 64 55 Im 0 17 bar SE75351211 SE 5103 95 11 2 125 140 86 65 0 28 0 17 bar SE75351311 SE 5104 130 17 125 200 86 65 0 33 0 17 bar SE75361411 SE 5105 180 2 125 200 78 0 40 0 17 bar SE75461211 SE 5106 225 2 125 15011850 709 0 64 0 17 bar SE75471311 SE 5107 350 21 2 125 212 150 0 or 0 17 bar SE75481411 SE 5108 500 3 125 2120 180 100 0 92 0 17 bar Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 208 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Reservoir Equipment Diffusers Installation Details 3x Specification Construction Flow range Zintec body 50 l min up to 454 l min 3096 glass filled nylon head Mounting threads capo G 4 up to G2 Mounting thread Epoxy adhesives VO 120 plain area The effect of fitting a diffuser The benefits of specifying a Parker Filtration Diffuser Note When installing a diffuser the Installing
243. ime maximises element life Visual electrical or electronic Check element condition at glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing elste Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Test points in the filter head Pressure measurement and Ap possible Quick testing and maintenance Coreless Ecoglass replacement No metal content in element elements Reduced overall weight of 50 Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration Easy compaction of used elements Lower element replacement costs Eco adaptors available Lower disposal costs Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Industrial power units e Mobile construction equipment e Forestry equipment The Parker Filtration 45M 45 Eco Series Medium Pressure Filters The 45M 45 Eco Series of medium pressure filters offer an ideal solution to the problem of protecting system components at lower pressures These filters are a realistic high quality alternative to low specification spin on filters The 45M 45 Eco Series offers high dirt holding capacity 40 bar capability and rapid element replacement Barker i Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 11 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 40 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 p
244. in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 67 Low pressure filters THERE S SOLUTION When it comes to replacement hydraulic filter elements there is only one solution The ParFit interchange element range With over 10 000 standard off the shelf variations there s a ParFit element to fit most sizes and makes of OEM filters on mobile construction agricultural and industrial plant Every ParFit filter element is manufactured in Europe to the highest standards and is backed by our unrivalled technical support and money back guarantees That means that you can reduce stockholdings cut costs and be sure of the ultimate performance with long trouble free operating life ParFit filters are available from ParkerStores and authorised distributors throughout the UK To find your nearest ParkerStore Email filtrationinfoldparker com or find the ParFit you need using our element selector at www parker com parfit www parker com parfit anything possible Filtratian Maxiflow Series MAX 360 I min 10 bar ES ENS SN S The bs 225 i 221 ij P i j V v t Tht ata Fiat 69 Spin on Filters Maxiflow Series Features amp Benefits I
245. ine Sensors amp Monitors system 20 A drilling equipment operation in a zinc mine has had System 20 installed for several years System 20 Saving 50 000 Pump Damage Installing System 20 was part of a major restructuring plan to improve mining effectiveness and profitability Machine operator training and oil storage operative training were essential elements of the plan Prior to this investment pump terminal damage could cost 10 000 for a replacement over 1000 service costs and up to 39 000 in lost production Add to this the difficulties of the mine s geography and it s easy to see the problems that have now been overcome System 20 Electronic Monitor With System 20 inline sensors installed in a hydraulic system faults can be predicted and remedied all you have to do is connect the System 20 Electronic Hand Held Monitor EM20 Designed to display flow temperature differential rising peak and line pressure System 20 Electronic can also calculate hydraulic power KW and hp at a given point in a system to establish efficiency and power consumption System 20 electronics versatility does not end there The EM20 is automatically calibrated for all System 20 inline sensors using water or oil and can display in l min US GPM bar psi and kg cm2 Battery powered and completely portable the EM20 displays readings on the LCD and can store under a test number Data can be downloaded via an HS232 connection to D
246. into the design eliminating the need for level glasses which are fragile and a potential source of leakage if mounted incorrectly The dimensions shape and design of the lightweight reservoir can be fully adapted to meet the specific needs of each customer with each reservoir being specified as a single unit This can help OEMs to reduce inventory assembly and maintenance costs The co polymer reservoir forms part of a product family comprising filters and filtration products which have been designed to combine exceptional levels of performance and reliability in robust virtually zero maintenance units Environmental Air Filters Reservoir Equipment FAB Series Typical Applications Technical Data The breather has been designed to achieve a low pressure drop and high dirt holding capacity with airflows up to 1500 l min A compact EAB10 with airflows up to 1000 l min is also available Construction Glass reinforced composite housing with Eco element Filter media options 020 High quality polyester media 2um abs C015 Polyester media with water resistant layer 1 5um abs Q010 Glass fibre media 1 0um abs Mounting options With 6 screws Includes machine and plate screws a strainer and gaskets External threads G3 4 G1 Internal thread G9 4 Pressure Drop Curves e Agricultural machines e Articulated dump trucks e Forestry equipment e Wheeled loaders e Lubricating system
247. ion 21 Portable Purification Systems PVS 1200 Specification Flow rate Viscosity max TG 76 7 Gomi 108 cSt 500505 disposable Height 460 cSt 2150 sus packed 1651mm 65 LOVET Width Outlet pressure max 1117 6mm 44 4 1 bar 60 psi Length one 1 JIC male outlet Weight 703 1 kg 1550 lbs FLA full load amps Seal material id Iss Depending on options Fluorocarbon EPR opt P Condensate tank 31 4 ltrs 6 9 gals Dispersal elements 4 Minimum operating capacity 41 6 ltrs 9 1 gals Vacuum max 25 In Hg Vacuum Gauge Disposable 933180 EE sl coalescing SEALS Air Cooled Condenser Option E Water Cooled Condenser Option Cooling Water In Packed tower 939553 jernet High Level Switch VD 5 7 LPM cleanable EE 11 Cooling Water Out EE eee ANE 4 Dry Sealed Vacuum Pump Y Seal Water Inlet O2 E 9337340 15 GPU OSCE 9336120 Liquid Ring Vacuum 1 OQE 9337350 Lubricator Pump Oil Disch 20Q 9337360 Absolute Filter Pump bi 4 Inlet Flow Low Watt Density Heater Portable filtration systems Portable Purification Systems PVS 1800 Specification Flow rate 114 lpm 25 gpm Height
248. ion 25 Reservoir Equipment ocrew On Air Standard Screw On Breathers Specification Option 1 G 2 and G 0101 Construction Moulded in non corrodible glass filled nylon combining strength with a lightweight design Option 1 2 screw on type air breathers are available 91 2 G3 4 threaded base models Filtration element Expanded polyurethane foam 10 micron Seals Nitrile Working temperature 30 C to 90 C Pressurised air breathers Available in 3 pressure options to maintain a positive pressure in a reservoir Pressurisation options 0 2 0 35 and 0 7 bar crack pressure Pressure Drop Flow Curve AB98XXX Screw on Non Pressurised Pressure Drop Curves Ap PSID With Anti Splash p m Without Anti Splash 0 5 10 15 Flow l sec Air Note For pressure drop information on the Option 1 Pressurised consult Parker Filtration Option 1 G 2 G3 AB98610101 AB 98610101 UC 10 G 2 Un pressurised AB98612101 AB 98612101 UC 10 pressurised 0 2 bar AB98613101 AB 98613101 UC 10u G 2 pressurised 0 35 bar AB98617101 AB 98617101 UC 10u G 2 pressurised 0 7 bar AB98410101 AB 98410101 UC 10 G Un pressurised AB98412101 AB 98412101 UC 10 G pressurised 0 2 bar AB98413101 AB 98413101 UC 10u G pressurised 0 35 bar AB98417101 AB 98417101 UC 10 G pressurised 0 7 bar Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold hig
249. ion Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 0 40 800N Series MAX 600 l min Medium Pressure Filters 19 40 80CN series Features amp Benefits 56 bar fatigue rating Ability to provide reliable service under tough cyclic Reduced downtime due to premature eight times that of a spin on operating conditions filter failures Can be utilised in applications where high pressure Reduced costs better fit for the application filters may have been only option Diametral side seal between head Proven reliability in cyclic applications No downtime no leaks and bowl Reduced importance of bowl torque Performs with real world service Dust seal Prevents contamination from building up on bowl head threads Easier service eliminates thread galling 4OCN 2 meets automotive HF3 standard Automotive industry acceptance Satisfies specifications without need for 15CN meets automotive HF2 standard further testing and or approval Cast aluminium head Low profile lightweight and durable Less weight smaller envelop and cleaner appearance Reinforced Microglass Ill replacement Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value elements and efficiency Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Reduces downtime maximises element life performance consistent Complete performance data disclosure All pertinent information is provided in an easy
250. it bush 10 35 4 21 0 6 1 4 0 28 Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 216 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 31 Ordering Information Series 32 Product configurator MC 32 1 Single clamp 10 pairs 4001 94 76 20 95 0 1 39 07 7762 11 1 225K9 MC 32 2 Double clamp pars 4101 94 762 17101380 7 2 3 82 Kg MC 32 16 16 bay clamp 1 pair 720 1762 400 340 7682 231 39 6 7701110 3 80 Kg MC N 32 Stacking nut 50 12801716 Mio x 1 5 1 99 Kg MC S 32 Stacking stud 50 38 0 22 0 4 0 MIO x 129 0 90 Kg MC WP 32 Weld plate 10 175 201012 01 0 70 Kg MC SB 32 Standard bolt 50 MIOS 1 30 Kg MCB32MO MC B 32 MO Mounting adaptor 1 40 0 58 0 TO 0 26 Kg MC G 32 10 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 15 16 5 8 1 10 Kg MC 6 32 12 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 18 20 3 4 1 10 Kg MC G 32 16 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 25 1 1 00 Kg MC G 32 18 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 28 30 1 00 Kg MC G 32 20 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 32 84 1 1 4 0 80 Kg MC G 32 24 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 35 38 1 1 4 0 80 Kg MC G 32 32 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 50 2 0 40 Kg MCG326 MC G 32 6 Split bush 10 59 0 44 5 10 3 8 1 30 Kg MCG328 MC G 32 8 Split bush
251. ithout strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 25 Filler Breathers 6 Hole Installation Option 2 Note 1 Un pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off tank mounting holes between 04 0 and 4 4mm dependent on the material and thickness see guide below equispaced on 70 73mm PC D to suit supplied No 10 thread forming screws Note 2 Pressurised 6 hole fixing Form 6 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 4 4mm dependent on the material and thickness see guide below equispaced on 73mm P C D to suit supplied No 10 thread forming screws Note 3 Reservoir mounting guide Sheet thickness mm Hole size mm 12 4 0 20 4 10 3 15 4 30 4 0 4 30 5 0 4 40 2101 Telescopic Strainer The telescopic strainer design is ideal where reservoir depth allows to increase the surface area of the strainer improving still further its straining ability oil flow through and allowing for longer dipstick lengths 167 Option 2 6 Hole Filler Breathers Pressurised 98817011 0 10 pressurised O 7bar with 95mm strainer AB98812001 AB 98812001 UC 10u pressurised 0 2bar without strainer AB98812011 AB 98812011 UC 10 pressurised O 2bar with 95mm s
252. itrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual head ports and TSR series G2 1 6 bar Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP S2 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP S3 Pressure switch 250V 1 2 bar setting NO NC with G s S4 No indicator indicator ports L R plugged a Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Options Code Replacement Supercedes G1 BSP 2 ports one supplied as No diffuser required 1 elements plugged connection Diffuser type P without perforated plate area 937969Q FC1220 Q002 XS Diffuser with integrated hose connection on request 937970Q FC1220 Q005 XS Magnets E 937948Q FC1220 Q010 XS Diffuser type P and magnets F 937949Q FC1220 Q020 XS Other combinations on request 937971Q 1230 0002 5 Note ETF filters are standard supplied without magnets 9379720 FC1290 Q005 XS including diffuser type P 1230 0010 5 1230 0020 5 9379730 FC1240 0002 937974Q FC1240 Q005 XS Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c FC1240 Q010 XS Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 FC1240 Q020 XS efficiency based on the above beta ratio 9379750 FC1250 Q002 X3 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 937976Q FC1250 Q005 XS N A N A N A N A N A 25 A7O0RAC FC1250 Q010 X8 N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 937955 FC1250 Q020 XS N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 937977Q FC1260 Q002 XS 6 11 17 18 20 22 937978Q F
253. ks to the In to Out filter principle contaminated oil cannot leak back into the system ATZ Filters are capable of handling flow rates up to 300 l min 16 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 9 Specification Operating pressure Vacuum Assembly Suction line filter mounted horizontally against tank side Connections Threads G11 2 ISO 228 or flanges 2 SAE 300PSI Filter housing Aluminium Seal material Nitrile neoprene fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 40 to 120 C Bypass valve Blocked ATZ 120 Low pressure filters f Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved Filtration media Microglass Ill 10 cellulose and 40u Stainless Steel Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options 0 15 bar or 0 30 bar vacuum gauge 125 250VAC LI O 5A Lr 2 OA electrical vacuum switch 12 28Vac Li 1 Lr 3 OA electrical vacuum switch Features Unique check valve enabling element change below oil level Filter element Element with steel end caps AT Z 3 0 0 inr cover I Ref No Description Ref No Description 10 1 Valve support 2 1 Seal ring 3 1 Insert 12 1 O ring 4 1 O ring 13 1 V
254. l 8 to 30 Vdc Installed in active flowstream Sensor size weight material Fluid compatibility 80mm 43mm 0 1kg Aluminium Mineral oils petroleum based and IP ratings Phosphate ester IP54 Viscosity range Unlimited Installation Details 238 0 All dimensions in millimetres mm Dimensions are for reference only Thread Form Options MS150 BSPT NPT Water enters hydraulic and lubricating a 190 systems from a variety of sources Atmospheric ingression of water vapor as well as internal heat exchanger leaks create unfavorable operating conditions The MS150 Moisture oensor eliminates the guesswork by providing real time condition monitoring It is designed to work well VNPT C R A BSPT A in petroleum synthetic hydraulic and 11 0 lubricating oil applications maximum maximum 5 8 10 8 with S M E 10 7 with m 5 reamer 5 11 2 without ea vo reamer D 8 o 11 1 without reamer O 3 Tap to gauge Installation details for R 4 taper Installation details for 1 4 NPT For alternative thread forms please contact Parker Filtration Fluid condition monitoring 263 Cost Effective Moisture Detection MS150 Moisture Sensor Interpreting Data The Parker MS150 Moisture Sensor is designed to provide real time accurate and repeatable results reported as saturation of water Percent saturation is a useful measurement that offer
255. l industry or off road in the construction or earth moving industry the portability of the H2Oil makes it an essential kit for the service van or engineers tool Ordering Information Standard products table WOM9100 N A HOil includes aluminium case and kit B91701 B 91 701 Printer paper 5 rolls S840134 N A Oil delivery unit B84779 B 84 779 Datum download software B91706 B 91 706 Cable and adaptor Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 38 MS100 M5150 1 0 i T m 3 i 50 Fluid condition monitoring 257 Cost Effective Moisture Detection 5100 Moisture Sensor Features amp Benefits e Continuous online moisture indication for e M12 IP68 5 way moulded cable hydraulic and lubricating systems e 8 to 30 Vdc supply voltage e Reporting of 96 relative humidity of water e Adjustable alarm limit content giving the user information on how close to the fluids real saturation point e Reliable data on the rate of water absorption e purpose designed tee adaptor allows for easy installation into an existing fluid system e he 5100 can also be specified with a bench e Sensing cell technology using a laser trimm
256. le and 6 Hole Installation design Options Clamps 2 6 hole SCrews Option 1 Construction Moulded in non corrodible glass filled nylon combining strength with a lightweight 1 single 68mm dia hole Filler breather installation that eliminates drilled and tapped holes using self locking Filler Breather Installation that uses 6 x No 10 thread forming screws 3 3 hole filler breather utilises 3 x zinc and clear chromate plated steel Option 1 Filler Breathers Single Hole Installation Option 1 Single Hole Filler Breathers Pressurised AB 98212011 UC 10 pressurised O 2bar with 95mm strainer AB 98213011 UC 10u pressurised 0 35bar with 95mm strainer AB98212001 AB 98212001 UC 10 pressurised O 2bar without strainer AB98212021 AB 98212021 UC 10u pressurised 0 2bar with telescopic strainer AB98213001 AB 98213001 UC 10u pressurised 0 35bar without strainer AB98213021 AB 98213021 UC 10 pressurised 0 35bar with telescopic strainer AB98217001 AB 98217001 UC 10 pressurised O 7bar without strainer AB98217011 AB 98217011 UC 10 pressurised 0 7bar with 95mm strainer AB98217021 AB 98217021 UC 10u pressurised O 7bar with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability
257. lity to White blood cells Red blood cells Bacteria the naked eye Filtration of hydraulic and lubrication fluids will effectively stop particles varying in size from millimetres to 1 micron Anti friction bearings 0 5 Vane pump vane tip to other ring 0 5 1 Gear pump gear to side plate 05 95 Servo valves spool to sleeve 1 4 Hydrostatic bearings 1 25 Piston pump piston to bore 5 40 Servo valves flapper wall 18 63 Actuators 2 22 Servo valve orifice 130 450 Typical hydraulic component clearances are given as an indication only Fluid Cleanliness Level The ISO 4406 1999 standard is an important code to define the fluid cleanliness level using a solid contamination code This ISO code is determined by allocating a first scale number to the total number of particles larger than 4um allocating a second scale number to all particles larger than 6um and allocating a third scale number to the total number of particles larger than 14um In the recent past the fluid cleanliness level code was determined using the ISO 4406 1987 standard Instead of counting particles sizes 4 6 and 14um the fluid cleanliness level was determined by counting particles larger than 5 and 15um The particle size 2um was added later As a result of upgrading the ISO standards new particle sizes have been defined In general the fluid cleanliness code will not change as a result of this new standard Built up histori
258. llation details for 11 4 flowmeters see next page 8 0 FM26422322 FM 26 422 322 102 40 360 210 8 0 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 282 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 47 Flowmeters amp Monitors Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Stainless steel Features amp Benefits For flow measurement of corrosive or chemical media or in harsh locations Manufactured in stainless steel 316 Works in any plane Pressure up to 350 bar 5000 psi Flows up to 360 l min Accuracy x596 FSD Repeatability 1 FSD Direct reading Oil or water calibrated Optional reed switch upgrade 11 4 BSP option Specification Construction Stainless steel to BS 970 3165 Maximum working pressure Upto 350 bak EO ne Dr Minimum working pressure Repeatability 1 bar 190 PSI Temperature range Min scale reading Viscosity range 10 to 200 cst oil Accuracy Wetted parts Body thread adaptor Magnet encapsulation Stainless steel BS970 1 1991 20 C to 1105 6 Piston etc cone locknut 316531 Calibration Connections Stainless Steel Spring Oil Specific gravity BSP parallel threads Flow cone Stainless steel to BS 2056 EN 58J 0 856
259. low temperature oil Visual early warning with yellow LED Allows time to schedule element change Pre alarm with yellow LED and wired output Indicates upcoming element change Alarm with red LED and wired output Clear indication for element change Programmable and ATEX certified Right indicators for special applications Improved machine surveillance indicators available Typical Applications e Industrial equipment e Mobile equipment e Marine offshore applications The Parker FMU Series Differential Pressure Indicators The FMU range of filter condition indicators are designed for use on a wide range of Parker filters and suitable for competitive interchange consult Parker Filtration for details Ideal for giving accurate visual electronic or electrical feedback of filter element condition in order to facilitate effective maintenance and ensuring hydraulic systems marine mobile or industrial are protected from particulate contamination Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 Barker Specification Maximum operating pressure The differential pressure values of 420 bar 250 bar for aluminium standard indicator models Maximum differential pressure 1 2 bar 0 1 210 bar 1 5 bar 0 2 25 par 01 2 Working temperature range 5 0 bar 0 4 20 C to 485 7 0 bar 0 5 Material of housing 8 5 par 0 5 Brass aluminium or stainless steel Indicator
260. ls should be combined Installation and Application Information Simple to Install The universal fixing is designed for either front or rear fixing Just two holes in the tank threaded for front fixing and the gauge is ready to install After positioning the gauge the bolts are simply tightened to provide a secure seal There is no fear of leakage with the square section seals and the two point mounting system eliminates problems with tank distortion M10 and M12 bolt thread options are available Size 1 Ordering Information Standard products table Transparent polyamide Lens base Nylon 66 High impact polystyrene No aluminium content Maximum working pressure Working temperature Note A 500mm model with metal shroud finished in black available Recommended bolt tightening torque 10 Nm maximum Thermometer scale range 30 C to 90 C Temperature Indicator Blue alcohol Note 1 Locate seals in mounting recess before fitting 2 Select the size required by studying the installation details to determine a part number Easy to Read The high visibility lens is one piece for added security and moulded in shatterproof transparent polyamide for an accurate and clear oil level and temperature indication Further gauge protection is provided by a specially designed shroud moulded in high impact black polystyrene FL Fluid level temp 29 Fluid le
261. lus particle membrane water spectro chemical microscopic photo analysis Note Please allow 24 48 hours of laboratory time plus mailing shipping time to receive your test results Fluid condition monitoring 271 Laboratory Analysis Service Par fest Charts PAR TEST Fluid Analysis PARKER NO CLIENT NO UNIT NO OTHER Location RETURN 1000 4714 295 FILTER PUMP FLUID MANUF NUMBER COPIES 2 MANUF PARKER MODEL LINE TRUCK FLUID TYPE TYPE NUMBER 2 MICRON RATING 10NOM SAMPLE DATA LAB TAKEN CHROMIUM ALUMINIUM MANGANESE MAGNESIUM PHOSPHORUS ZINC MOLYBOENUM TITANIUM VANADIUM O CADMIUM VIS 40 C VIS 100 C VIS 212 F 30JUN89 O2JUL89 28JUL89 30JUL89 20AUG89 22AUG89 291339 233 0 25 156 244 0 VALUES EXPRESSED IN PARTS PER MILLION PPM BY WEIGHT 24 133 207 0 SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS PHYSICAL PROPERTY DATA La p ANALYSIS RECOMMENDATIONS PARTICLES PER 100 MILLILITER GREATER THAN INDICATED SIZE Se 9261 20 17 667 488 67 608 15 440 9262 19 14 315 466 12 052 2 496 9263 16 12 41 758 2 280 664 LAB 17 ERE YS pyle ES LAB LU LB SIR 0 E 9262 EXTREME LEVEL OF CONTAMINATION INDICATE POSSIBLE WEAR PROBLEMS HIGHER PRESSURE SYSTEMS gt 1500 PSI SHOULD RECEIVE IMMEDIATE FILTRATION ATTENTION SAMPLE AGAIN WITHIN 30 DAYS 9261 EXTREME LEVELS OF CONTAMINATION INDICATE POSSIBLE WEAR PROBLEMS 9263 CLEANLINESS LEVEL SUITABLE FOR MOST SYSTEMS SERVO CONTROLS HIGHER
262. lysis services may be as simple as a sample batch comparison Or a full laboratory treatment may be used to indicate the sources and quantity of contamination In either case important test results are achieved Parker offers both types of services to fit your specific needs Ordering Information Par Test laboratory fluid analysis The purchase price for the Par Test sample kit includes the pre cleaned and sealed sample bottle mailing tube with a ore addressed label sample information data sheet to be completely filled out by the end user and the complete laboratory analysis Par Test laboratory analysis service Par Test complete laboratory analysis Par Test is a complete laboratory analysis performed on a small quantity of fluid The test results are very comprehensive and can include the following critical analysis e Spectrochemical analysis of over 20 wear metals and additives e Particle count reported over five size ranges The particle count is expressed as an ISO cleanliness code It is also plotted on a graph for better comparisons e Viscosity at 40 C is reported in centistokes e Water content is expressed as a of volume Many hydraulic systems may tolerate up to 300 ppm 03 of water contamination Some bearing or lube oil systems must strictly limit water content e Analysis recommendations summarises Par Test results and indicates what action should be taken to prevent any potential problems e
263. m and in addition utilises the Guardian off line option to maintain and protect his system Contamination levels are monitored by an LCM202021 which controls the Guardians operation Result reliability and complete confidence restored Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 18 Specification Non conductive carrying handle 47 bar differential visual indicator 140 minimum element Quick access zero leakage 3 2 removal clearance 11 5 NH hose connections Removable element 1 re 208mm TT 1 a 2 a Jr FA ee Vibration isolating rubber feet 4 pls 3 4 wire reinforced flexible outlet hose 1 6m 63 inches length inlet hose 1 6m 3 4 11 5 NH hose thread outlet 63 inches length 3 4 wire reinforced flexible outlet hose 1 6m 63 inches length Motor is UL recognised amp CSA listed On off switch Le J HT 2 il M 195mm 7 68 P 1 EI 4 Inlet AT NR 51mm 2 00 pem E Outlet TT ov E 152mm 5 98 Visible amp easily cleanable inlet strainer i 394mm 4 15 577 Alternative customer selectable inlet and outlet ports plugged um LS o LS Portable filtration systems Portable Hydraulic Filtration Systems Guardian Ordering Information and Produ
264. minate the oil Depending on the requirements for system cleanliness we advise that you filter new oil before usage 3 Ingressed Contamination Systems are always under attack from contamination Unfortunately it is not possible to avoid ingressed contamination Air breathers cylinder rod seals wiper seals component seals or poorly fitted covers are a few examples of System parts that may have an important influence on the amount of ingressed contamination 4 Generated Contamination Particles generate particles This phenomenon is known as abrasion Other processes like cavitation corrosion erosion fatigue and metallic contact between moving parts generates particles and thus influences the contamination that is already present in the system Even though these processes cannot always be avoided their impact is strongly influenced by effective filtration 5 Catalytic Effect During the filter selection process attention is generally given to the removal of solid hard type contamination only The performance of hydraulic and lubrication fluids is influenced by the catalytic effect As a result of the catalytic effect the lifetime of the oil is significantly reduced Guide to contamination control 289 Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Control Lifetime of Oil Selecting the Right Oil Oils are selected based on their unique performance with regard to a Energy transf
265. n System Performance Parker s philosophy exceeds the traditional approach of protecting the system by means of filtration System matched filtration is not limited to a filter alone The process of system matched filtration is based on the correct implementation of suitable filtration products taking into account the requirements from the hydraulic or lubrication fluids system components and customer expectations Contamination Control Achieving the required system protection implicates a correct understanding of the system Today filters are selected based on several parameters like B values pressure drop and dirt holding capacity Filtration is built in safety meant to achieve and maintain the required fluid cleanliness level during a defined period This implicates a more detailed approach which can only be realised when several filtration parameters are considered Before Filtration After Filtration Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 52 Contamination amp Cleanliness Level Sizes of Contamination Filters are selected to capture contamination from hydraulic and lubrication fluids Contamination is an invisible enemy The human eye cannot see particles smaller than 40 micron For the correct understanding a comparison is given below 100 micrometers Grain of salt 70 micrometers Diameter of human hair 40 micrometers 25 micrometers 8 micrometers 2 micrometers Limit of visibi
266. n large breathers Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral oils and water oil emulsions Ordering Information Large breather dimensions Large breather filler dimensions 00834004 00834 004 1700 9r 147 1858 80 Jfa H00834001 H00834 001 1700 97 165 114 00834006 00834 006 00834005 00834 005 3000 134 198 180 36 1 2 H00834002 H00834 002 3000 184 204 114 00834007 00834 007 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will 00834003 H00834 003 3000 134 204 203 00834007 00834 007 ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 197 Notes 198 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Huid Level Measurement Fluid Level Temperature Gauges Reservoir Equipment Fluid Level Temperature Gauges Specification Construction Lens Shroud Bolts Steel Seals Nitrile 1 bar 30 to 90 C Fluid compatibility Mineral and petroleum based oils Size 1 Installation Details For through hole mounting Thread Hole size M10 M12 Preferred 11 0 15 0 13 0 14 0 For tapped holes Holes to be tapped square to mounting face Tolerance on hole centres 0 5 0 2 For welded back nuts The above detai
267. n temperature is above setting e Green LED is blinking if temperature is lower not in U12H 50 69 69 75 G9 69 active 100 69 69 Enclosure class IP65 Electrical connector DIN 43650 cable connection PG9 or optinally M12 4 pin Input supply voltage 10 to 36 Vdc Indication output max 300 mA 36 Vdc Output type N O or N C NPN or PNP Note Do not connect output terminals 1 or 2 directly without load to power Safety feature The 250 bar U14M indicator does not fit into the U14H cavity supply terminals because this will damage the equipment which is used in 420 bar filters FPUL1 Programmable Programmable Ap indicator All settings adjustable settings made via PC Connections cable and software available from Parker e 4LEDs giving visual indication e Green G Power ON e Yellow 1 Y1 Pre alarm 1 presetting 50 e Yellow 2 Y2 Pre alarm 2 presetting 75 e Red R Indication presetting 100 e two independently programmable indication outputs e can be set independently from each other and LED setting e output tyoe NPN or PNP e switching type N O or N C e setting range 0 5 10 bar e thermal lock out range 100 C e includes a microchip with memory logs number of alarms max 65535 time indication on output 1 max 1092 hours time power on running hours max 7 1 2 years upload and reset via PC Filter indicators 171 Dimensions se
268. nd 0 87 density TPR 111 450 650 Empty Housing 11 2 BSP Flow US GPM 10 13 26 39 53 66 79 92 106 119 132 145 159 172 185 198 211 E Ap bar Ap PSID mie s EEE 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 Flow l min TPR450 Filter Element Length 10 Flow US GPM 005 t6 10 185 Ap PSID 200 Flow l min 50 TPR650 Filter Element Length 11 Flow US GPM Flow l min Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe Lo Lubin biu diu FDHB200UK Section 5 Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper Series LI amp Ill Ordering Information Standard products table TPR110QLBP2EG12E TPR40 G PXWL1 10 B15 MM MA 40 TPR40 Length 1 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps 6 Magnets 937902Q PXWL1 10 TPR120QLBP2EG12E TPR40 G PXWL1 20 B15 MM MA 40 TPR40 Length 1 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps G Magnets 937904Q PXWL1 20 TPR210QLBP2EG12L PR80 G PXWL2 10 AB15 MM 80 TPR80 Length 2 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Ps 6 Aluminium funnel magnets 937903Q PXWL2 10 TPR220QLBP2EG12L TPR80 G PXWL2 20 AB15 80 TPR80 Length 2 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 6 Aluminium funnel magnets 937905Q PXWL2 20 TPR510QLBP2E2G201 TPR120 2G1 PXWL3 10 B15 MM 120 TPR120 Length 5 10 Nitrile
269. nently to a System 20 sensor via 2 meter hose assembly Supplied Typical Applications e lest rigs e Construction machinery e Industrial plant e Hydraulic equioment amp system manufacturers e Paper processing e Steel rolling mills e Military equipment application The Parker MCM20 Proven as a portable particle counter able to operate in any condition MCM20 and its principles are available to users where continuous permanent installed monitoring is required The MCM20 utilises the latest laser diode method of particle counting as per our standard LaserCM The unit is enclosed in a metal casing with access to the hydraulic connection DC input power fuse holder and PC PLC connection ports located on the front panel The internal workings are manufactured onto a removable chassis for ease of service and calibration Barker Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 37 Specification Test cycle time Variable between 30 seconds and 3 minutes Repeat test time Continuous Mode or between 30 seconds and 1440 minutes 24 Hours Principle of operation Optical scanning analysis and measurement of actual particles Particle counts 6 channels either ACFTD or MTD calibrated International codes ISO 7 22 NAS 0 12 Storage temperature 40 C to 80 C Operating temperature 5 C to 60 C hydraulic oil temperature Unit control connection Terminal protocol via RS 232 or
270. ngs hoses and tubes Key Products Pneumatic motion and control e Air preparation e Vacuum controls and sensors e Electromechanical stepper and servo motors drives and controls e Human machine interface e Electric actuators gantry robots slides and linear motors e Structural extrusion Climate amp Industrial Controls Key Products e Pressure regulators e Check ball and service valves e Value added systems e Thermostatic and expansion valves e Electronic controllers e Contaminant controls Heating air conditioning hose e Gerotors 6 Key Products e Hydraulic lubrication and coolant filters Process chemical water and microfiltration filters e Compressed air and gas purification filters e Condition monitoring e Analytical gas generators Nitrogen hydrogen and zero air generators e Engine air fuel oil filtration and systems Fluid Connectors Key Products e Rubber and thermoplastic hose e Industrial hose e Tube fittings and adaptors e Tubing and plastic fittings e Brass fittings and valves e Hose couplings e Quick disconnects one gt gt gt Key Products e Hydraulic cylinders and accumulators e Hydraulic valves and controls e Hydraulic motors and pumps e Power take offs e Hydraulic systems Instrumentation Key Products Medium high pressure fittings and valves Instrumentation fittings valves manifolds and regulators e High purity fittings valves an
271. nk under the oil level Significant reduction of oil foaming Multiple ports availability Flexibility related to suction and return line More compact solutions can be realised hose s arrangement The use of manifold blocks can be avoided Easy to integrate with cooler circuit Typical Applications Mobile equipment with both open and closed hydraulic circuits For exemple e Road sweepers e Road rollers e Fork lift trucks e Loading shovels e Telescopic handlers e Dump trucks e Skid steers e Agricultural harvesting machines e Mini excavators The Parker Filtration Tank Top Mounted Suction amp Return Line Filters A tank top mounted return filter capable of feeding filtered oil under positive pressure to the suction side of the boost pump thereby filtering both open and closed loop oil systems through one filter The Type SR2 uses the patented LEIF elements for environmentally friendly filtration and offering protection against the use of pirate elements Several options including integrated suction strainer and dipstick are available Optional strainer Filtered oil supply to charge pump gt a Return oil Separator plate with 1 7 bar bypass Filtered oil at 0 5 bar pressure Green LEIF filter element flow direction out to in Filtered oil return to tank Valve assembly 0 5 bar back pressure valve with integrated anti cavitation valve Parker Hannifin
272. nsors Higher with single point sampler consult Parken e Data entry allows individual equipment footprint record e Data graphing selectable via the integral printer Working conditions LaserCM will operate with the system working normally e Auto 300 test cycle logging via LCD handset input Computer compatibility Interface via RS232 connection e RS232 serial port computer interface 9600 baud rate e Limit level output to control peripheral equipment such as off line filtration via internal relay limit switches e Auto testing allows for the conducting of automatic sequencing tests on flushing systems for example e Optional bar code swipe wand to allow handset data loading e Worldwide service and technical support e Special diagnostics are incorporated into the LaserCM microprocessor control to ensure effective testing e Routine contamination monitoring of oil systems with LaserCM saves time and saves money e Contamination monitoring is now possible while machinery is working LaserCM saves on production downtime Typical Applications e Construction machinery e Industrial plant e Hydraulic equipment amp system manufacturers e Research amp testing institutes e Offshore amp power generation e Marine e Military equipment applications Parker LaserCM Portable Particle Counter With 15 years experience in manufacturing the world s best selling white light portable particl
273. nsult Parker Hannifin Scaling factors 1096 to 10096 range Fully adjustable Lamp intensity 4mcd each Front viewing Polarised Weight 2901118 PBG8341A DDU1001 DDU1002 The MS100 Moisture Sensor has a maximum cable length of 10 meters before the output starts to degrade The MS100 extension box boosts all the outputs from the MS100 Moisture Sensor This enables the outputs to go another 10 meters Features e P6 rated container 120mm x 100mm x 60mm e Integrated 10 meter PVC cable already fitted e Complete with wall mounting kit e No additional power supply required e Universal box means it can be positioned in any orientation 260 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 39 Ordering Information Standard products table moisture sensors MS100 1P MS100 1 4 BSP with bonded seal p MS100 5P MS100 16 18UNF 2A SAE J514 p MS1002P MS100 2P MS100 1 4 BSP with integral seal E MS1003P MS100 3P MS100 Boeri E MS1004P MS100 4P MS100 NET B MS1006P MS100 6P MS100 Handheld version P MS1007P MS100 7P MS100 Inline tee version Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Standard products table accessories panel displays P 9732PVC 02 2 meter M1
274. ntegrated indicator Compact and robust durable construction Easy identification of element status High quality paint for canisters Long term protection against corrosion Improved protection of filter medium Spin on filters available for suction Flexible product offering Standardisation of components and return line filtration High quality filter medium Filter medium suitable for fatigue load due to Extended element life time high frequent flow fluctuation Typical Applications e lelescopic handlers e Refuse vehicles e Road sweepers e Compactors e Industrial power units e Grass cutters e Press brakes The Parker Filtration Maxiflow Full Flow Filters for Suction or Return Size 1 and 2 Maxiflow Filters feature two integral red green indicators incorporated into the head casting design Fitted as standard they ensure maximum indicator visibility and early warning of filter condition Size 3 Maxiflow features one integral indicator 70 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 8 Specification Maximum working pressure Filter head material Filter bowl material Seal material Operating temperature range Bypass Fluids Element media Installation Details MXA 8 MXA 9 f Minimum for removal 2 mounting holes amp CN 1 Filter selection To select the correct filter use the appropriate pressure drop graphs For details and an example of ho
275. number selection will require DC55B17K DC 55 B17K 21 0 626 ins 2 31 ins you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 212 Parker Hannifin UK Limited Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Vlulticlamp Reservoir equipment 213 Pipe Clamp System Vlulticlamp When only the best Clamping System will do specify Multiclamp Multiclamp is a system A system of components each one engineered to a high standard that together build to provide effective all purpose pipework clamping Multiclamp offers creative and cost effective environmental benefits to the system designer and installer Creating accurate runs of Secure Multiclamp installations ensure a leak free noise free and vibration free system The neat design of pipe line runs offers easy maintenance of machinery and plant equipment Visual planning of line runs is straightforward with Multiclamp accurate installations can be achieved without skilled labour keeping costs down and quality up Planning with Multiclamp These notes have been compiled to assist in planning your Multiclamp system Multiclamp offers considerable flexibility For example it can fit in with a factory installation that is being built in phases Should a last minute change in pipe diameter occur during installation an alternative rubber bush is likely to be all that is required Not a complete and expensive re think of the installation Multiclamp m
276. o B ISO 16889 particle size um c Housing port size 02QE 05QE 10QE 20QE Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 15CN 1 G1 10 30 50 80 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Metal free 15CN 2 G1 30 70 80 100 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Ecoglass Ill 40CN 1 G11 2 60 120 180 260 N A N A N A N A N A 45 02QE 40CN 2 91 80 200 280 320 N A N A 45 5 6 7 05QE 80CN 1 G2 150 300 370 420 N A 6 25 9 10 12 10QE 80CN 2 G2 180 420 530 600 6 11 17 18 20 22 20QE Fluoroelastomers are available under various registered trademarks Please note the bolded options reflect standard options with a reduced lead time of 4 weeks or less Consult Parker Filtration on all other lead time options 88 including Viton a registered trademark of DuPont and Fluorel a registered trademark of 3M Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 10 45 45 Series Medium Pressure Filters A5M 45M Eco Series Features amp Benefits Cast iron head steel bowl Can be used in applications where aluminium is not allowed Approved for engine rooms and mines Rugged construction Reliable filtration in all conditions Reinforced Microglass Il Multi layered design produced high capacity replacement elements and efficiency Great performance value Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Heliable performance throughout element life Reduces downt
277. o GND on alarm Test Ground to operate Body Connected to ground Fluid types Water based fluids compatible with brass PTFE and flurosilicone Construction Body Brass Probe Terminals SAE CA210 brass tin plated Seals Flurosilicone e Connector 3096 glass filled nylon 6 Environmental ratings Max pressure 5 0 bar 72 Temp ranges Fluid 40 C to 130 C Ambient 40 C to 100 C 14 NPTF Storage 50 C to 140 C Y NPTF or 1 2 BSPT Sealing IP67 thread Vibration 6g 10 50Hz 600 3000rpm Shock 50g 6 3mS Weight 53g Ordering Information Standard products table CLS46 Capacitive fluid level sensor CLS46Connector Capacitive fluid level sensor connector Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 205 uia Power Products Hydraulic system protection from Parker is further confirmed with a quality range of fluid power products that include suction strainers check valves pressure gauges and a pipe clamping system that will ensure secure pipe installations For information on Parker Filtration products and technology Tel 44 0 1924 487000 Fax 44 0 1924 487001 Email filtrationinfo parker com Barker Strainers Reservoir equipment 207 Reservoir Equipment
278. obust having been developed and tested extensively in industry applications where space is a restriction Dataflow Compact with its Grilamid body and BSP connections can be installed almost anywhere and once installed will give accurate and reliable output signalling Ordering Information Standard products table ESL o DFC 9000100 Dataflow compact transmitter Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Flowmeters amp monitors Flowmeters amp Monitors Flowline Oil and Water Calibrated Flowmeters Brass Version Specification Construction Brass body to BS 2874 CZ114 Maximum working pressure Up to 350 bar Minimum working pressure 1 bar Temperature range Brass 20 C to 90 C Calibration Oil Specific gravity 0 856 20 C Water Specific gravity 1022206 Features amp Benefits Works in any plane Pressure up to 350 bar 5000 psi Flows up to 360 l min Accuracy 5 FSD Repeatability 1 FSD Direct reading Relatively insensitive to viscosity changes Oil or water calibrated Optional reed switch upgrade 1 4 1 2 and 3 4 BSP thread options Viscosity range 10 to 200 cSt oil Accuracy oo ee DE Repeatability 1 ge BI Min scale reading 1096 FSD Connections BSP pa
279. ode Element media Glass fibre Length 1 2 media 5 media 10 media 20 media Length 2 Microglass element 02Q Box 4 Box 6 Box 5 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Indicator Code Nitrile No indicator port N 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Fluoroelastomer V Visual indicator M4 When fiter includes a bypass valve but not an indicator Electrical indicator T2 code denotes bypass setting Electrical indicator with red lamp 28 Vdc N O T3 Electrical indicator with red lamp 110 VAC N O T4 Electrical indicator with red lamp 250 VAC N O Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Options Code Media Length 1 Length 2 Thread G 11 2 G24 Standard 020 9390600 9390640 Thread G 2 552 Reverse flow valve 3 05Q 939061Q 939065Q Thread SAE 24 S24 10Q Thread SAE 32 S32 207 93906 SAE flange 11 2 6000 F24 0 SAE flange 11 2 6000 M H24 SAE flange 2 6000 SAE flange 2 6000 M H32 Filter port size 02Q 05Q 10Q 20Q 100P 1 11 2 540 600 700 800 1008202 700 840 920 1000 Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 123 123 123 Item is standard Item is standard with green options Item is semi standard Item is non standard Note Standard items are in stock semi standard items are available within four weeks Seal kit nitrile order code 8069000070 Mounting clamp order code 84 47 265 01 Average filtrati
280. oir equipment 179 Comes with HC73 6 hole fixing mounting EAB20 Optional indicator Dre IM Holes for locking Air flow 4 Q 1500 l min max Optional overpressure valve d Optional mounting holes G4 i 54 or G1 Strainer 94 Comes with HC73 6 x 60 04 or 5 6 mounting holes HC73 G1 external GE16 B Gs external GE12 P Le G internal GS12 Reservoir Equipment FAB Series Ordering Information Standard products table EAB20PO20HC73 V2 N A N A N A EAB20PO20HC73 A N A Product configurator 2u abs polyester 1 5u abs water resistant 1 0u abs glass fibre 6 hole fixing Gs external thread G1 external thread 93 4 internal thread M33 x 2 external thread Replacement elements 2u abs polyester 1 5u abs water resistant 1 0p abs glass fibre Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 180 No overpressure valve No indicator Vacuum pressure 0 2 bar gauge Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Reservoir Equipment ABL Ser
281. on beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III N A N A N A N A N A 8 020 4 5 5 6 7 N A 6 9 9 9 10 12 6 11 17 18 20 22 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability High pressure filters 113 Notes 114 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK 18 28 38P series MAX 700 I min 414 bar High pressure filters MS High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Features amp Benefits Fatigue tested to full pressure rating Strong and robust housing for heavy duty applications Reliable and continuous operation both in mobile and industrial applications Several head sizes Optimised sizing Efficient filtration Covers wide flow range Several connection options Easy mounting Global design global acceptance Right filter for each application Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and efficiency Great performance value Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Reliable performance throughout
282. ons Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 2 bar or 5 0 0 4 bar visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Weights kg Model Length 1 Length 2 4 2 SN 28P 9 2 38P 15 8 203 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration M8 x 1 25 52 26 75 24 98 40 20 80 40 55 110 x12 1 26 1 02 2 95 0 94 3 86 1551 0 79 3 15 Gerd 2416 SE deep M10 x 1 5 40 29 93 24 100 120 55 27 5 90 45 62 124 x11 eon 1 14 3 66 0 94 3 94 4 72 2 16 GEO 3 54 2 44 4 88 deep M10 x 1 5 44 35 128 36 160 50 25 120 60 81 162 x12 RS 1 38 5 04 1421 6 30 1 97 0 98 4 72 286 3 19 6 38 deep 18P 28P EM A Length 1 A Length 1 Torque 80 95 N A Length 1 Torque UE E EON A Length 2 60 70 fils 22 27Nm Mer 15 20 ft Ibs Hex E Hex E Bowl removal F mm inches T MEN 1 EI F LT 4 boni La mr i 1 4 mounting holes P 4 mounting holes P 4 mounting holes P High pressure filters 117 High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Series Flange Face Details OG F SAE Thread E metric Model mm inches 11 9 23 8 29 4 50 8 19 0 M10 x 1 5 6H x 18 Deep
283. operating pressure 414 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses O 414 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded internally or flange faced Connection style Model 18 25P 38P BSPF G 3 4 1 ae aon SAE 12 16 20 24 ISO 6149 27 M33 M42 M48 Flange SAE 6000 3 4 7 s Flange SAE 6000 M 3 4 11 4 6000 M is SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 C to 100 C Bypass valve amp indicator settings Table below gives bypass valve and corresponding indicator setting Bypass Indicator 3 9 Dar 2 5 bar 7 0 bar 5 0 bar Model Filter element Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 High collapse elements to be used when no bypass function in filter housing Microglass Ill media supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh on upstream and stainless steel on downstream end cap material steel Strong metal inner core Collapse rating 210 bar ISO 2941 Indicator opti
284. operators of industrial and mobile machinery who recognise the benefits of installing System 20 in a hydraulic system the System 20 hand held analogue monitor offers significant advantages particularly in intrinsically safe applications Like the System 20 electronic the analogue monitor is completely portable and can be connected immediately to a purpose designed inline System 20 sensor but requires no power source The analogue monitor will then provide the user with an accurate and repeatable analysis of system flow pressure and temperature without having to stop the machine Designed as a sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment analogue monitors are suitable for use with all mineral oils water oil emulsions and water The lightweight monitor has 3 dayglo dial gauges and features a protective hinged cover The flow scale features double scale calibration up to 100 l min and 380 l min and has excess flow and reverse flow indication Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 Electronic Monitor Specification Construction A sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment Body moulding in Acrylonitrile Butadene Styrene ABS Key pad moulded in silicon rubber The monitor is suitable for use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions LCD details Flow section The analogue flow scale has reverse flow and overflow indication and provides a percent
285. ot an indicator Electronic 4 LED NPN N C FA code denotes bypass setting Box 7 Box 8 Connections Code Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Options Code Thread G 1 S S S x Standard Sass Thread G 1 1 4 S S S S No bypass 2 Thread G 1 X S S S SAE flange 1 1 2 3000 M R24 x X x Availability S standard product x non standard ask for availability Media Length 1 Length 2 Length 3 Length 4 Filter length Media G16 G20 G24 amp R24 02Q 938960Q 938964Q 938968Q 938972Q Length 1 02Q 02QE 80 80 80 05Q 938961Q 938965Q 938969Q 938973Q 05Q 05QE 120 120 120 10Q 10QE 140 150 150 20Q 20QE 160 180 200 O2QE 938976Q 938980Q 938984Q 938988Q Length 2 02Q 02QE 180 150 170 05QE 938977Q 938981Q 938985Q 938989Q 05Q 05QE 150 170 190 Je 938978Q 938982Q 938986Q 938990Q 10Q 10QE 170 200 230 20QE 938979Q 938983Q 938987Q 938991Q 20Q 20QE 190 220 250 Length 3 02Q 02QE 150 170 190 05Q 05QE 170 190 210 10Q9 10QE 190 210 230 20Q 20QE 200 230 250 Length 4 02Q 02QE 170 190 210 05Q 05QE 180 210 230 TOQ TOOE 190 220 240 20Q 20QE 200 230 260 Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx Disposable Metal free 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Microglass III Ecoglass III VA Ne Ne we
286. ox 8 ser 8 oco B s E are 4 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 BGT Housing Code Element Glass fibre 3 390 l min Microglass III for disposable elements 3 500 l min pe Cellulose Ecoglass III for Leif elements Wire mesh 4 600 l min 13 Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20u media Abs rating 4 800 l min 14 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W 4 1000 l min 15 LEIF element 02QL 05QL 10QL 20QL 4 1500 l min 16 4 2000 l min Te 4 2400 l min 18 Box4 Box 5 Box 6 Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar B Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual port head and TSR series G2 1 5 bar E Neoprene N Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 51 2 0 bar for BGT 3 series H Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP S2 Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP S3 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s S4 Pressure switch 220V NO NC with M10 S5 No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port R plugged No indicator indicator ports L R plugged po Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Note For all dual head ports for BGTS apply G s connection for indicators Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Options Code H cue
287. p 125Vac 5 wloz 3 250113 8 250Vac 3 1 2 151108 Q 5 5 8Vdc 5 2 5 4 3 20 10 Pin 14Vdc 5 2 4 4 3 30Vdc 4 2 27122 3 125Vdc 0 4 0 05 OA I OA 0 05 250 66 0 2 0 03 0 2 I 0 2 0 03 FMUMS Visual Auto Reset FMUM Visual Manual Reset Red colour visible when U14M model indicator on U14H model Operation U12H model R type push Operation BET 004 here for reset Hed colour visible when indicator on Note Only FPUM3 visual auto reset available E for models U14M and U14H FMUM 1 not mm EN available E 218 83 70 06 7 8 14UNF 2A Low pressure T High pressure 919 78 70 06 7 8 14UNF 2A Low pressure 3 4 16 UNF 2A Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 23 FMUF Electronic Contact configuration U12H model NPN as DE ey d e Rotating part 360 98 105 105 NO 2C i Load DUS 32 o2 aem E 16 2 019 78 018 83 max300mA Green LED x 0 05 E 0106 0 06 Yellow LED s 3 4 16 7 8 14 7 8 14 g UNF 2A UNF 2A UNF 2A PNP Red LED L 23 ile oe WES a EI PNP 1 drieed High pressure LD Normally Eze 7 LIH N O T a Low pressure 1 max 300 mA U14H model Thermal lock out standard setting 20 C e Indicator operates only whe
288. particle size um c Code 2 10 75 100 200 1000 N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 Q010 6 11 7 18 20 22 Q020 Optional second return port Alternative position for indicators 4 holes 211 0 on a 165 PCD Tank hole cutout J K square Minimum oil level Dimensions mm inches Type SRI 98 55 310 29 75 26 25 ia 92 8 385 3 7510 76 105 72 3 86 2 17 12 2 1 02 0 98 2 87 3 65 15 17 295to02 99 4 13 2 83 142 64 380 81 45 36 100 er 440 10110103 145 81 Type SR2 5 59 2 52 14 96 3 19 den 1142 3 94 5 39 17 32 898t04 06 5 71 3 19 Element removal distance for dimension C 56 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 6 Indicator Details Protective cover rii i Eta Normally open contacts e m t j H Normally closed contacts e 24 NF E e qo G s BSP Mioxt 8 Principles of Operation Suction Return Series filter This one filter assembly is designed to carry out two specific functions 1 Filter system return line oil 2 Supply filtered oil under positive pressure to the closed loop hydrostatic circuits Principles of operation 1 Return oil from both the open and closed circuits is fed into the Suction Return Series Filter at port R 2 The filtered oil is maintained at a nominal 0 5 bar by the unique back pressure valve assembly an
289. pe 42mm nominal 2 N Left hand side L Swivel type 55mm nominal 2 1 2 W Swivel type SAE 3 S standard steel tanks G2 Female BSP ISO 228 to be specified G2 1 2 Female BSP ISO 228 to be specified G2 Female ball valve manual operated to be specified G2 1 2 Female ball valve manual operated to be specified Box 5 Box 7 Filter Qmax Code Tank air filter type Code ETF410QBP2FG164 120 ETF4 IP65 breather only IP65 MF DEEP ER 230 Flange mounted style compact design 2 72 250 EAB10 250 SRL22 EAB20 E20 Note Refer to the relevant product information to compose the required filter Anti splash style filter threaded connection configuration ABL1 ABL1 ABL2 ABL2 Note filter codes are based on B c 102200 glass fibre elements other degrees of filtration are standard available Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02Q 02QL N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05Q 05QL N A 6 9 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 6 ii Iy 18 20 22 20Q 20QL Highlights Key Denotes part number availability 192 Item is standard 123 Item is standard with green options 123 Item is semi standard 123 Item is non standard Note Standard items are
290. pecific requirements relating to styling Despite the compact design of Parker tank top mounted filters and air filters these parts can influence aspects related to styling or cabin accessibility This concept is ideal for applications where space is at a premium Parker Filtration s unique all in one design where the return line filter and air filter are both located under one cover is a concept that offers great possibilities related to tank styling The high quality of the co polymer material ensures a long term stability of the chosen colour This all in one design features the IN AGB type return line and integrated air filter with labyrinth The labyrinth prevents oil leakage through the air filter The connection s for return line s and filler port are integrated in the tank This avoids having to have hydraulic hoses placed on top of the tank Environmentally friendly Parker considers care for the environment as a social obligation The environmentally friendly LEIF element Low Environmental Impact Filter is applied to the return line filters and breathers type ABL and EAB What makes this element so special is that the metal sleeve can be re used As a result this filter element component no longer ends up in the waste disposal only the contaminated filter medium is disposed of as chemical waste With LEIF filter elements the disposal and processing cost may be reduced by as much as 5096 The LEIF concept safegu
291. pplied Breather Units Small Breather 3 Un pressurised 3 hole fixing Form 3 off tank mounting holes between 24 0 and 24 4 equispaced on 41 3 PC D to suit No 10 thread forming screws supplied Ordering Information O35 Pup B H00279001 H00279 001 Small breather 7 BSPT thread Specification H00279002 00279 002 Small breather BSPT thread 00279003 00279 003 Small breather BSPT thread 22 Three size 4 3 3 BSPT 1 2 BSPT Reservoir equipment 193 Reservoir Equipment Lockable Filler Breather Installation Details Tank Mounting Tank mounting hole SET 3 off equispaced clamps Stand Pipe Mounting 2 locking screws threaded type at positions X and Y 3 locking screws push on type at positions X Y and Z Flap to protect lock Lockable Filler Breather Selection Total assembly pressure drop flow curve 10p elements Flow US GPM 0 132 264 394 528 0 06 7 0 87 0 04 Va 0 58 a 2 5 4 0 02 Pa 0 29 0 C 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Flow l min Ordering Information Non breathing No element Clamp mounting with strainer 10 element G2 thread with strainer 10 element clamp mounting with strainer 10 vented air in push on mounting with strainer LFC622122 Non breathing No element 2 BSP thread with strainer LFC622222 10 element G2 2 thread with strainer LFC622411 10 vented air in
292. r fuel and oil filtration equipment into one broad based range that NT NM protection for engines operating covers many markets and most applications any environment anywhere as detailed here in the world Racor Fuel Conditioning amp Filtration System Contamination Monitoring On line dynamic particle analysis off line bottle sampling and fluid analysis and measurement of water content polluting the oil in a system All important and achievable cost effective solutions available to equipment manufacturers and end users alike Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Control Products Contents Filtration and Reservoir Products 1 Low pressure filters ETF Series Tanktop mounted filters Previously 1200 5 TTF Series Tanktop mounted filters 11 BGT Series Tanktop mounted filters 21 IN AGB Series In tank mounted filters dO Tanktopper Series Il amp Ill Tanktop mounted with integrated air breather 45 Suction Return Series Suction and return filters 53 Co polymer and steel reservoir solutions 61 Maxiflow Series Spin on filters 69 ATZ Series Suction filters 75 2 Medium pressure filters 15 40 80CN Series 81 45M 45M Eco Series Previously 1145 89 130 Eco Series Previously 1300 95 3 High pressure filters 15P 30P Series 103 100P Series Previously H600 and H1000 109 18 28 38P Series 115 70 70 Eco Series Pr
293. r Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 2 Specification Operation pressure Max 10 bar Assembly Tank top mounted Connections Threaded BSP ports Flanged ports on request Manifold filter head tyoe TSR on request available for flows up to 250 l min Filter housing Aluminium head and cover Seal material Nitrile fluoroelastomer neoprene Operation temperature range 40 to 120 C Bypass setting Opening pressure O 8 1 5 or 2 bar Other settings on request Degree of filtration Determined by multipass test according to ISO 16889 Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimum fatigue life is achieved TTF e 9 6 8 a eg Type 1 125 2 170 2 230 2 300 2 400 2 500 Low pressure filters 13 1 60 1 90 1 120 Filtration media Microglass and Ecoglass III for elements Also available 10um cellulose and 40um stainless steel mesh Element collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Pressure indicator options Setting 0 7 or 1 2 bar Other settings on request Visual pressure gauge Electrical pressure switch Options Diffuser with and without type P perforated flow area for optimum flow path in the reservoir Magnetic pack Standard Filling port in cover optional Plugged Filter element LEIF element with reusable metal element sleeve Optional conventional style element with steel
294. r example if the typical application uses 41cSt fluid So we report at 41cSt to give typical field application capacity and 15cSt for competitive comparisons But keep in mind when comparing you still have to consider flow rate What it all means You deserve to know how an element will work for you in your applications So we test and report our data in such a way that it helps you predict element performance and life Be wary of claims that say this element holds one litre or 5 litres of water What was the test flow rate fluid viscosity bypass valve setting Was it run as a single pass or multipass test Rely on Parker to give you the facts and data you need Our goal is to better protect your systems and components and we start up front by telling you what you need to know Is there any other way to do business Add it all up Broad selection competitive prices off the shelf availability on time delivery high efficiency filter media reduced system contaminant and longer component life When you add it all up we think you ll agree Conversion Factors mg l 0 00009 pom 0 0001 ml 120 ce gallons 4 54 litres Typical Saturation Points Hydraulic 300 0 03 Lubrication 400 0 04 Transformer 50 0 005 Parker Par Gel water removal filter elements are available in these standard Parker filter housings 40CN 1 Single 40CN 2 Double 931
295. r hub pilot bored 1 2 Latter only supplied with grub screw Reservoir equipment 211 Reservoir Equipment Drive Couplings Model DC 28 Ordering Information DC 28 M16 16 0mm 5 0mm 18 4mm DC 28 M19 19 0mm 6 0mm 21 9mm DC 28 M20 20 0mm 6 0mm 22 9mm DC 28 M22 22 0mm 6 0mm 24 9mm DC 28 M24 24 0mm 8 0mm 27 5mm DC 28 M25 25 0mm 8 0mm 28 5mm DC 28 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 31 5mm DCR 28 PB N A 8 0mm N A 10 259 N A N A N A Range DC28M10 DC 28 M10 10 0mm 3 0mm 11 5mm from 0 259Kg DC28M11 DC 28 M11 11 0mm 4 0mm 12 9mm to 0 411Kg DC28M14 DC 28 M14 14 0mm 5 0mm 16 4mm DC28M18 DC 28 M18 18 0mm 6 0mm 20 9mm DC28B03K DC 28 B03K 7 16 0 125 ins 0 50 ins DC28B04K DC 28 B04K 1 2 0 125 ins 0 57 ins DC28B05K 55 2 9 30 5I 5 8 0 188 ins O72 ins DC28B06K DC 28 B06K 3 4 0 188 ins 0 84 ins DC28B07K DC 28 B07K 7 8 0 250 ins 0 99 ins DC28B08K DC 28 B08K 1 0 250 ins ee ins DC28B09K DC 28 B09K 11 8 0 313 ins 1 24 ins Model DC 42 DC 42 M25 25 0mm 8 0mm 28 5mm DC 42 M28 28 0mm 8 0mm 31 5mm DC 42 M30 30 0mm 8 0mm 33 5mm DC 42 M35 35 0mm 10 0mm 38 5mm DC 42 M38 38 0mm 10 0mm 41 5mm DC 42 M42 42 0mm 12 0mm 45 5mm PER PB N A 12 0mm N A BELE N A N A N A DC42M18 DC 42 M18 18 0mm 6 0mm 20 9mm DC42M19 DC 42 M19 19 0mm 6 0mm 21 9mm Ran
296. rallel threads Wetted non wetted parts Consult Parker for information Note To add an electrically operated reed switch to your flowmeter please order B 26307 Ordering Information Oil Standard products table FM 26 122 212 1 4 0 5 4 5 550 22 29 19 123 F 32 0 4 FM 26 122 312 1 4 1 9 350 32 29 19 123 7 32 0 4 FM 26 222 112 1 2 2 20 350 41 38 32 16515 12 5 46 0 9 FM 26 222 212 1 5 5 46 350 41 38 92 1655 125 46 0 9 FM 26 322 112 3 4 51555 350 58 46 43 190 16 58 IS 522 212 3 4 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 IS FM26122112 FM 26 122 112 1 4 0 2 2 0 350 92 29 19 123 32 0 4 FM26422112 FM 26 422 112 11 4 20 180 210 8 0 FM26422212 FM 26 422 212 ve 30 270 210 For intallation details for 1 flowmeters see next page 8 0 FM26422312 FM 26 422 312 11 4 40 360 210 8 0 Ordering Information Water Standard products table FM 20 222 122 VE 2 20 350 41 38 32 1695 12 5 46 0 9 FM 26 222 222 1 2 5 46 350 41 38 32 165 5 125 46 0 9 EM26 322 122 3 4 b 55 250 58 46 43 190 16 58 S FM 26 322 222 3 4 10 110 350 58 46 43 190 15 58 1 45 FM26122122 26 122 122 Va 0 2 2 0 550 2 29 19 128 32 0 4 FM26122222 FM 26 122 222 Va 0 5 4 5 350 22 29 19 123 32 0 4 FM26122322 FM 26 122 322 1 4 1 9 350 32 29 19 128 n 32 0 4 FM26422122 FM 26 422 122 11 4 20 180 210 8 0 FM26422222 FM 26 422 222 11 30 270 210 For inta
297. ransfer at a controlled rate CE Typical Applications e Fluid transfer e Offline reservoir clean up e Injection moulding machines e Royal navy surface fleet systems e Paper mills e Industrial equipment e Mobile equipment e Marine system support The Parker Filtration Guardian portable filtration systems Guardian is a portable filtration system with two main functions to ensure that new dirty fluid often contaminated during handling is delivered to the system at a specific cleanliness and to permit periodic clean up of existing fluid to original condition Application Example A hydraulic system reservoir had become heavily contaminated and the hydraulic system was in danger of a catastrophic failure from particulate and water contamination These contaminants were introduced from various points airborne wear and introduction of new dirty fluids The Guardian filtration system was installed into the hydraulic systems reservoir and run completely off line for a period of time until acceptable contamination levels were achieved This off line attachment allowed the hydraulic system to continue operating without costly downtimes Additionally a Water Removal WR Element was also fitted to the Guardian which radically reduced the water contamination within the entire system This customer will only now introduce new fluids into his hydraulic application by using the Guardian filtration syste
298. ration products As a result of the many acquisitions we have made over the past 10 years it became clear to us that there was a need to standardise on a clear format for our part numbers Accordingly in this new catalogue you will find the new part number system with a product configurator and a supercedes reference relating to previous part numbers issued in earlier editions of our generic catalogues In the event that the previous reference you have is not shown in this catalogue could we ask you to please contact our Epic Centre details of which are on the back cover of this catalogue For additional information and an example explained turn to page 2 BSP posts offered in this catalogue conform to 150228 Supply chain management service and support Parker is addressing operation efficiency by expanding the Systematic approach called Lean Manufacturing Value stream analysis flow manufacturing reduced set ups manufacturing cell flexibility and fool proofing systems are all contributing to the continuous improvement in our manufacturing sites Lean is also expressed in our premier customer service and second to none customer partnerships in supply chain management Engineering and manufacturing excellence Parker Filtration s Filter Division Europe FDE manufacturing focus is driven by a number of key elements that affect all areas of the business People productivity customer satisfaction production throughput q
299. re drop flow curve Oil Viscosity 30 cSt Relative density 0 856 Flow US GPM 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 1 0 14 5 11 6 8 7 JA 10 j amp te 5 8 13 29 o 160 Flow l min R 76115 IL761251 251 1 Water 125 0 5 R 76125 Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 30 Reservoir Equipment Drive Couplings Technical Data Materials To select coupling model check application to establish Coupling halves running load condition Sintered Steel Check chart for factor F and apply factor F to Rating of Sleeve coupling formulae This answer you now apply to Rating 100 Nylon 66 rev min below Max temp sleeve It is advisable always to check shaft sizes being used on 83 C application and check with dimension H Factor F Application Electric motor Petrol diesel engine Uniform load 1 00 1 20 Medium shock 1 25 1 50 Heavy shock 175 2 00 HP of application x 100 x F rev min of application Rating of coupling Installation Details Hub withdrawal clearance Sectioned detail mu rare s T Ea Grub screw position 104 0 84 0 28 0 7 0 5000 1 32 1 75 0 75 42 0 90 0 60 0
300. re information e Customised demonstration software for MCM operation e Full graphic display e Visual indication of limit parameters Standard products table 2 N A MTD calibrated mineral CM202022HS MCM20 2022 HS MTD calibrated mineral with handset MCM202021 N A ACFTD calibrated mineral MCM202021HS MCM20 2021 HS ACFTD calibrated mineral with handset MCM202061 N A ACFTD calibrated aggressive MCM202062 N A MTD calibrated aggressive MCM202061HS MCM20 2061 HS ACFTD calibrated aggressive with handset MCM202062HS MCM20 2062 HS MTD calibrated aggressive with handset B94106 B 94 106 Handset blue B94107 B 94 107 Handset red B94802 B 94 802 2m mineral hose assembly B94801 B 94 801 2m aggressive hose assembly Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 252 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 37 201 Water in Oil Monitor Fluid Condition Monitoring OI Water in Oil Monitor Features amp Benefits Water monitoring is now possible while machinery is working H Oil saves on production downtime Totally portable can be used easily in the field without the need for mains power as well as in the laboratory Connects into system at pressures up to 420 b
301. rformance Why the discrepancies Water removal media capacity is the result of the interplay of four variables flow rate viscosity bypass setting and the media itself Here s an example two identical elements testing the same fluid varying only the flow rate Element A Element A Flow rate 11 lom 38 lpm Viscosity 15 Cot Cot Test capacity 425 ml 360 ml This is a 15 reduction in capacity due to changing only the flow rate Now look at what happens when the test flow rate is the same and the viscosity is changed Element B Element B Flow rate 76 lpm 76 lom Viscosity 40 cSt JS eel Test capacity 250 ml 550 ml Twice the capacity can be achieved just by manipulating the test viscosity Naturally having a lower bypass valve setting limits the capacity Since the life of the element is measured in pressure drop using higher bypass valve settings will increase apparent life all other conditions equal We recommend 1 7 bar bypass valves to get adequate life from Par Gel filter elements Capacity also depends on the media itself That s why Parker spent two years researching the media used in Par Gel filter elements We tested all known media and worked closely with our suppliers to achieve maximum water absorbency 164 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 22 Specification How we report Our goal is to give our customers usable data Why show test results at a lower viscosity 13cSt fo
302. ring Information Standard products table SIM 6211 110 Oil l min Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F STM6611110 SIM 66112170 Oil US GPM Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F STM6211120 SIM6211 120 Water l min Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F STM6611120 SIM 6611 120 Water US GPM Dual scale bar PSI Dual scale C F Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Accessories P653607 Monitor and sensor carrying case P653106 Metal sensor protective cap 248 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 36 MCM20 ee m NE AUTOREMOTE Fluid condition monitoring 249 Autoremote Particle Counter MCM20 Features amp Benefits e he MCM20 is an online continuous particle e Simple data formatting programme for trend counter ensuring constant system monitoring analysis within detined parameters e User friendly instrument improving familiarity e PC PLC controlled and awareness of service and maintenance e Ensures constant system monitoring personnel e Can be pre set to carry out tests at specific intervals e Can also be set up via detachable Handset e Enclosed in a metal casing with internal workings on a removable chassis for ease of service and calibration e Connects perma
303. rt number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Fluid condition monitoring 231 Notes 232 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Universal Bottle Sampler Fluid condition monitoring 233 Offline Sampling Universal Bottle Sampler Features amp Benefits e Simple operation e Efficient testing procedure e Clean and contamination free sampling e Available for both mineral based and aggressive fluids e Further advances the LCM20 s flexibility into laboratory bottle sampling environments e Can accept various different sized bottles e Minimal working parts e Internal auto setting fuse for overload protection e Simple maintenance procedures Typical Applications e Batch sampling e Aircraft rig certification e Oil research e laboratory testing e lransfer line monitoring Providing The Dynamic Link To All Portable Particle Water Counters The UBS off line has microprocessor technology to recognise and adjust to the connecting monitor including the LaserCM and Water in Oil Monitor Simple To Use UBS The oil sample is drawn into the UBS Off line where it is secured free from further contamination in a bottle together with a clean waste bottle by a peristaltic self priming pump oimple operation and efficient testing are assured once the UBS Off line is connected to any of the CM monitors and powered up using it s own power source h
304. s e Excavators e Mobile cranes e Industrial power units Options Visual gauge type vacuum pressure indicator Overpressure valve pressure setting O 2 bar available for EAB20 only Advantages of the EAB breathers Fasy maintenance Indicator states the need for element change Quick and easy element change no tools required Environmentally friendly EAB elements contains no metal parts therefore it can be crushed and burned minimising the volume of waste material Other features The optional indicator is located in a safe place inside the housing Housing includes mounting holes for a padlock which allows you to increase the security against theft and vandalism Ap total Ap housing Ap element The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for this filter is max 0 02 bar 2 0 kPa EAB10 Housing Only Ap kPa 0 200 400 00 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Flow l min EAB20 Housing Only Ap kPa Flow l min EAB10 Elements A X lt Flow l min EAB20 Elements X lt Flow l min Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 24 Specification EAB10 2114 Optional indicator Holes for locking Air flow 1000 l min Strainer Gasket 94 NOTICE Air filters are an essential part of the system and the dimensions element needs to be replaced regularly Reserv
305. s orange caps G 4 210 bar needle valve M17 x 1 210 bar needle valve 215 725 27 15 64 5 215 M20 x 1 0 24 G 2 210 bar needle valve SK 25 55 19 Sia 27 M25 x 1 5 0 45 G3 4 210 bar needle valve 1415 TS M40 x 1 5 16 218 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 32 Technical Data Pressure drop AP flow characteristics with mineral oil at 30 cSt viscosity Speed Control Needle Valve A BA B Graphs for needle shut off valves and speed control valves with flow A B controlled flow Lx through needle Symbol Flow setting by number of turns of control knob is indicated on the body graduated scale Graphs for speed control valves Flow B A flow through check valve with needle valve portion in fully open and fully closed positions 2000 SCV1700 Flow setting in no of turns 2002 SCV1702 Flow setting in no of turns Flow US GPM Flow US GPM AM E TT TT TT TT I EP p dr TT TT TT TT mere 200 11 16 24 3 1 37 42 47 5 58 55 n is is TE LE LT E Je SP ee ie EIS p gr Ns Ez ITJ me Fee enr Sn a c 12 II LL LZ ru Pent 2 _ us 2 8 8 lt 3 preiei eZee 221 i emn II 0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Flow l min Flow l min SCV1700 Flow setting fully closed fully open SCV1702 Flow setting fully closed fully open Flow US GPM
306. s For some systems an improved removal efficiency for smaller sized particles is more important compared to other systems using components The combination of pre and main layers results in an achievable fluid cleanliness level The complete package of filter and support layers is indicated as pleat pack Guide to contamination control 293 Understanding and Answering the Threat of Contamination Guide to Contamination Control Degree of Filtration The B value is used to express the removal efficiency for a The overall removal efficiency of the element forms the core of defined particle size fluid cleanliness levels The correct degree of filtration is chosen based on the required fluid cleanliness level not based on one B value N particles upstream Bx um N particles downstream 8x um 1000 Bx c N particles upstream gt x um N particles downstream gt x um The ISO 4572 standard formerly required only the Bx gt 75 value That standard has now been upgraded and replaced by 100 ISO 16889 reporting the B value of 2 10 75 100 200 and 1000 for each filter medium or pleat pack The corresponding efficiencies are given below Beta Efficiency 90 00 90 000 95 0790 99 00 99 5096 99 99 T T T Taking into account B75 c gt 10 element the removal 2 efficiency is 98 67 of particles larger than 10 micron 1 Too often filter elements are comp
307. s a go no go device a red LED will indicate when the oils water concentration reaches 8096 saturation and trigger a corresponding voltage output The unit also features an analogue output proportional to saturation with a dynamic range of 0 85 to 4 05 volts RH Vdc 0 85 0 85 1 49 181 2 lS 2 45 2 7 3109 3 41 3 73 4 05 gt 4 05 Fluid condition monitoring 259 Cost Effective Moisture Detection 5100 Moisture Sensor Visual Indicators Specifications Bar Graph Indicator PBG 8341 A Construction Housing nylon 6 6 window acrylic Power supply 22 55 Vdc 110 240 Vdc bezel board supports ABS Accuracy 0 0196 typical 0 196 typical pins phosphor bronze sample rate 10 per second 2 5 per second Operating temp C 0 55 0 50 Power supply Storage temp C 10 to 70 10 to 70 11 30 Vac Display 5 digit LED 3 digit LED Signal input By dipswitch configuration Power output Vdc 24 24 Off differential up to SV Weight kg 0 21 0 30 A single signal Ref OV up to 5V Panel cutout mm 92x48 0 5 98x45 0 5 B single signal Ref 1V up to 6V Dimensions mm 48x96x100 48x96x93 Cut out size 45 6mm x 45 6mm Fixing Push fit panel thickness 0 9mm to 3 2mm Sealing Designed to IP50 standard Front face may be silicon sealed after LED configuration Scale Supplied O to 100 in horizontal Other scales in volume co
308. s for other differential pressure values are optional Seals Fluoroelastomer Nitrile or EPDM Marine filters 2020 2035 2040 2045 2060 2065 2070 2110 and 2520 Types 2035 2040 2045 and 2060 require FMU Block for connecting indicator to the filter Copar Medium pressure filters series 45M and 130M High pressure filters series 70L 707 70B 5000 7100 and 7200 en EN High pressure filters without bypass valve 7OL 70T 70B 7100 and 7200 U12H 7 0 bar Medium and low pressure filter series Note for PD Range only 2 5 bar indicators are available U14M 1 2 and 2 5 bar TSCN 40CN SJEN 222 SPP MISE SOP 50RF Is 22M 260P High pressure filters 18P 28P 38P FDA FDB U14H 2 5 and 5 0 bar Filter indicators 169 FMU Ap Indicators Indicators Series FMUT Electrical U12H model Contact configuration U12H model P1 P2 Rotating part 360 98 105 105 27 5 32 32 16 2 19 78 18 83 0 05 0 06 0 06 3 4 16 7 8 14 7 8 14 UNF 2A UNF 2A UNF 2A NO connect O Z op 8 9 1 high pressure gt SD 8 E Ei gt BZ low piessula U14M model U14H model Pin Enclosure class IP65 Electrical connector DIN 43650 Overvoltage category Il EN61010 1 Contact configuration U14M amp U14H P1 P2 o 51 84 am
309. s not machined N No indicator indicator port R plugged No indicator indicator ports L R plugged on request Vacuum switch vacuum gauge on request Other settings for indicators gauges on request on request Box 7 Box 8 Ports Code Note Options Code Return port 1 x G1 Suction port 1 x G SR1 None pL Return port 1 x 1 Suction port 2 x G1 SR2 Strainer 120 micron G Return port 2 x G1 4 Suction port 2 x G1 2G20 SR2 Dipstick 6 Return port 1 x SAE20 Suction port 2 x SAE16 S20 SR2 Plugged vent port in cover H Return port 2 x SAE20 Suction port 2 x SAE16 2520 SR2 Strainer 120 micron dipstick and plugged vent port Customized options on request Average filtration beta ratio B ISO 16889 particle size um c Replacement Supercedes Bx c 2 Bx c 10 Bx c 75 Bx c 100 Bx c 200 Bx c 1000 elements efficiency based on the above beta ratio Bx 937942Q SRR12Q05N Semi standard 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 SRR12Q10N Standard N A N A N A N A N A AS 02Q 02QL SRR12Q20N Standard N A N A 4 5 6 7 05Q 05QL 937945Q SRE22Q05 Semi standard N A 6 85 9 10 12 10Q 10QL 937946Q SRE22019 Standard 6 11 iy 18 20 22 20Q 20QL SRE22Q20 Standard Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability
310. s the user a simple quantitative method in determining how wet or dry a hydraulic or lubricating system may be In contrast PPM and water by volume measurements provide little information about a fluid s free or dissolved water condition saturation can now easily be converted to PPM as long as the fluid s saturation point is known using the MS150 temp output Sensor Outputs Example Oil type Texaco Rando 46 Saturation point 400ppm 65 C 150 F At the above operating condition the meter displays 100 saturation As the meter s scale indicates a reduction in the saturation percentage there is also a corresponding reduction in PPM at a constant temperature In the example above a meter reading of 50 saturation could be interpreted as 200ppm at 65 C 150 F 1 Supply Input Supply voltage 8 to 30Vde 2 RH Output Saturation out 1 to 5Vdc 3 RH Output Saturation out 4 to 20 4 Temperature Output Temperature out to 5Vdc 5 Common Input Common OVdc ground from power supply not chassis ground Indicator Options For specifications on the process indicator options see page 268 and 269 for ordering information DDU1001 DDU1002 Ordering Information Standard products table MS150 3 1 4 BSPT moisture sensor DDU 1002 110 to 240 Vac process indicator MS1504 MS150 4 4 NPT moisture sensor DDU1001 DDU 1001 22 to 55 Vdc process indicator PBG 8341 A
311. s will accelerate the amount of generated contamination effecting the functionality of other system components and accelerating oil degradation Filter media composition 294 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 52 Flow Rate amp Pressure Lost Flow Rate and Allowable Pressure Lost Filter Types and Locations Each filter element is designed to handle a nominal flow rate The allowed flow rate depends on fluid viscosity degree of filtration and the amount of pressure that is lost Indirectly the required element lifetime is an important parameter A larger sized element with a more effective filter element area has a positive influence on the element lifetime Q3 3 16 14 10 13 11 8 Q3 6 18 16 13 AEE Q3 10 20 18 15 1917 12 Q3 20 22 20 17 21 19 13 The given cleanliness levels are indicative values only based on average values Filter elements are chosen based on their initial clean element oressure drop It is preferred to apply a ratio of at least three between element bypass settings and element initial pressure Depending on the filter and corresponding location Life time diagram general pressure lost recommendation can be given gramms Suction Line 0 03 0 05 bar s contamination 2 10 D 30 Pressure Line 1 bar Eni Return Line 0 3 0 5 bar HP range Suction Return Filter 1 bar End pressure LP range s 2 B 130 12 14 18 18 20 22 24 26 28
312. saturation point Free water emulsified or in droplets Water in the system creates oxides slimes and resins Corrosion is an obvious by product and creates further contaminants in the system The effect is compounded as you now have both particulate contaminant and water working together The particulate contamination can be as simple as rust flaking from reservoir walls Anti wear additives break down in the presence of water and form acids The combination of water heat and dissimilar metals encourages galvanic action Pitted and corroded metal surfaces and finishes result Further complications occur as temperature drops and the fluid has less ability to hold water As the freeze point is reached ice crystals form adversely affecting total system function Operating functions may become slowed or erratic Electrical conductivity becomes a problem when water contamination weakens insulating properties of fluid decreases dielectric kV strength Testing your fluid for water A simple crackle test will tell you if there is water in your fluid Simply take a metal dish or spoon with a small amount of fluid Apply a flame under the container with a match If bubbles rise and crackle from the point of applied heat you have free water ParTest M fluid analysis For complete analysis Parker offers Par Test fluid analysis Your Parker representative can supply you with a fluid container mailing carton and appropriat
313. sed elements Lower element replacement costs Conversion kits available new bowl with permanent core Lower disposal costs Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Paper production plants e Steel mills e Aluminium mills e Industrial power packs e Lubrication systems e Power generation The Parker Filtration 130 Eco Series Medium Pressure Filters These high flow return filters are ideal for industrial applications on hydraulic or lubrication systems with pressures up to 30 bar and flows up to 1000 l min in single units Multiple filter systems with pressures up to 16 bar and flows up to 1400 l min The ability to bank multiple filters together in a duplex format enables continuous filtration during element changes 96 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure Single filters 30 bar Filter systems 16 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 pulses 0 25 bar Construction Eco element does not include any metal parts and is supported by Eco adaptor Conventional elements can be used without removing the Eco adaptor Connections Single unit connections Flanges SAE 2 3000 M SAE 21 2 3000 M or with adaptor threads Glia on Gz Dual unit connections Flanges SAE 3000 M or with adaptor threads G1 2 or G2 Parall
314. show the approximate particle size relationship between the calibration methods Chart 1 ISO Comparison Former two digit ISO 4406 1987 SU 14 11 Former three digit ISO 4406 1987 17 14 11 New three digit ISO 4406 1999 AMC MAU o PAM TIR 18 14 11 Chart 2 Particle Size Comparison ACIFD size NIST size per ISO 4402 1991 per ISO 11171 1999 um um 1 182 2 4 6 3 m 5 6 4 7 10 0 8 15 13 6 20 25 23g 30 24 9 40 ar 270 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 41 Laboratory Analysis Service The Par Test service is a complete laboratory analysis performed on a small quantity of fluid supplied by the customer Provision of a sampling bottle of Known cleanliness and a pre addressed bottle container both of which are designed to be suitable for mailing is part of the service Most contaminant in hydraulic or lube oil systems are invisible Damage causing particles range from 5 to 40 micrometers in size but the limit of human visibility is only 40 micrometers Harmful particulate matter is often invisible even in very high concentration Also acids water and other fluid oxidation by products cannot be easily detected by human senses Some other means must be used to monitor fluid conditions Fluid analysis is the only method to check fluid conditions Fluid ana
315. stimated as follows Ap Ap30 x viscosity of medium used 30 cSt 15P Empty Housing 30P Empty Housing Flow US GPM Flow US GPM TT TI TT TI TT TI Pair A TT TI TI 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 E 5 lt lt Flow l min Flow l min 15P 1 Elements 30P 1 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM DAE mon ENTEN ej a 4 8 Flow l min Flow l min 15P 2 Elements 30P 2 Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T L TT 1 TT TI T TT I TL TT I a a 8 8 Flow l min Flow l min High pressure filters 107 High Pressure Filters 15P 30P Series Ordering Information Standard products table 15P 1 10Q M2 50 B2B2 1 45 15P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar Gu 15P 1 10Q TW3 50 B2B2 1 45 15P Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar 4 15P 2 10Q M2 50 B2B2 1 0 15P Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar 5 2 15P 2 10Q TW3 50 B2B2 1 70 15P Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar G 30P 1 10Q M2 50 C2C2 1 120 30P Length 1 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar G1 30P 1 10Q TW3 50 C2C2 1 120 Length 1 10 Nitrile Electrical 3 5 bar 30P 2 10Q M2 50 C2C2 1 170 Length 2 10 Nitrile Visual 3 5 bar 210QBT1KG161 7 30P 2 10Q TW3 50 C2C2 1 170 Length 2 10 Nitrile Electrical 3
316. struction Reliability designed in Designed to be used even in the most demanding conditions opin on element Easy change element 10 micron Abs elements Lightweight design Easy to locate when and where required Take the unit to the application It s that easy Typical Applications e Fluid transfer e Small lubrication systems e Constant flushing loops e Maintenance flushing e Offline filtration in circuits where pressure and flow pulses are expected The Parker Filtration Service Equipment Designed to offer both permanent offline cleaning where higher levels of contamination are expected and portable additional clean up capability as part of your preventative maintenance package 142 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 19 Specification Electric motor Pump and bypass valve Frame Size Frame 63 Foot and flange D Pump Lobe type for quiet running Flange IEC F115 Totally enclosed Flow 15 l min fan cooled Connections Inlet G1 2 1 2 BSP Windings 380 420 volt 3 ph 50 Hz 220 Volt 1 OutletG3 s 3 s BSP phbo Hz 110 Volt 1 ph 50 HZ Bypass Valve Cracks at 1 5 bar approximately Bypassed oil is recirculated within Power 0 18 kW 1 4 hp the pump Bypassed oil is reintroduced into the inlet port and does Speed 1400 rev min not pass the filter Bypass operates when the element is contaminated It is recommended that the Unit is wired independently from t
317. tant of oil by comparing the measurements obtained from used and unused oils of the same brand Used as a regular service monitoring instrument the Oilcheck will give the engineer warning of an impending engine failure and promote increased engine life Oilcheck is the low cost solution that will take the guesswork out of oil changes saving money and time Using Oilcheck Following the simple sampling procedure The Oilcheck will ensure effective and highly repeatable results Once a clean oil sample has been placed in the Sensor Well and the TEST button has been pressed the instrument will zero on the sample Once cleaned out with a degreaser and replaced by a contaminated sample a new reading is obtained on the LCD which can be easily compared against the green amber red efficiency scale 266 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 40 Specification Using Oilcheck Case construction The Oilcheck can remove the need for costly ABS and time consuming laboratory analysis of Circuitry mineral and synthetic oils used in engines CIO gearboxes and bearing lubrication systems er ete It detects mechanical wear and any loss of lubricating properties in the oil with a repeat pe 17 accuracy of less than 5 Ollonsen The Oilcheck is able to show changes in the scenes Green amber red oil condition brought about by the ingress of Better than 596 numerical
318. tdoor storage of tanks and drums is common Water settles on top of tanks and drums and infiltrates the container or is introduced when the container is opened to add or remove fluid In service Water can get into the system via worn cylinder and actuator seals or through reservoir openings Water can come into contact with these entry points through water based cutting fluids or when water and or steam are used for cleaning Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 22 Specification Condensation is also a prime water source As fluid cools in a reservoir the temperature drop condenses water vapour on interior Surfaces which in turn causes rust Rust scale in the reservoir eventually becomes particulate contamination in the system Microbial growth as a contaminant Once water enters a system growth of micro organisms begins Since water is one of the end products of the breakdown of hydrocarbon fluid once started the process is somewhat self sustaining Slime is evidence of microbial growth as is the apparent increase in viscosity of the fluid obnoxious odour and discoloured fluid The results are short fluid life degraded surface finish and rapid corrosion Water generated damage and operating problems Corrosion Accelerated abrasive wear Bearing fatigue Additive breakdown Increased acid level Visosity variance Electrical conductivity Forms of water in fluid Dissolved water below
319. te test completion time Memory store 300 test memory 12Vdc regulated power supply input Battery operated 6 x 1 5 D cells Phosphate Ester group compatibility Mineral oil amp petroleum based fluid compatibility Up to 420 bar 6000 psi Integral 16 column printer HS232 computer interface Astra board case weight Kg Unit weight Kg DATUM software and cable link pack Weather protector cover CE certified Auto logging e Note In compliance with international standards all Parker portable particle counters can meet the ISO Medium test dust standards The LaserCM s in addition to the complete range of Condition Monitoring products are capable of achieving certification to ISO 4406 1999 and with traceability to ISO 11171 for SRM 2806 via ISO 11948 249 240 Commissioning Kit Limit socket fuse Datum amp d p 1 atk aaa eo NE ur Batteries amp printer reel Re chargeable battery pack Power lead printer ribbon bar code pen amp weather cover Instruction manual amp bar code software Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 33 Operation Switch On Operating the Parker LaserCM is as simple as pressing the start button and
320. ter can be estimated as follows Ap Ap30 x viscosity of medium used 30cSt Size 1 Maxiflow MXA 8 Series and 12PS Series Filter Housing Filter Element Flow US GPM Flow US GPM 2 Ww oo os ae db oe oe ae oy Ed ETSI E Toe isses Oa 11 13 16 18 21 24 31 0 3 5 8 11 13 16 18 21 24 26 29 SL 1 00 0 5 7 3 7 18 1 o jg te 44 4 RE ES 10 im 40 70 90 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Eon yos Flow l min Size 2 Maxiflow MXA 9 Series and 22PS Series Filter Housing Filter Element Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ts or Eo E EE de s ET ST TEE HET des p o a TE Eoo pe dst EC GG ET EELTDTXG TEL ET TI ETE TITI PTT 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 61 0 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 64 0 3 A 4 4 T 2 2 0 2 29 28 4 8 18 0 1 ATT 15 0 0 3 0 20 40 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 Flow l min Flow l min Size 3 Maxiflow MXA 7 Series Filter Housing Filter Element Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ap bar Ap PSID Ap bar Flow l min Flow l min Note All above data is calculated at 3OcSt Rel density 0 856 Ap PSID 72 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 8 Ordering Information MXA 8 amp 12PS Return Line Filters
321. time It will be recognised that most odd lengths on site will be used and one man can easily cope with a large number of pipe lines by this simple progressive build up This assembly will provide easy access for servicing and replacing pipes This method also reduces the quantity of Stacking Nuts and Studs by 50 If a factory installation is being built in phases it would be wise to leave the first phase with a lower clamping unit and Stacking Nuts in position ready to receive pipe runs for the next building phase nut not required in this position Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 31 Specification Dimension details supplied in product configurator Single Clamp F REF Multiclamp 12 or 16 holes 1 set of clamping units 1 pair H REF Material Specifications Zinc plated steel with anti corrosive full passivate Multiclamp can also be multi stacked using stacking studs and nuts Series 10 and 16 clamp is supplied in lengths of 608mm and Series 32 in lengths of 1206mm These can be simply cut to the required lengths for installation Note For stainless steel version please consult Parker Stacking Nuts Stacking Studs Stacking studs are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of stacking studs 50 stacking studs of one size Stacking nuts are ordered in sets only i e 1 set of stacking nuts 50 stacking nuts of one size Reservoir equipment 215 Mounting Adaptors
322. tion Where pressure drop graphs and ordering information are shown with a green tint these options are Eco options and environmentally friendly BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 10 T BI5M 500 BGT500 Length 12 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL8L 10 BGTS500 S2 TXWL8C 20 T BI5M 500 BGT500 Length 12 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL8L 20 BGTS1000 S3 TXWL12 10 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL12 10 BGTS1000 S3 TXWL12 20 T B15 M 1000 BGT1000 Length 15 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type T TXWL12 20 BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 10 T B15 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 10 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXW14 10B BGTS2000 S3 TXW14 20 T B15 M 2000 BGT2000 Length 17 20 Nitrile Plugged 1 5 Bar 22 Psi 2 SAE 3000 PSI Diffuser type TXW14 20B Note Filter assemblies ordered from the product configurator below are on extended lead times Where possible please make your selection from the table above Example 2 The Product Configurator Configurator examples filter including LEIF element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 ser Coa s me Configurator examples filter including conventional element Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 B
323. tion 39 Specification Pressure Maximum allowable operating pressure MAOP 420 bar 6000 psi Operating temperature Maximum 85 C 185 Minimum 15 C 5 F dependent on seal material Flow through sensor cell Installed in active flowstream Fluid compatibility Mineral oils and petroleum based phosphate ester Skydrol option available Viscosity range Unlimited Thread form connections Maximum alarm output lead 0 5 amps maximum continuous lead Supply voltage 8 30 Vdc 30mA Calibration accuracy 2 RH Compensated thermal stability 1 RH 10 C to 80 C Materials Stainless steel 316511 Sensor size weight 107mm x 50mm 0 3kg IP rating IP68 with specified moulded cable See ordering information Outputs 5 0 85 4 05 Vdc dynamic range Installation Details 106 107 pt x Thread detail 24 0 A F dice pattern Hexagon M12 x 1 0 pitch Usage Specifications Sensor Interpreting the data Oil type Texaco Rando 46 Saturation point 400ppm 65 C 1509F At the above operating condition the meter displays 100 saturation As the meters scale indicates a reduction in the saturation percentage there is also a corresponding reduction in PPM at a constant temperature In the example above a meter reading of 50 saturation could be interpreted as 200ppm at 65 C 150 Using only the sensor a
324. to No hidden deficiencies compare format Easy selection of proper filtration Visual electrical or electronic indicators Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing available Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Coreless Ecoglass replacement No metal content in element Environmentally friendly disposal by incineration elements Reduced overall weight of 50 Lower element replacement costs Easy compaction of used elements Lower disposal cost Conversion kits available new bowl with permanent core Retrofit coreless design to housings already installed Typical Applications e Compressor lube oll e Off line filter loops e Machine tools Automotive standard e Hydrostatic drive charge pumps e Mobile equipment e Pilot lines for servo controls e Oil patch drilling equipment e Injection moulding The Parker Filtration 15 40 80CN Series Medium Pressure Filters This partial list of applications for Parker CN Series Filters has a common factor the need for an economical medium pressure range filter with excellent fatigue pressure ratings Prior to the availability of the CN filter applications such as those listed were restricted by limitations of a spin on can or forced into the higher cost range of high pressure filters The CN Series fills this gap and is now available with environmentally friendly Ecoglass III elements 82 Parker
325. trainer AB98812021 AB 98812021 UC 10u pressurised O 2bar with telescopic strainer AB98813001 AB 98813001 UC 10u pressurised 0 35bar without strainer AB98813011 AB 98813011 UC 10u pressurised 0 35bar with 95mm strainer AB98813021 AB 98813021 UC 10 pressurised 0 35bar with telescopic strainer AB98817001 AB 98817001 UC 10 pressurised O 7bar without strainer AB98817021 AB 98817021 UC 10u pressurised 0 7bar with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Option 2 6 Hole Filler Breathers Non Pressurised AB 98810001 UC 10u filler breather without strainer AB 98810011 UC 10u filler breather with 95mm strainer AB98810021 AB 98810021 UC 10 filler breather with telescopic strainer Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will 6x 2 5 ensure standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Reservoir equipment 187 Reservoir Equipment Filler Breatner Filters Option 3 Filler Breathers 3 Hole Installation New Options Fully Tested As part of the design development MATTE programme for the new IP65 Filler mo Breathers extensive performance and en
326. tronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration High Pressure Filters 0 0 Eco Series Specification 70B 70 TOL Ap indicator Ventpot 4 _ Option for all models Internal dia 32 external dia 41 O ring size 220 9 4 mounting holes 21 dia 9 Outlet _M10 depth 20 0 78 M10 depth 10 2 Note No Option fastening plug M12x1 D holes with 1 SAE flange i option 41 HEX mm c Wi 1 61 inches si Type 70T 70L 70B Length 1 14 10 5 11 5 Length 2 16 9 13 14 Length 3 19 15 5 16 5 Length 4 22 185 19 5 Length 1 116 4 57 249 9 80 295 11 61 235 9 25 7 ar Length 2 208 8 19 342 13 46 390 15 35 330 13 00 Flange 11 2 SAE 3000 M Flange 11 4 SAE 3000 M Length 3 329 12 95 462 18 19 510 20 08 450 17 72 Flange 11 2 SAE 6000 M Length 4 428 16 85 502 2212 610 24 07 550 21 65 350 bar Flange 11 4 SAE 6000 M 126 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 16 Pressure Drop Curves With 3 5 bar bypass the recommended initial pressure drop is max 1 2 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop over the filter can be estimated as follows The
327. turning the dial The test procedure is automatic and in the case of the LaserCM takes no more than 2 minutes to complete LaserCM makes the difference in industry Fully accredited to BS EN 60825 1992 and IEC 60825 1 safety of laser products Standards accredited to USA Standards and achieving full ISO certification LaserCM offers users advanced laser technology a fast dynamic and on line 2 minute system test cycle A LaserCM Aggressive Fluids model is also available suitable for monitoring corrosive fluids such as phosphate ester based lubricants used in commercial aviation MTD calibration Laser CM20 MTD Calibration variants are certified via a primary ISO 11171 calibrated automatic particle counter All MID Laser CM20 s achieve ISO 4406 1999 criteria via ISO 11943 LCM20 Using SPS Start Test Understanding MTD ACFTD Air Cleaner Fine Test Dust was formatted in the 19605 but is no longer being produced The obsolescence of this dust has led to the adoption of a new dust MTD MTD Medium Test Dust having a particle size distribution close to ACFTD was selected as a replacement However MTD produced results somewhat different to ACFTD so the NIST National Institute of Standards amp Technology undertook a project to certify the particle size distribution of ISO MTD The result was particle sizes below 10um were greater than previously measured Particles sizes reported based on NIST would be represent
328. ty f 5 e S H Fluid condition monitoring 247 Inline Sensors amp Monitors system 20 Analogue Monitor Specification Construction Temperature section A sealed assembly requiring no routine maintenance or adjustment The temperature dial gives readings between 10 C and 110 C Body moulding in Acrylonitrile Butadene Styrene ABS The monitor is O F 10 230 F suitable for use with all mineral oils water and water oil emulsions Dimensions The monitor has 3 dayglo dial gauges and features a protective The ABS Case is 292mm 11 5in long 108mm 4 25in wide and hinged cover 67mm 2 64in deep overall i Weight Gauge details Flow section The flow scale has double scales for size 1 and 2 sensors only Calibrated up to 100 l min 26 US GPM and 380 l min 100 US GPM The flow dial has excess flow indication A viscosity chart is provided for mineral oil applications where monitoring is required at variable viscosities cSt When the system is in reverse flow or when the high pressure lines to the sensor have been transposed a below zero indication is given Pressure section Dial readings in both bar and psi up to 420 bar 6000psi Hose retainers System flow rate 3 System 7 pressure E M E CN op System E 5 Purge temperature knob 7 79in 198mm 108mm 4 25in Orde
329. ty Housing G11 4 Ports um GPM TT TT Tr E xz TI LEGE 4 TT TT 0 20 5 11 16 21 26 31 37 0 15 t 2 04 1 5 4 B 0 05 0 0 j 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Flow l min Ap PSID 49 TPR 11 200 250 Empty Housing G11 2 Ports Flow US GPM EE ET as sie TERRE EET T3 TH DESEE 16 21 26 31 37 42 47 53 58 64 69 9 TELE 0 5 11 0 15 00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 Flow l min Low pressure filters Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Ap PSID Tanktop Mounted Return Line Filters Tanktopper series I amp Il Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper cont Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity and 0 87 density TPR120 Filter Element Length 5 Flow US GPM T T T T TI 1 ap T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 5 Ap PSID Lo o oua Flow l min Pressure Drop Curves Tanktopper III TPR200 Filter Element Length 6 Flow US GPM 1 1 Flow l min TPR250 Filter Element Length 7 Flow US GPM T T T T T T 13 26 3 66 9 0 8 11 6 0 7 10 2 0 6 8 7 T 0 5 7 3 rS 55 lt 0 3 4 4 0 2 2 9 0 1 1 5 es 0 50 100 150 200 250 00 Flow l min Filter housing and element pressure drop based on 32cSt fluid viscosity a
330. ual electrical and electronic Check element condition at a glance Optimise element life prevent bypassing indicators available Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Saw mills e Aircraft ground support equipment e Asphalt pavers e Hydraulic fan drives e Power steering circuits e Domestic refuse vehicles e Cement trucks e Servo control protection e Logging equipment The Parker Filtration 15P 30P Series That s where Parker pressure filters come into play High Pressure Filters They filter out ingressed contamination before it jams valve or scores a cylinder They block pump generated debris before it gets to servo or proportional valves Parker pressure filters are a Modern high pressure hydraulic systems are key ingredient in meeting today s system demands demanding Better controls and long component life are expected To deliver the high standards of performance hydraulic components are built with tighter tolerances which increases their sensitivity to contamination These application examples have one thing in common the need for clean hydraulic fluid Put your hydraulic systems in the care of Parker Filtration We are committed to designing and building the best filters available to industry 104 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 13 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 2
331. uality and lean achievements are the drivers that help the FDE achieve I 509001 QS9000 1509001 and 15014001 oignificant investment by our parent Parker Hannifin Corporation continues to give FDE flexible manufacturing systems automated test equipment and excellent laboratory test facilities New product development programmes and on going product improvement initiatives are vital elements in maintaining a product range that meets customer demands for quality reliability and engineering excellence R amp D resources at the Parker Filtration locations in the UK Finland and the Netherlands are both complementary and comprehensive Including as examples Multipass Test Installations fatigue test unit cleanliness service water detection special analysis particle counting and analysis 3D workstations Thermal Cycle Test Chamber Salt Spray and Humidity chambers Parker Hannifin UK Ltd herewith declares that Parker Hydraulic Filtration products are intended to be incorporated into machinery covered by Directive 89 392 EEC as amended and that the following harmonised standards have been applied EN982 EN292 1 EN292 2 We furthermore declare that machinery incorporating Parker Hydraulic Filtration products is not allowed to be put into service until the machinery has been found and declared to be in conformity with the provisions of Directive 89 392 EEC and with national implementing legislation In line with our policy o
332. ulses O 40 bar Connections Threads G1 G11 4 ISO 228 1 or flange SAE 11 2 3000 M Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI Bowl material steel Seal material Nitrile or Fluoroelastomer Operating temperature range 20 to 100 C Bypass valve Opening pressure 3 5 bar Filtration element Degree of filtration Determined by Multipass test according to ISO 16889 see Box 3 in the product configurator Flow fatigue characteristics Filter media is supported so that the optimal fatigue life is achieved ISO 3724 Installation Details Microglass III Supported with epoxy coated metal wire mesh end cap material reinforced composite and metal inner core Collapse rating 20 bar ISO 2941 Ecoglass III Supported with plastic net end cap material reinforced composite No metal parts Collapse rating 10 bar ISO 2941 Filter element can only be used together with reusable FEA Eco adapter Note Ecoglass III contributes to ISO 14001 quality Indicator options Indicating differential pressure 2 5 0 2 bar visual M3 electrical T1 electronic F1 PNP electronic F2 NPN For indicator details see catalogue section 6 Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Plug M12x1 5 116 4 57 237 9 33 192 7 56 208 8 20 330 13 00 285 11 22 6 2
333. use with mineral and vegetable oils and some synthetic oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Mounting Clamp Item 16 188 Steel Zinc plated EPDM M12x75 2x 81 21 022 20 100 138 Filter head Filter element Bowl seal Bowl back up ring Housing Cover Indicator seal Bypass set Visual indicator Electrical indicator 10 Bypass seal 11 Reverse flow set 12 Adaptor 13 Adaptor reverse flow seal 14 Cover seal 15 15 Drain plug 16 Mounting clamp oo NI gt ar Son High pressure filters 111 High Pressure Filters 100P Series Additional Information Filter with Normal Flow Condition Reverse Flow Valve perg Valve A sleeve Central stem Fai Circuit symbol Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop is max 2 3 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30 cSt pressure drop can be estimated as follows The total Ap housing Aph element Ape x working viscosity 30 100P 1 Empty Housing G11 2 SAE 24 SAE 11 2 100P 2 Empty Housing G2 SAE 32 SAE 2 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM LEO ER To EE oe ET on TT EE DA PRET rri FE Top Edo Tp 6 E e E pon TELTET TEL EIRE TE 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 21 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 185 211 238 525 CIT 3 Normal o o es E lt lt 0 0 0 0 T 200 300 400 50
334. using and High Collapse 28P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM Flow US GPM db Pesci e esae ETE JE alive Deals EE TE sah PE eet e E ek die TE Te da a 18 E ES 2 PE Flow l min High pressure filters 119 High Pressure Filters 18 28 38P Pressure Drop Curves cont 38P 1 Elements Flow US GPM 132 159 Lott Ap PSID Flow l min 38P 1 Empty Housing and High Collapse Flow US GPM 106 132 Lobb Ap PSID Flow l min Element Service Stop the system s power unit Relieve any system pressure in the filter line Rotate the bowl clockwise left and remove Remove element by pulling downward with a slight twisting motion and discard Check bowl o ring and anti extrusion ring for damage and replace if necessary G Lubricate element o ring with system fluid and locate element in filter head H Install bowl by rotating counter clockwise right and tighten to specified torque 18P 22 27 NM 28P 35 40 Nm 38P 80 95 Nm Confirm there are no leaks after powering the system mMm CJ QJ gt RE Drain the filter bowl if drain port option is provided eres 38P 2 Elements Flow US GPM 132 159 a 8 a E Flow l min 38P 2 High Collapse Elements Flow US GPM T T TT de zd TT T T T T T T T T I I I Tr 0 26 53 79 106 132 159 da 8 19 3 Flow Parts
335. ve and reliable contamination control Two high capacity filters complete with indicators element condition Filters incorporate standard Parker media 38 l min pressure balanced gear pump 0 75kW 3450rpm electric motor with themal overload e Robust all welded steel trolley complete with drip tray and rubber tyred wheels e Complete with stowable hoses Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 20 Specification Pump drive options 0 75kW Electric motor 220 240v A C Single phase 50HZ 0 75kW Electric motor 110V A C Single phase 50HZ Pump 38 l min pressure balanced gear pump Filters Moduflow CF2 1 amp RF2 1 filters refer to brochure 2350 GB Electrical details On Off switch 2 metre cable Weight 45 4 kg Fluid compatibility Suitable for use with mineral oils For other fluids please consult Parker Filtration Max recommended fluid viscosity 11297651 Seals Nitrile Installation Details Portable filtration systems 149 Filter elements Inlet synthetic stainless steel mesh optional Outlet 10Q Microglass III other u ratings and WR optional Filter bypass valve settings Inlet 0 2 bar 3 psi Outlet 1 7 bar 25 psi Visual indicator 3 band visual differential clean change bypass Construction Cart frame steel filter head aluminium Filter bowl steel hoses PVC standard Motor options 220 240 VAC 110 VAC Operating temperatur
336. vel temp 76mm M12 90 C 0 13Kg FIM Fluid level 76mm M10 90 C 0 13Kg Fluid level 76mm M12 90 C 0 13Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability 200 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 28 Size 2 Installation Details Drive slot Black line Red line Size 2 Ordering Information Standard products table spe Fluid level temp FIT 223 Fluid level temp 127mm M12 90 C 0 15Kg Fluid level 127mm M10 90 C 0 15Kg FL218 Fluid level 127mm M12 90 C 0 15Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Size 3 Installation Details Drive slot 288 S b Fi IT ETET EI 22 PN on 54i iN fae Size 3 Ordering Information Standard products table la 821 Fluid level temp 322 Fluid level temp 254mm M12 90 C 0 23Kg BEST Fluid level 254mm M10 90 C 0 23Kg FL 313 Fluid level 254mm M12 90 C 0 23Kg Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alt
337. w US GPM Flow US GPM PSID LLLI kp PSID LILI 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 140 0 200 00 600 800 1000 1200 1400 160 Flow l min Flow l min IN2000 Filter Element Length 17 IN2400 Filter Element Length 18 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 440 106 211 317 423 529 635 145 8 eg 87 JE 18 58 i3 29 0 5 0 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2400 Flow l min Flow l min 38 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 4 Pressure Drop Curves cellulose and stainless steel media IN30 Filter Element Length 0 IN30 Filter Element Length 2 Flow US iud Flow US GPM GC EDU GIG v 3973 Ap PSID Ap PSID Flow l min Flow l min IN90 Filter Element Length 3 IN120 Filter Element Length 4 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Flow l min Flow l min IN125 Filter Element Length 5 IN170 Filter Element Length 6 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ap PSID LLLI Flow l min Flow l min IN230 Filter Element Length 7 IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Flow US GPM Flow US GPM Ap PSID Ap PSID Flow l min Flow l min Cellulose and stainless steel media Example IN300 Filter Element Length 8 Cellulose and stainless steel media Low pressure filters 39 In Tank Mounted Return Line Filters N A
338. w to select the correct filter see next page Preferred Series MXA 10 bar Aluminium LM24 Steel Nitrile 30 C to 90 C Return line 1 05 bar Suction line 0 17 bar No bypass option Mineral oils Microglass Ill media Cellulose media Element removal clearance 12PS 15 22P5 20 12PS 22PS PS Series 10 bar Aluminium alloy Steel Buna nitrile 30 C to 110 C Return line 1 5 bar Suction line 0 10 bar No bypass option Mineral oils Size 3 MXA 7 2 mounting holes LE F 10129 123 4 84 70 Minimum for 102 4 01 2 75 element removal met E Minimum for element removal 2 ports s BSPT for optional indicators Circuit symbol Type 19 147 173 95 97 38 94 88 72 e 0 75 5 79 6 81 8 74 3 82 1 49 3 7 3 46 2 83 i 22 165 187 95 38 93 107 0 86 6 49 7 36 3 74 N A 1 49 3 66 4 21 je z N A 30 179 213 133 129 50 127 130 Radeon 72 1 18 7 04 8 38 5 24 5 08 1 97 5 0 5 12 2 83 28 208 236 133 A 50 130 a ea en NM va 1 46 93 7 05 8 42 5 51 N A 2 56 5 0 M10 x 1 5 Low pressure filters 71 Spin on Filters Maxiflow Series Pressure Drop Curves The recommended level of the initial pressure drop for low pressure filters is max 0 5 bar If the medium used has a viscosity different from 30cSt pressure drop over the fil
339. with green options 50 0 90 0 98 7 99 0 99 5 99 9 Ecoglass II 123 Item is semi standard N A N A N A N A N A 4 5 02QE 123 Item is non standard N A N A 4 5 5 6 7 05 Note Standard items stock semi standard items are available N A 6 8 5 9 10 12 10QE within four weeks 6 Wl 18 20 22 20QE Note 1 Part numbers featured with bold highlighted codes will ensure a standard product selection Note 2 Alternate displayed part number selection will require you to contact Parker Filtration for availability Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 12 102 15P 30P Series MAX 200 I min 207 bar High pressure filters 103 High Pressure Filters 15P 30P Series Features amp Benefits Compact aluminium housing Light weight but still robust design Reliable and continuous operation both in mobile and industrial applications Two head sizes and two bowl Optimised sizing Efficient filtration ENGE Right filter for each application Large ports and wide flow paths Low differential pressure across housing Higher flow rates possible and element Less lost energy Microglass Ill replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity Great performance value and efficiency Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps Reduces downtime maximises performance consistent element life Vis
340. x 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 mF j 9 oc v ss J H 1 Configurator example of a TSR Series filter Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Box 7 Box 8 3 62 3 Box 1 Box 2 Box 3 Housing Code Element media Glass fibre TSR TTF 1 60 2 Microglass Ill for disposable elements TTF 1 90 Cellulose Ecoglass Ill for Leif elements Wire mesh TTF 1 120 4 Nom rating 2 media 5 media 10u media 20 media Abs rating TIE 1 125 Disposable element 10C 02Q 05Q 040W TTF 2 170 LEIF element O2QL 05QL 10QL 20QL TTF 2 230 2 300 2 400 9 2 500 TSR2 120 1 TSR2 200 2 TSR2 250 S Box 4 Box 5 Box 6 Seal material Code Code Bypass valve Code Nitrile Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar M10x1 G1 0 8 bar B Fluorelastomer V Pressure gauge setting 1 2 bar G s for dual head ports and TSR series G2 1 5 bar Neoprene N Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO NC M10x1 S1 2 0 bar for TTF series H Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NO with G s BSP S2 Blocked bypass X Pressure switch 42V 1 2 bar setting NC with G s BSP S3 Other bypass settings on request Pressure switch 250V NO NC with G s 54 Pressure switch 220V with M10 55 No indicator indicator ports not machined N No indicator indicator port R plugged indicator indicator ports L R plugged
341. ximum performance from the elements Prevents a flabby system Microglass replacement elements Multi layered design produced high capacity and efficiency Great performance value Reliable performance throughout element life Wire support reduces pleat bunching keeps performance consistent Reduces downtime maximises element life Visual electrical and electronic indicators available Check element condition at a glance Optimises element life prevents bypassing Right style for the application Matches your system electrical connections Typical Applications e Ship steering systems e Continuous operation industrial systems e High flow flushing systems The Parker Filtration 22PD 32PD Series High Pressure Duplex Filters Specially designed to offer continuous operation even during element change A changeover valve operates on the upstream side of the filter ensuring a contamination free system 182 Parker Hannifin Filter Division Europe FDHB200UK Section 17 Specification Pressure ratings Maximum allowable operating pressure 210 bar Filter housing pressure pulse fatigue tested 10 cycles 210 bar Connections Inlet and outlet connections are threaded Connection style Model 22PD SI BSPF G d 11 4 Flange SAE 3000 M 11 4 11 2 3000 M is a SAE style with appropriate metric fixing threads Filter housing Head material cast iron GSI

Hydraulic Filtration and Contamination Control Products

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents